Jhs 182 Service Manual 2i516g
This document was ed by and they confirmed that they have the permission to share it. If you are author or own the copyright of this book, please report to us by using this report form. Report 3i3n4
Overview 26281t
& View Jhs 182 Service Manual as PDF for free.
More details 6y5l6z
- Words: 27,320
- Pages: 168
Automatic Identification System
JHS-182 Service Manual
.
Contents 1 Outline and installation drawing
1
1-1 NTE-182 AIS Transponder
1
1-2 NQD-4382 Junction Box
12
1-3 NCM-779 AIS controller
14
1-4 NQE-3150 Pilot plug box (Option)
17
1-5 MPBX40498 Console mounting kit for NQE-3150 (Option)
18
1-6 NQE-3182 Connection Box
19
1-7 CQD-5182 Junction Unit (Option)
28
1-8 NBD-577C Power Supply Unit (Option)
31
1-9 NCT-27 NSK Unit (Option)
33
2 Connection Diagram
34
3 Technical Description
37
3-1 NTE-182 AIS Transponder
37
3-2 NQE-3182 Connection Box
39
3-3 NCM-779 AIS Controller
40
4 Specifications and Interface
41
4-1 General
41
4-2 Envier mental condition
41
4-3 External interface
42
4-3-1 Communication ports
42
4-3-2 ed interface sentences
43
4-4 Power Supply Unit NBD-577C (Option)
43
5 Drawing for Reference
44
6 Dismantlement Drawing
58
6-1 NTE-182 AIS Transponder
58
6-2 NCM-779 AIS Controller
59
6-3 NQE-3182 Connection Box
62
7 Initial Setting
63
7-1 Field maintenance mode and Initial setting menu
63
7-2 Sensor port setting
65
7-3 Static information setting
67
7-4 System restart
72
8 Operation check after installation
73
8-1 Self diagnosis
73
8-2 Sensor port data check
77
8-3 Sensor status check
79
8-4 UTC synchronization check
80
8-5 Transponder Transmission output check
81
8-6 System restart
83
8-7 Records for inspections for initial installation of AIS
84
9 AIS periodical inspection and maintenance 9-1 Periodical inspection procedure
90 90
9-1-1 Connection check
90
9-1-2 Operational condition check
91
9-1-3 Software version check
93
9-2 Inspection record 10 Service spare parts
93 95
10-1 Spare units for repair
95
10-2 Periodical exchange units
95
11 Trouble shooting
96
11-1 Principal symptoms, possibly causes and countermeasures
96
11-2 JHS-182 alarm list
99
Appendix Software Update History JD-1317-05
Information on AIS Equipment Operation at Leap Second Inserted
JD-1308-05
Information about 1W transmission function (Option)
JD-1300-04
Information about CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT (Option) for AIS
JD-1286-04
Countermeasures against improper SOG/COG of sensor status
JD-1294-04
Information about the new software of AIS
1 Outline and Installation Drawings
1270
965
1-1 NTE-182 AIS Transponder
Unit: mm Mass: approx. 2.6kg Color: N9
Outline Drawing of NTE-182 AIS Transponder 1
Rubbers (Attachment)
NTE-182 AIS Transponder
Ground bolt (Dock supply)
Cautions
Ground sheet (Attachment) Fixing belts (Attachment)
*4
1500mm or less
Protection sheet (Attachment)
Pole or Mast (Dock supply)
1. *1: Seal this section with self-bonding tape and then wrap with vinyl tape. 2. *2: When the cable length is 500 mm or longer, fix it with metal belts along the pole. Do not apply tension to the cable during installation of the equipment. 3. *3: Seal this section with a sealing material made from silicon before fixing the transponder. 4. The pole or mast must be shock/vibration free. 5. The equipment must be installed forward of the funnel to avoid smoke and soot. 6. The equipment must be installed where environmental temperature is not higher than 55 deg. C. 7. *4: Seal the t of N-type connector with a sealing material made from silicon in accordance with NTE-182 waterproofing procedures. (If the t ob N-type connector has been sealed, it is not necessary to seal.)
RG-10UY (Dock supply)
Example of reinforcement (Dock supply)
*3
Gland 25a (JIS F 8802) (Dock supply)
Installation Drawing of NTE-182 AIS Transponder 2
Rubbers (Attachment) Ground bolt (Dock supply)
NTE-182 AIS Transponder
Cautions
Ground sheet (Attachment)
1. *1: Seal this section with self-bonding tape and then wrap with vinyl tape. 2. *2: When the cable length is 500 mm or longer, fix it with tie-wraps along the pole. Do not apply tension to the cable during installation of the equipment. 3. *3: Seal this section with a sealing material made from silicon before fixing the transponder. 4. The pole or mast must be shock/vibration free. 5. The equipment must be installed forward of the funnel to avoid smoke and soot. 6. The equipment must be installed where environmental temperature is not higher than 55 deg. C. 7. *4: Seal the t of N-type connector with a sealing material made from silicon in accordance with NTE-182 waterproofing procedures. (If the t ob N-type connector has been sealed, it is not necessary to seal.)
Fixing belts (Attachment)
*4
Protection sheet (Attachment)
1500mm or less
*3
Pole or Mast (Dock supply)
7x2x0.75mm2 (JIS:TTYCYS-7) (Dock supply)
Example of reinforcement (Dock supply)
*3 *3
NQD-4382 Junction Box Caution When there is a gap between the pole (or the must) and NQD-4382, insert the attached rubber board.
Gland 25a (JIS F 8802) (Dock supply)
Installation Drawing of NTE-182 AIS Transponder With NQD-4382 Junction Box 3
AIS Transponder
Dia.-60.5 (50A) Dia.-101.6 (90A)
Hex head bolt for grounding (M8 x 20FE) Don’t paint.
Steel board (JIS G 3141)
1500 mm or less
Pole or Mast (JIS G 3141) Steel pipe Dia.60.5 – Dia.101.6 (50A – 90A)
Dia.60.5 (50A)
Φ101.6 Dia.-101.6 (90A) (90A)
Reference Drawing for AIS Transponder Installation Pole (1 of 2) 4
2. Coating: Fine particle coating P-N9 Coating range: Whole outside face excluding thread grooves (Coating may be spilt over inside the pipe.) 3. Others: Details will be decided at meetings.
M8 x 20FE
1500 or less
1. Materials Pipe: JIS standard 60.5mm dia. (t4.2), 101.6mm dia. (t4.2), or equivalent Other plates: SPHC t5 or equivalent Screw: M8 x 20 FE hexagon head screw
Dia.-60.5 (t4.2), Dia.-101.6 (t4.2), or equivalent
Hex head bolt
Note
Reference Drawing for AIS Transponder Installation Pole (2 of 2) 5
M8 x 20FE
Hex head bolt A-A
6
or equivalent
Dia.-60.5 (t4.2), Dia.-101.6 (t4.2)
1500 or less
Flat surface
1. Materials Pipe: JIS standard 60.5mm dia. (t4.2), 101.6mm dia. (t4.2), or equivalent Other plates: SPHC t5 or equivalent Screw: M8 x 20 FE hexagon head screw 2. Coating: Fine particle coating P-N9 Coating range: Whole outside face excluding thread grooves (Coating may be spilt over inside the pipe.) 3. Others: Details will be decided at meetings.
Reference Drawing for AIS Transponder Installation Pole with NQD-4382 Junction Box
There is not distortion by the welding.
Note
Separate it from the transponder by 45 mm 50 x 6FB Handrail
Handrail (25A SGP)
350
350
Ground bolt
Ground sheet Detail of section C
M8 x 20L Ground bolt
PL Dia.55 x t 6
50 x 12FB
1506 or less
19 x 4FB
Pole or Mast
Detail of section B
Reference Drawing for NTE-182 Transponder Installation (Zinc Galvanizing) 7
Separate it from the transponder by 45 mm 50 x 6FB Ground bolt Handrail
Handrail (25A SGP)
Ground sheet Detail of section C
1506 or less
PL Dia.55 x t 6
M8 x 20L Ground bolt
Pole or Mast
Flat surface There is not distortion by the welding.
Detail of section B
Detail of section A
Reference Drawing for NTE-182 Transponder Installation with NQD-4382 Junction Box (Zinc Galvanizing) 8
Fixing procedure Note: Prepare the following parts: 1 washer W8
Ground sheet Rubbers 10 x 10 x 10
1 spring washer SW8
AIS Transponder
1 hexagon nut N8 (1) Stick Rubbers on the AIS Transponder. (2) Attach with Protection sheet around the pole. (3) Adjust the length of the ground sheet to fit the pole or mast, bend it, and cut it off. (4) Open the fitting belts with a flathead screwdriver. (5) Wind the fitting belts around the pole or mast and the AIS Transponder.
Protection sheet
(6) Tighten the fixing belt with torque of approx. 2.45 Nm with a screwdriver. (See figure below) (7) Fix the ground sheet with a washer, spring washer, 200 Flathead screw driver Pole or Mast Clamp
Hexagon nut N8 Spring washer SW8 Washer W8
Pole or Mast
Covering tube Fix the AIS Transponder with the covering tube
Tightening Torque Caution: Do not tighten the belt with excessive torque. Tighten the fixing belt with approx. 2.45Nm of torque, and leave about 0.5mm of give in the belt when tested with your fingers. AIS Transponder
Fixing belt Pole or Mast
Covering tube
ing range of the clamp
Bending Approx. 0.5mm
Clamp
Installation Procedure for NTE-182 AIS Transponder 9
Connection Procedure of Coaxial Connector 1.
Parts (N-P-10U)
Armor clamp
Tightening bracket
Washer
Gasket (rubber)
Clamp
Ring
Center
Insulator
Connector housing
2. Procedure Working step
Shape
Remarks Cut the metal braid armor and insulation sheath as shown left.
1
Ravel the braid conductor and cut the insulator as shown left.
2
Gather up the metal braid armor and raveled braid conductor, and insert the armor clamp, tightening bracket, washer, gasket, and clamp, in order. 3
Fold the raveled braid as shown in the left figure, cut them to the length of up to area A, and then stretch them on the periphery of the clamp uniformly.
4
Dip-solder the conductor. 5
Pre-solder the inside of the center .
6 A
10
Working step
Shape
Remarks
Insulator
7 Center
1. Insert the conductor while melting solder in the center . 2. Be sure that no space is left between the center and insulator. 3. Check the hole that solder flows between the conductor and center . Be sure that solder covers the conductor sufficiently and does not protrude outside the center .
1. Insert the ring and the connector housing, and then tighten the tightening bracket sufficiently. 2. Check the center is at the position shown in the wiring completion diagram. 8
Measure the insulating resistance. The insulating resistance is 10 MΩ or more. 9
Wiring completion diagram of N-type connector
11
1-1 NQD-4382 Junction Box (Option)
Cable gland 10b
Cable gland 30a
Unit: mm Mass: approx. 1.4kg
Outline Drawing of NQD-4382 Junction Box 12
Color: 7.5BG7/2
To NTE-182 AIS Transponder Seal this section with a sealing material made from silicon.
Vinyl-shielded wire 7 strands and 0.45mm diameter, or equivalent
Gather and twist shielding braided wires and solder to the vinyl-shielded wire.
To CQD-5182 Junction Unit TB4 in NQE-3182 Connection Box
Seal this section with a sealing material made from silicon. 7x2x0.75mm2 (JIS: TTYCYS-7)
NQD-4382 CMH-4182 TB1 Terminal numbers and Names 1 24V+ 2 24V+ 3 24V+ 4 24V+ 5 24V6 24V7 24V8 24V9 Rx-A 10 Rx-B 11 Tx-A 12 Tx-B 13 GND-ISO 14 GND
NQE-3182 CQD-5182 TB4 Terminal numbers 1 24V+ 2 24V+ 3 24V+ 4 24V+ 5 24V6 24V7 24V8 24V9 Tx-A 10 Tx-B 11 Rx-A 12 Rx-B 13 GND-ISO 14 GND
NQD-4382 Junction Box Connection Diagram
13
1-2 NCM-779 AIS Controller
Unit: mm Mass: approx. 1.0kg Color: N4
Outline Drawing of NCM-779 AIS Controller 14
MAINTENANCE connector Connector for Maintenance PC is available inside the cover.
GND Connect
the
terminal to the Ship ground.
Nameplate
Pilot Plug
Serial number of the equipment
Pilot Plug for Personal Pilot Unit is
is printed on the plate.
available on the rear.
POWER/DATA connector Attached cable connects between AIS controller and Connection Box.
Ｐｏｗｅｒ／Ｄａｔａ
Connection Box
Controller
TxA(ORANGE) TxB(YELLOW) RxA(BLACK) RxB(BROWN) GND-ISO(GREEN) +24V(RED) GND(BLUE) PS cont(PURPLE)
7ZCJD0214A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Tx-A Tx-B Rx-A Rx-B Gnd-ISO +24V Gnd PScont_
7 6
9 1 2
8 5
4
3
Back View
Rear Drawing of NCM-779 AIS Controller 15
The dimensions of a hole in the wall
COUNTERSINK for M3
．
．
Pilot Plug
Unit : mm Console Mounting Kit (1) Mounting board 1pc (2) Screw (M4 x 8Bs) 4pcs (3) Self-tap-screw 6pcs
Console Mounting Kit (Option) for NCM-779 AIS Controller 16
1-3 NQE-3150 Pilot Plug Box (Option)
4x2x0.75mm2 (JIS: TTYCS-4)
Connect shielding braided wires to the terminal. 1 4 5 6 9
Unit: mm Mass: approx. 0.4kg Color: 7.5BG7/2
Outline Drawing of NQE-3150 Pilot Plug Box (Option) 17
1-4 MPBX40498 Console mounting kit for NQE-3150 (Option)
114
The dimension of a hole in the wall.
80.4
Console Mounting KIT
Bracket
1 pc
Frame
1 pc
Screw (CNK4X8Bs)
4 pcs
Outline Drawing of MPBX40498 Console Mounting Kit for NQE-3150 Pilot Plug Box 18
1-5 NQE-3182 Connection Box
Unit: mm Mass: approx. 2.5kg Color: N7
Outline Drawing of NQE-3182 Connection Box 19
CABLE LEAD-IN HOLE
Drawing of Recommended Space for NQE-3182 Connection Box Installation 20
GND
+24V
GND-ISO
Rx-B
Rx-A
Tx-B
Tx-A
PS cont
TB1-1 (RF): Terminal type 2-4
PURPLE
BLUE
RED
GREEN
BROWN
BLACK
(Attachment) YELLOW
ORANGE
H-7ZCJD0214A NUMBER and Color of the cable NAME
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 TB2
TB1-2 (GND): Terminal type 5.5-4
(Attachment)
Self-bonding tape
RG-10UY
Tie-wraps Vinyl-shielded wire 7 strands and 0.45mm diameter, or equivalent Gather and twist shielding braided wires and solder to the vinyl-shielded wire.
Tie-wraps
Terminal type 2-4 (Attachment) GYRO Com GYRO
GPS GPSReceiver
Power Souse AIS Controller AIS Transponder Connect to Ship ground.
NQE-3182 Connection Box Connection Diagram 21
NQE-3182 Connection Box Terminal Numbers and Names TB1 NUMBER NAME 1 24V IN 24V+
22
2
24V IN 24V-
3
24V IN GND
NUMBER 1 ALR 1A
TB2 NAME
TB3 NUMBER NAME 36 SENSOR1-2 Rx-A
2
ALR 1C
37
SENSOR1-2 Rx-B
3
ALR 1B
38
GND-ISO
4
SENSOR1-1 GYRO Rx-A
39
SENSOR2-2 Rx-A
5
SENSOR1-1 GYRO Rx-B
40
SENSOR2-2 Rx-B
6
SENSOR2-1 SPEED LOG Rx-A
41
GND-ISO
7
SENSOR2-1 SPEED LOG Rx-B
42
SENSOR3-2 Rx-A
8
SENSOR3-1 ROT Rx-A
43
SENSOR3-2 Rx-B
9
SENSOR3-1 ROT Rx-B
44
GND-ISO
10
SENSOR4-1 (D)GPS Rx-A
45
LONGRANG Tx-A
11
SENSOR4-1 (D)GPS Rx-B
46
LONGRANG Tx-B
12
AUX1 RADAR1 Tx-A
47
LONGRANG Rx-A
13
AUX1 RADAR1 Tx-B
48
LONGRANG Rx-B
14
AUX1 RADAR1 Rx-A
49
GND-ISO
15
AUX1 RADAR1 Rx-B
16
GND-ISO
17
AUX2 RADAR2 Tx-A
18
AUX2 RADAR2 Tx-B
19
GND-ISO
20
AUX1 ECDIS1 Tx-A
21
AUX1 ECDIS1 Tx-B
22
AUX1 ECDIS1 Rx-A
23
AUX1 ECDIS1 Rx-B
24
GND-ISO
25
AUX4 ECDIS2 Tx-A
26
AUX4 ECDIS2 Tx-B
27
GND-ISO
28
MKD CONTROLLER Tx-A
29
MKD CONTROLLER Tx-B
30
MKD CONTROLLER Rx-A
31
MKD CONTROLLER Rx-B
32
MKD CONTROLLER GND-ISO
33
MKD CONTROLLER +24V
34
MKD CONTROLLER GND
35
MKD CONTROLLER PS cont
Supplement for NQE-3182 Connection Box Interconnection Diagram SENSOR (4800bps) Connection
Connection of shielding braided wires are unnecessary.
1x2x0.75mm2 (JIS: TTYCS-1) Connect Shield braided wires to the ground.
SENSOR (38.4kbps) Connection
Connect shielding braided wires to the chassis.
1x3x0.75mm2 (JIS: TTYCS-1T)
23
Caution of SENSOR (38.4kbps) Connection（Setting for CQD-3182 DIP Switch “S2”） The location of DIP Switch “S2” is indicated in the figure of AUX Connection. S2 DIP Switch
100Ω
NQE-3182 Connection Box GND-ISO
CQD-3182 TERMINAL UNIT When the line is terminated with 100-ohm resister by other system, set the DIP Switch “S2” to the off position.
SENSOR output
Other system 100Ω
RS-422
CQD-3182 S2 DIP Switch Function （Initial setting is all ON.）
S2 NUMBER FUNCTION
ON OFF
1 Terminator for SENSOR1-2 input
2 Terminator for SENSOR2-2 input
3 Terminator for SENSOR3-2 input
100Ω Open
100Ω Open
100Ω Open
4 Select for LR port or Maintenance port ＬＲ Ｄ－ＳＵＢ
AUX Connection S2 DIP Switch
24
4x2x0.75mm2 (JIS: TTYCS-4)
Connect shielding braided wires to the chassis. RADAR
４：ORANGE 22 23 TB2
９：Shield braided wires
６：BROWN GND-ISO
Rx-B
Rx-A
Tx-B
21
５：GREEN
Tx-A
NUMBER and NAME 20
１：BLUE
CFQ-6961
CFQ-6961 Pilot Plug Cable (Option)
Connect shielding braided wires to GND-ISO.
24
25
For changing cable lead-in hole into the bottom 1) Remove CLUMP-PLATE.
CLUMP-PLATE
Six screws
2) Change the direction and fix the removed CLUMP-PLATE and three screws.
CLUMP-PLATE
Three screws
Insert CLUMP-PLATE bottom to the chassis.
NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX CLUMP-PLATE Direction change procedure 26
Connect RG-10UY as following figure.
(40) (42.4)
The dimensions of a hole in the wall
Tie-wraps
Tie-wraps
(263) The dimensions of a hole in the wall
NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX Drawing of CLUMP-PLATE Direction changed 27
Four screws
1-1 CQD-5182 Junction Unit (Option) 1) Remove PC board and CLUMP-PLATE.
PC board Flat countersunk head screw CLUMP-PLATE Two screws
2) Fix CQD-5182 Junction Unit, using Removed five screws.
Five screws
CQD-5182 Junction Unit
CQD-5182 Junction Unit Exchange procedure 1/2 28
3) Connect the cable to CDJ-3182 I/O CONTROL J4
CDJ-3182 I/O CONTROL J4
CQD-5182 Junction Unit Exchange procedure 2/2 29
Vinyl-shielded wire 7 strands and 0.45mm diameter, or equivalent Gather and twist shielding braided wires and solder to the vinyl-shielded wire.
2 7x2x0.75mm (JIS: TTYCYS-7)
NQD-4382 CMH-4182 TB1 Terminal numbers and Names 1 24V+ 2 24V+ 3 24V+ 4 24V+ 5 24V6 24V7 24V8 24V9 Rx-A 10 Rx-B 11 Tx-A 12 Tx-B 13 GND-ISO 14 GND
NQE-3182 CQD-5182 TB4 Terminal numbers 1 24V+ 2 24V+ 3 24V+ 4 24V+ 5 24V6 24V7 24V8 24V9 Tx-A 10 Tx-B 11 Rx-A 12 Rx-B 13 GND-ISO 14 GND
CQD-5182 Junction Unit Connection Diagram 30
1-2 NBD-577C Power Supply Unit (Option)
2-φ6
4-Mounting holes
2-6x8
Unit: mm Mass: approx.5.4kg Color: N7
Outline Drawing of NBD-577C Power Supply Unit (Option)
31
1)
Remove the screw and open the cover.
2)
When using input voltage is 100Vac - 120Vac, connect the plug P1 to 100Vac –120Vac connector.
200Vac - 240Vac(Initial setting) 100Vac - 120Vac 3) Tighten the screw to fix the cover. 4)
Remove four screws, connect the power source cables.
AC input
DC input Connect to TB1 in NQE-3182 (DC output)
Cable cover screws
5) 6)
Tighten four screws to fix the cover. Fix the upper cover and stick the label for the input voltage.
NBD-577C Power Supply Unit Connection Diagram 32
1-3 NCT-27 NSK Unit (Option) TB802 TERMINAL BLOCK CABLE LEAD-IN HOLE J824 CONECTOR
TB801 TERMINAL BLOCK
FIXING HOLE FIXING BOLT M5
Unit: mm Mass: approx.3.3kg Color: N7
Outline Drawing of NCT-27 NSK Unit (Option) 33
2004/03/29
BELOW DECK
ABOVE DECK
34 PWR/ DATA
NTE-182 AIS TRANSPONDER COPPER SHEET (ATTACHMENT)
(D)GPS RECEIVER (IEC61162-1)
RF GND
GYROCOM (IEC611621-1)
*RG-10UY 50m max.
1
*1 x 2 x 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
*1 x 2 x 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
1 TB3
SENSOR1-2 Rx-A SENSOR1-2 Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR2-2 Rx-A SENSOR2-2 Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR3-2 Rx-A SENSOR3-2 Rx-B GND-ISO LONGRANG Tx-A LONGRANG Tx-B LONGRANG Rx-A LONGRANG Rx-B GND-ISO
NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX
14
ALR 1A ALR 1C ALR 1B SENSOR1-1 Rx-A SENSOR1-1 Rx-B SENSOR2-1 Rx-A SENSOR2-1 Rx-B SENSOR3-1 Rx-A SENSOR3-1 Rx-B SENSOR4-1 Rx-A SENSOR4-1 Rx-B AUX1 Tx-A AUX1 Tx-B AUX1 Rx-A AUX1 Rx-B GND-ISO AUX2 Tx-A AUX2 Tx-B GND-ISO AUX3 Tx-A AUX3 Tx-B AUX3 Rx-A AUX3 Rx-B GND-ISO AUX4 Tx-A AUX4 Tx-B GND-ISO MKD Tx-A MKD Tx-B MKD Rx-A MKD Rx-B GND-ISO +24V GND PS cont
TxA(ORANGE) TxB(YELLOW) RxA(BLACK) RxB(BROWN) GND-ISO(GREEN) +24V(RED) GND(BLUE) PS cont(PURPLE) H-7ZCJD0214A (JRC Supply 10m)
TB2
35
1 TB1
+24V -24V GND 3
GND
AIS PILOT PLUG
NCM-779 AIS CONTROLLER *
Receptacle Type:206486-1 Mfr.:AMP
EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE DC+24V
JHS-182 AIS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
*
POWER/ DATA
Note: * marked cables are supplied by dockyard
GND
*2 x 2.5mm2 (JIS DPYC-2.5)
2.1 Standard
2. Connection Diagram
2004/08/25
BELOW DECK
ABOVE DECK
1
TB1
14
COAXIAL CABLE AND CONNECTOR (ATTACHMENT)
NQD-4382 JUNCTION BOX
TB2
NTE-182 AIS TRANSPONDER
PWR/ DATA
2
1
TB4
RF GND To CDJ-3182 J4
CQD-5182 JUNCTION UNIT
J1
P1
CFQ-6961 PILOT PLUG CABLE Receptacle Type:206486-2 Mfr.:AMP
NQE-3150 PILOT PLUG BOX Receptacle Type:206486-1 Mfr.:AMP 1 4 5 6 9
1 4 5 6 9
(JIS TTYCS-1)
1
*4 x 2 x 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
*4 x 2 x 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
*1 x 2 x 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
*1 x 2 x 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
*1 x 2 x 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
*1 x 2 x
0.75mm 2
7 x 1.0mm 2 (JIS MPYCS-7)
14
CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT
1 TB3
TX A TX B RX A RX B ECDIS
6 1
To CQD-3182 J1
*4 x 2 x 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
(Cable Length = 20m)
2 TX A *4 x 2 x 0.75mm (JIS TTYCS-4) TX B RX A RX B
No.2 RADAR
No.1 RADAR
(D)GPS RECEIVER (IEC61162-1)
ROT INDICATOR (IEC61162-1)
DOPPLER SPEED LOG (IEC61162-1)
GYROCOM (IEC61162-1)
GYROCOM (Step or Synchoro Signal)
*7 x 2 x 0.75mm (JIS TTYCYS-7) 50m max.
*RG-10UY 50m max.
marked components are optional
NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX
14
Note3: For external pilot plug connection, either NQE-3150 (Box Type) or CFQ-6961 (Cable type) is available.
Note2:
+24V +24V +24V +24V -24V -24V -24V -24V Tx-A Tx-B Rx-A Rx-B GND-ISO GND
COPPER SHEET (ATTACHMENT)
TX A TX B RX A RX B
RF GND
+24V +24V +24V +24V -24V -24V -24V -24V Rx-A Rx-B Tx-A Tx-B GND-ISO GND
1B 1R 2B 2R 3B 3R 4B 4R 5B 5R 6B 6R 7B
Note1: * marked cables are supplied by dock yard
R1 S1/1 S2/2 S3/3 R2 S1/5
*
1 TB1
GND
+ -
DC24V OUT
U V
+ -
AC IN
DC24V IN
GND
*
TERMINAL BLOCK (Dockyard supply) CQD-10 or equivalent
*
JHS-182 AIS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM (Including Options)
GND
AIS PILOT PLUG
NCM-779 AIS CONTROLLER
POWER/ DATA
Receptacle Type:206486-1 Mfr.:AMP
EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE DC+24V
EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE DC+24V
EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE AC110/220V
*4 x 2 x 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4) Maximum cable length between NQE-3182 and NCM-779 is 60m.
3
*2 x 2.5mm2 (JIS DPYC-2.5)
*2 x 2.5mm2 (JIS DPYC-2.5)
*2 x 2.5mm2 (JIS DPYC-2.5)
H-7ZCJD0214A (JRC Supply 10m)
35
TB2
+24V -24V GND
ALR 1A ALR 1C ALR 1B SENSOR1-1 Rx-A SENSOR1-1 Rx-B SENSOR2-1 Rx-A SENSOR2-1 Rx-B SENSOR3-1 Rx-A SENSOR3-1 Rx-B SENSOR4-1 Rx-A SENSOR4-1 Rx-B AUX1 Tx-A AUX1 Tx-B AUX1 Rx-A AUX1 Rx-B GND-ISO AUX2 Tx-A AUX2 Tx-B GND-ISO AUX3 Tx-A AUX3 Tx-B AUX3 Rx-A AUX3 Rx-B GND-ISO AUX4 Tx-A AUX4 Tx-B GND-ISO MKD Tx-A MKD Tx-B MKD Rx-A MKD Rx-B GND-ISO +24V GND PS cont TxA TxB RxA RxB GND-ISO +24V GND PS cont TxA(ORANGE) TxB(YELLOW) RxA(BLACK) RxB(BROWN) GND-ISO(GREEN) +24V(RED) GND(BLUE) PS cont(PURPLE)
1B 1R 2B 2R 3B 3R 4B 4R 5B 5R 6B 6R 7B
SENSOR1-2 Rx-A SENSOR1-2 Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR2-2 Rx-A SENSOR2-2 Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR3-2 Rx-A SENSOR3-2 Rx-B GND-ISO LONGRANG Tx-A LONGRANG Tx-B LONGRANG Rx-A LONGRANG Rx-B GND-ISO
NBD-577C POWER SUPPLY
2.2 Options are included
35
SUPPLEMENT FOR INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM • Supplement 1: AUX1, AUX2, AUX3 and AUX4 Connection The AUX1, AUX2, AUX3 and AUX4 ports are for connection to external display devices, such as radar and ECDIS. The function of AUX1 is identical to AUX2. See the following table for connection to radar and ECDIS. For radar and ECDIS ing the AIS functions, refer to Section 6, “List of Units Connected to AIS”. Corresponding NQA-4172 AIS Interface Signals AIS JRC’s ECDIS/ RADAR NQE-3182 Connection Box NQA-4172 AIS Interface Tx-A RD3+ RD3AUX1: RADAR1 Tx-B or Rx-A TD3+ AUX3: ECDIS1 Rx-B TD3GND-ISO GND3 AUX2: RADAR2 Tx-A RD3+ or Tx-B RD3AUX4: ECDIS2 GND-ISO GND3 • Supplement 2: ALR Connection The ALR ports are made up of relay s. If the system detects an error, ALR relay works. The relay holds the operational state until the CLR key of the NCM-779 AIS is pressed or a response command is received from AUX1 or AUX3 serial interfaces. The following table shows the relay functions. AIS NQE-3182 Connection Box A ALR C B
FUNCTION Normally Close Common Normally Open
Relay spec: 125 VAC, 0.3A/30 VDC, 1A (with resistance load)
36
3. Technical descriptions 3-1 NTE-182 AIS Transponder NTE-182 AIS Transponder consists of VHF antenna, LNA UNIT, TRX UNIT, PS UNIT and CONTROL UNIT.
The VHF antenna is whip type and used for transmit and receive VHF signals. The signal from the antenna is send to the TRX Unit.
The LNA UNIT includes a GPS antenna and a low noise amplifier. The GPS antenna receives GPS signal, the signal is send to low noise amplifier section. The amplifier section amplifies the GPS signal and the output is sent to GPS receiver section in the CONTROL UNIT.
The TRX UNIT includes 1 transmitter section, 2 TDMA receiver sections and 1 DSC receiver section. The transmitter section converts from IF signal of 111.525MHz to desired frequency of the range from 156.025MHz to 162.025MHz, and amplifies the signal to desired power: 12.5W or 2W. The amplified signal is applied to the VHF antenna. The received signal from VHF antenna is send to TRX UNIT. In the TRX unit, the received signal is distributed to 3 receiver sections: 2 TDMA receiver sections and 1 DSC receiver section. The 2 TDMA receiver sections receive signals of frequency range from 156.025MHz to 162.025MHz. These receivers employ double superheterodyne type. One receiver’s intermediate frequencies are 50.75MHz and 450kHz, and another receiver’s ones are 38.85MHz and 450kHz. Both receiver sections output 450kHz signal and these IF signals are applied to MODEM section of the CONTROL UNIT. The DSC receiver section receives fixed frequency of 156.525MHz (channel 70). The DSC receiver section also employs double superheterodyne type. The intermediate frequencies are 45MHz and 450kHz. The receiver section output 450kHz signal and the IF signal is applied to MODEM section of the CONTROL UNIT.
The PS UNIT includes a splitter section and a power supply section. The splitter section split modulated control data from power supply line for data receiving, and or combines modulated control data on to power supply line for data transmitting. The power supply section converts voltage from 24Vdc to 9Vdc, 3.3Vdc and these voltages are applied to
37
each circuit.
CONTROL UNIT includes MODEM section, GPS receiver section, data processor section. The MODEM section modulates and demodulates TDMA and DSC signals. For TDMA transmission, MODEM section converts NRZI signal generated in the data processor section to in-phase and quadrature signals of GMSK modulation. These signals are applied to the transmitter section in the data processor section TRX UNIT. For DSC transmission, MODEM section converts from DSC logic signal generated in the data processor section to in-phase and quadrature signals of AFSK modulation. For TDMA reception, the MODEM section converts frequency and demodulates the IF signals applied from the TRX UNIT to NRZI signals. For the conversion the FPGA is employed. For DSC reception, the MODEM section converts frequency and demodulates the IF signal applied from the TRX UNIT to DSC logic signal. For the conversion the FPGA is employed. The GPS receiver section employs JRC’s original receiver unit. The GPS receiver unit converts the signal applied from the LNA UNIT to time and position data. These data are send to the data processor section. The GPS receiver also generates Pulse Per Second (PPS) signal used for TDMA synchronization and applies it to the data processor section. The data processor section processes signals from/to MODEM section and these signals are communicated between Connection Box.
38
3-2 NQE-3182 Connection Box NQE-3182 Connection Box consists of I/O CONTROL UNIT, TERMINAL UNIT, JUNCTION UNIT, and NSK UNIT.
I/O CONTROL UNIT processed data between AIS transponder and external equipment. The I/O CONTROL UNIT processes the data sent from the AIS Transponder as reception signals, and outputs to auxiliary display ports and MKD ports. I/O CONTROL UNIT processes the data applied from external equipment or AIS Controller, and send to the AIS Transponder as transmission signals.
TERMINAL UNIT employs terminal blocks for external equipment connection and AIS Controller connection. JUNCTION UNIT employs terminal blocks for AIS Transponder connection with multi wire cable. NSK UNIT consists of convert section and terminal block section. The convert section converts step/synchronized heading signal to serial signal. The terminal block section employs terminal blocks for gyro com connection.
39
1.3 NCM-779 AIS Controller NCM-779 AIS Controller consists of CONTROL UNIT, UNIT, and LCD UNIT. The CONTROL UNIT processes the data sent from the AIS Transponder via Connection Box as reception signals, displays the data on the LCD UNIT.
UNIT employs key switch for input interface. LCD UNIT employs a 320x240 dots display with LED back lights. The LCD UNIT is controlled by the CONTROL UNIT. The LED back light can be dimmer controlled by 3 steps.
40
4 Specifications and Interface 4-1 General (1) Frequency range (2) Channel spacing (3) Frequency accuracy (4) Type of emission (5) Type of modulation (6) Output power (7) Type of display (8) Keyboard (9) Back-light (10) Dimmer control
: 156.025MHz to 162.025MHz Default channels: AIS1:161.975MHz, AIS2:162.025MHz : 25kHz/12.5kHz : Within ±3×10-6 : G1D (F1D), G2B (F2B) : GMSK, FSK : 12.5W/2W : 5.7-inch FSTN LCD, 320×240 dots : 7 keys : For LCD and keyboard : Bright, Medium1, Medium2, Off
4-2 Environmental Condition (1) Operating temperature: AIS Transponder (NTE-182) -25°C to +55°C Connection Box (NQE-3182) -15°C to +55°C AIS Controller (NCM-779) -15°C to +55°C (IEC 60945) (2) Power voltage : Typ. 24Vdc, 19-35Vdc (3) Current consumption : 24Vdc Input, 4.5A max. (when transmitting), 1.5A max. (when receiving) 100V/220Vac Input, 200VA (with NBD-577B optional power supply unit)
41
4-3 External interfaces 4-3-1 Communication ports (1) Sensor data input ports SENSOR1-1 / SENSOR2-1/ SENSOR3-1/ SENSOR4-1 Four input ports meet the requirements of IEC 61162-1. (2) Sensor data input ports SENSOR1-2 / SENSOR2-2/ SENSOR3-2 Three input ports meet the requirements of IEC 61162-2. (3) Gyro data input port SENSOR1-1 One input port receives external NSK unit NCT-27. (4) External display equipment communication ports AUX1 / AUX3 Two communication ports meet the requirements of IEC 61162-2. (5) External display equipment output ports AUX2 / AUX4 Two output ports meet the requirements of IEC 61162-2. (6) Long range communication port LONGRANGE One communication port meets the requirements of IEC 61162-2. (7) GNSS differential correction data input port SENSOR4-1 One input port meets the requirement of ITU-R M.823-2 on TTL level. (8) Relay terminals ALR One port for external alarm device Note: IEC61162-2 interfaces comply with the following specifications. - Output drive capacity: Differential driver output voltage is 2.0V or more (RL=100 ohms), Driver output current is 50mA or less. - Load on the line of inputs: 100 ohms. 1 IEC61162-2 output can drive 1 IEC61162-2 input. - Electrical isolation of input circuits: Input circuits are electrically isolated from internal circuit with opto-isolator.
42
4-3-2
1
ed interface sentences Indication SENSOR1-1 SENSOR2-1 SENSOR3-1 SENSOR4-1 SENSOR1-2 SENSOR2-2 SENSOR3-2
Sentence format IEC61162-1 (NMEA0183 Ver.1.5 - 2.3)
IEC61162-2
ed sentence formatters Input data Recommend Longitude/Latitude GNS Position Accuracy GLL Time of Position Datum Reference DTM RAIM Indicator GBS Speed Over Ground VBW (SOG) Course Over Ground (COG) Heading
RMC HDT
Optional GGA RMC
VTG OSD RMC VTG OSD OSD
2
SENSOR1-1
NMEA0183
Rate of Turn ROT Heading data input via NCT-27 : VHW
3
SENSOR4-1
ITU-R M.823-2
Input: RTCM SC-104 Ver.2.0 Type 1, 2, 7, 9
4
AUX1 AUX3
IEC61162-2 IEC61993-2
5
AUX2 AUX4 LONGRANGE
IEC61162-2 IEC61993-2 IEC61993-2
Input: ABM, ACA, ACK, AIR, BBM, LRI, LRF, VSD, SSD Output: ABK, ACA, ALR, DSC, DSI, LRF, LR1, LR2, LR3, TXT, VDO, VDM (*1) Output: ABK, ACA, ALR, DSC, DSI, LRF, LR1, LR2, LR3, TXT, VDO, VDM (*1) Input: LRI, LRF Output: LRF, LR1, LR2, LR3
6
4-4 Power Supply Unit (NBD-577C) (Option) (1) Input voltage : 100/110/120//200/220/240Vac (typical), 90-132/180-264V, 100V/220V manual change, 50/60Hz (typical), 47.5-63Hz, Single phase (2) Output voltage : +24Vdc (typical), 19-35Vdc
43
5
44
Drawing for Reference
5-1
JHS-182 UNIT LIST
45
5-2
NTE-182 Circuit Diagram
46
5-3
NTE-182 Block Diagram
47
5-4
NCM-779 Circuit Diagram
48
5-5
NCM-779 Block Diagram
49
5-6
NQE-3182 Circuit Diagram
50
5-7
NQE-3182 Block Diagram
51
5-8
CMJ-3182 Block Diagram
52
5-9
NQD-4382 Circuit Diagram
53
5-10
NQD-4382 Block Diagram
54
5-11
CDJ-2779 Assembling Diagram
55
5-12
CQD-3182 Assembling Diagram
56
5-13
CMJ-3182 Assembling Diagram
57
JHS-182 UNIT LIST Type of System
Type of Component
Name of Component
NTE-182
AIS TRANSPONDER
NCM-779
AIS CONTROLLER
NQE-3182
CONNECTION BOX
JHS-182
Type of Unit CAV-2180 CAG-2180 CMN-2182 CDJ-2282A CBD-2182 NTE-182 CCK-2779 CDJ-2779 NCM-779 CDE-1779 CDJ-3182 CQD-3182 CQD-5182 CMJ-3182
NQD-4382
JUNCTION BOX (OPTION)
CMH-4182 NQD-4382
Name of Unit VHF ANTENNA LNA UNIT TRX UNIT CONTROL UNIT PS UNIT CHASSIS UNIT CONTROL UNIT CHASSIS LCD I/O CONTROL TERMINAL UNIT JUNCTION UNIT (OPTION) NSK UNIT (OPTION) DATA CONVERTER CHASSIS
45
46 CAV-2180 VHF ANTENNA J1:H-7JAJD0006A
CAG-2180 LNA UNIT W1 :H-7ZCJD0080
J2
W2 :H-7ZCJD0206A
J102 1
CBD-2182 PS UNIT
+3.3V +3.3V GND GND
GND GND ASK MODEM PS NMI-
GND GND ASK MODEM PS NMI10
10
TXD RXD GND(SEL) GND TX TRG MOD RATE AF
J1003
2
1
7
1
7
J1 W4 :H-7ZCJD0193A 1
9V+ 9V+ 9V+ GND GND GND 9V+ GND
GND
W5 :H-7ZCJD0192A
W8 :H-7ZCJD0194
+3.3V +3.3V
1
J3
J2 1
1
6
1
J2 +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V GND GND
J1002
EXT_ANT
1
J103
50
W7 :H-7ZCJD0196B
49
9V+
40
10
CMN-2182 TRX UNIT
GND
30
20
J101
GND
20
30
J1001 TX SWR VR GND ANT TX PLL DATA PLL LAT1 GND GND GND PLL UNLK2 RX IF2 RSSI2 DSC IF RSSI3 MOD AF PLL LAT3 TX LO GND GND PA OFF GND TEST RX D GND( SEL) MOD RATE GND
10
40
2
2
9V+ 9V+ 9V+ GND GND
1
1
GND
INTGPS PPS
+B INTGPS RXD INTGPS TXD VCC VANT DGPS
CDJ-2282 CONTROL UNIT
W3 :H-7ZCJD0220
8
10
1
49
8
U1:CCA-453JP GPS UNIT
50
VHF_ANT
J1 GND TX SWR VF EXT ANT GND PLL CLK PLL UNLK1 RX IF1 RSSI1 PLL LAT2 GND GND GND GND GND GND PLL UNLK3 RX LO TX KEY PWR CONT TEMP 9V NC TX D TX TRG AF
PS/ASK MODEM
GPS_ANT
H-7ZCJD0205A
1 1 W6 :H-7ZCJD0195B
P1 N-P-10U
POWER/DATA
A B C D E F G
P2 N-R-001
EXT_ANT
P3 1108-9034RC
MAINTENANCE
NTE-182 Circuit Diagram
VHF ANTENNA EXT ANTENNA
TRX UNIT:CMN-2182
9V
CONTROL UNIT:CDJ-2282
LMV-358 (1/2)
LMV-358 (2/2)
TX_SWR_VR
BI-Directional Coupler
PA RA20N1516
2SC3357
2SC5337
2SC3357
UPB1509G
2SC3356
LO
RF
2SC3356
VCO 2SC3356
PLL_UNLK3
Loop Filter
9V TEMP RSSI1 RSSI2 TX_SWR_VF TX_SWR_VR RSSI3
R-2R DAC
AF
PLL_LAT3
1
TX_TRIG
2
GND(SEL)
IF
268.45 274.45MHz 12.5kHz step
TEMP
MOD_RATE
2SC3356
AF
NJM3404 EXT ANT
PD
1/N1
NJM3404 NJM3404
536.9 548.9MHz 25kHz step
PWR_CONT 2SC2714
TX_SWR_VF
38.4MHz
2SC4116
38.4MHz (12.8MHzX 3)
1/R1
12.8MHz
RX_D
NJM3404
PWR_CONT
ANT TX
EXT_ANT
NJM3404 2SC2714 1/N2
TCXO ±1.5ppm 12.8MHz
PD
1/R2
2SC4116
PLL_UNLK3 PLL_DATA PLL_CLK PLL_LAT3
DSC 1st LO / TX MOD
res_
fres_
SIO 1200bps
ADRESS DECODER
XC2S300E
2SC3356
CFUCF450KE1
CFUCF450KE1
Limitter Amp
PLD KEY
TX watch
SRAM 8kbyte
TX_LO
PLD KEY LMV-358 (1/2,2/2)
DAC
TEST
2SC4116
1Hz
TX_CONTINUE
FLASH ROM 256kbyte
TLV5606 TXD
GMSK FSK MOD
HDLC Format
TXC
XC18V02 x 2
SRAM 4Mbit
HDLC_INT
FPGA ROM only FPGA
RSSI3
3WAY
TEST RX
9V_TX
50.75MHz
2SC3356
CFWCA450F
CFWCA450E1
Limitter Amp
2SC4116 RX_IF1
2SC3356
VCO 2SC3356
2SC2714Y
ADDRESS BUS
Loop Filter RSSI1
RX1 SYNTH
TA31137
1/N3
NJM2370U09
PLL_LAT1
PLL_UNLK1
2SC3356 PD
12.8MHz
1/R3
MB1511
RXC
PLL_CLK
TEST TX 24.576MHz
TC7WU04FU
DATA BUS
CLK GEN RF
38.85MHz
2SC3356
CFWCA450F
CFWCA450E1
Limitter Amp
2SC4116
IF
RX_IF2
DSC TX
SIO (FIFO) 38.4kbps
DISP_INT
IRQ6
U CLK 24.576MHz
U CLK PLL_UNLK2
LO 194.875200.875MHz 12.5kHz step
MBM29LV 004TC-90
FLASH ROM 4Mbit
DATA BUS
XC2S300E
TDMA RX2 STT310
ADDRESS BUS
HDLC Deformat
1.8V_2
PLL_DATA
PLL_DATA PLL_CLK PLL_LAT1
2SC3357
U H8S/2328F
HDLC Deformat
RXD
GMSK DEM
PLL_UNLK1
2SC5337
RXC
2SC2714Y
RSSI1 RX_9V
RXD
RX_BT_CONT2
51.2MHz(12.8MHzX 4)
LM2940SX-9.0
NJM78M05DL1A RX_5V
DATA BUS
PIO
GMSK DEM
206.775 212.775MHz 12.5kHz step
TCXO_5V
IRQ1 DSC RXD
RX_BT_CONT1
IF
LO
NJM2880U05
DSC_INT
DSC DEM
FPGA#2(ASIC) STT310
TXPLL_9V
DSC TXD PLD KEY
2SC2714Y
TA31137
TDMA RX1 RF
9.8V
IRQ2
DSC MOD
RSSI3
9.8V
ADDRESS BUS
TX MODE
44.1MHz
44.55MHz
LNA_OUT
TC55VEM2 08ASTN55
DSC_IF TX_BT_CONT
9V_PA
DGPS TXD
RN1402 PA OFF
PA_OFF
LMX2352(IF)
IF
DBM ADE-2
Pre Amp 2SC5337
GPS RX CCA453JP
PPSGPS TXD
TX_SWR_VF
RX_LO
STT310
RF
SIO 4800bps
RST
FPGA#1(ASIC)
PPS_INT PPSGPS RXD
TX_KEY
112.425MHz LO
STT310
IRQ0 NMI
ANT_TX
12.8MHz
12.8MHz
DSC RX
PT
TEMP
51.2MHz 2SC3357
TLP181
PS_NMI
Comp.
112.425MHz
51.2MHz (12.8MHz X 4)
3.3V
LMV-358 (2/2)
NJM3404
ADC 7ch
RESET _IC
MOD_AF
Loop Filter NJM3404
TX_SWR_VR
2SC4116
RN5VD28CA
TX_D
LMX2352(RF)
TX SYNTH
VCO 2SC2714 2SC3356
DAC 1ch
PWR_CONT
TX_SWR_VF
2SC3356
VCO 2SC3356
PLL_LAT2
Loop Filter
RSSI2
38.4MHz(12.8MHzX 3)
FPGA Only LTC3412EFE
TA31137 PLL_UNLK2
2SC3356 1/N4
PD
1/R4
12.8MHz
MB1511
FROM_RXD
SIO SW/ FLASH ROM write cont.
PIO
FLDSC_TXD
SIO 1200bps 38.4kbps
TXD RXD
SW AVR
PLL_DATA PLL_CLK PLL_LAT2
2SC3357
TX_LO RX_LO 3.3V
RSSI2 RX2 SYNTH
2SC5337 NJM2870F3-3.3 PLL_3.3V
Monitor control
fres_
1.8V_1 1.8V_2 MOD
EXT ANT ANT TX TX KEY
PIO
Si3433 , RN5VD28CA
DEM 3.3V
PS UNIT:CBD-2182
GPS ANTENNA NJG1103
NJG1103
9.8V LNA_OUT
SW REG
SPR
HA16116FP V_watch
3.3V
47
ASK_MODEM
SW REG
PS_NMI 3.3V
TO CONNECTION BOX
RXD TXD GND(SEL) MOD_RATE TX_TRIG AF
LNA UNIT:CAG-2180
9.8V
ASK_MODEM
LMV-358 (1/2)
04.03.23
MAINTENANCE
NTE-182 Block Diagram
48
NCM-779 Circuit Diagram
Pilot PC
Maintenance PC
CDJ-2779 CONTROL UNIT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Connection Box
SRAM 4MB SRAM (VRAM) 1Mbyte
Maintenance
DATA BUS 38.4/57.6/ 115.2kbps for Maintenance PC
232 drv
Gnd-ISO
LCD cont.
RD,WR,CS,etc..
SIO1
Pilot PC
PLD
LCD module
φ6.144MHz
PT
422 drv
Tx-A
Tx-B Rx-A Rx-B
PT
38.4kbps for Pilot PC
SIO2
U
PT
422 drv
PT
DAC 38.4kbps for Transponder
SIO0
ADC
WDT Reset
-24V
Contrust
+3.3V 温度検出
Gnd-ISO
VCC_iso GND_iso
ｼﾘｱﾙ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Flash ROM 8MB
ADDRESS BUS
RxD TxD
RTS CTS Gnd-ISO
EEPROM 64kB
Rx-A Rx-B Tx-A Tx-B Gnd-ISO +24V Gnd PScont_ Gnd
Isolation +5V
AIS
CLK 24.576MHz
+5V DCDC +24V(Max:6W)
+3.3V
＋
+3.3V DCDC
Buzzer +3.3V
inv
-24V
電源SW
－ Keypad +5V REG PT
ON/ OFF
CCK-2779 UNIT
NCM-779 Block Diagram 49
50
ALR-1A MAINTE NSK_Tx-A SENSOR1-1_Rx-A SENSOR2-1_Rx-A SENSOR3-1_Rx-A SENSOR4-1_Rx-A GND-ISO SENSOR1-2_Rx-A SENSOR2-2_Rx-A SENSOR3-2_Rx-A GND-ISO LONGRANGE_Tx-A LONGRANGE_Rx-A GND-ISO AUX1_Tx-A AUX1_Rx-A AUX2_Tx-A GND-ISO AUX3_Tx-A AUX3_Rx-A AUX4_Tx-A GND-ISO MKD_Tx-A MKD_Rx-A GND GND 24V+ 24V+ 24V24V24V-
a
GND-ISO DTR TxD RxD
No. 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1
1
5
10
15
20
25
30
32
NQE-3182 CHASSIS
W1:H-7ZCJD0222
1
5
10
15
20
30
25
a 32
b Tx-B
48 Rx-B
Tx-A
47
49 24V-
GNDISO
46
Rx-A
45
Rx-B
Rx-A
44
LONGRANG
SENSOR3-2
J3 TB2
TB1
Rx-B
Tx-A
Tx-B
Rx-A
Rx-B
GNDISO
Tx-A
28
29
30
AUX2 RADAR2
AUX3 ECDIS1
AUX4 ECDIS2
31
32
33
34
35
1
2
3 GND
Rx-A
27
24V-
Rx-B
26
24V+
Rx-A
25
PS cont
Rx-B
24
GND
Rx-A
(D)GPS
23
+24V
Rx-B
ROT
22
Rx-B
Rx-A
SPEED LOG
21
GNDISO
1B
GYRO
20
Rx-A
1C
AUX1 RADAR1
SENSOR1-1 SENSOR2-1 SENSOR3-1 SENSOR4-1
19
MKD CONTROLLER
TB1-1 TB1-2 RF GND
24V IN
Rx-B GNDISO GND
14
ALR
6
18
Tx-B
17
Tx-A
16
GNDISO
15
Tx-B
14
Tx-A
13
GNDISO
12
Rx-B
11
Tx-B
10
Rx-A
9
Tx-A
8
Tx-B
7
GNDISO
6
1A
R1 1/S1 2/S2 3/S3 R2 5
5
14
4
Tx-B Rx-A
13
3
3
12
2
1
11
TB11
1
35
Tx-A
10
PC1
9
6
CQD-3182 TERMINAL UNIT
IEC61162-2(38.4kbps)
SENSOR2-2
43
GNDISO
Rx-B
Rx-A
42
GNDISO
Rx-B
GNDISO
Rx-A
41
8
SENSOR1-2
40
7
39
6
38
5
37
J1
1
TRANSPONDER
4
14
36
1
SYNC STEP
24V+
3
1
1 +24V GND NSK_Tx-A NSK_Tx-B NSK_Rx-A NSK_Rx-B
2
J1
P101
TB3
1
P1
1
CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT (OPTION)
TB4
a
CTS RTS DSR
J1
5
J2
b
6
TRANSPONDER_Rx TRANSPONDER_Tx GND-ISO +5V-ISO D-MODEM GND +3.3V 24V24V24V24V+ 24V+ 24V+
CQD-5182 JUNCTION UNIT (OPTION)
P3
J3 9
10
b
ALR-1C ALR-1B NSK_Tx-B SENSOR1-1_Rx-B SENSOR2-1_Rx-B SENSOR3-1_Rx-B SENSOR4-1_Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR1-2_Rx-B SENSOR2-2_Rx-B SENSOR3-2_Rx-B GND-ISO LONGRANGE_Tx-B LONGRANGE_Rx-B GND-ISO AUX1_Tx-B AUX1_Rx-B AUX2_Tx-B GND-ISO AUX3_Tx-B AUX3_Rx-B AUX4_Tx-B GND-ISO MKD_Tx-B MKD_Rx-B +24V PS_CNT 24V+ 24V+ 24V+ 24V24V-
6
1
PC
J201
5
9
1
11
5
P1-1 J1
5 5
PC
TRANSPONDER_Rx TRANSPONDER_Tx GND-ISO +5V-ISO D-MODEM GND +3.3V TRP_24VTRP_24VTRP_24VTRP_24V+ TRP_24V+ TRP_24V+
1010
DSR RTS CTS
RxD TxD DTR GND-ISO
P1
J4
1 NSK_Tx-B NSK_Tx-A NSK_Rx-B NSK_Rx-A GND +24V
6
13 13
J101
13
CDJ-3182 I/O CONTROL
P101-1
TB11-1
TRANSPONDER
GND
TB2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TB2-1 TB2-2 TB2-3 TB2-4 TB2-5 TB2-6 TB2-7 TB2-8 TB2-9 TB2-10 TB2-11 TB2-12 TB2-13 TB2-14 TB2-15 TB2-16 TB2-17 TB2-18 TB2-19
ALR-1A ALR-1C ALR-1B SENSOR1-1_Rx-A SENSOR1-1_Rx-B SENSOR2-1_Rx-A SENSOR2-1_Rx-B SENSOR3-1_Rx-A SENSOR3-1_Rx-B SENSOR4-1_Rx-A SENSOR4-1_Rx-B AUX1_Tx-A AUX1_Tx-B AUX1_Rx-A AUX1_Rx-B GND-ISO AUX2_Tx-A AUX2_Tx-B GND-ISO
P1-a32 P1-b32 P1-b31 P1-a29 P1-b29 P1-a28 P1-b28 P1-a27 P1-b27 P1-a26 P1-b26 P1-a17 P1-b17 P1-a16 P1-b16 P1-a15 P1-b15
TB3 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
TB2-20 TB2-21 TB2-22 TB2-23 TB2-24 TB2-25 TB2-26 TB2-27 TB2-28 TB2-29 TB2-30 TB2-31 TB2-32 TB2-33 TB2-34 TB2-35
AUX3_Tx-A AUX3_Tx-B AUX3_Rx-A AUX3_Rx-B GND-ISO AUX4_Tx-A AUX4_Tx-B GND-ISO MKD_Tx-A MKD_Tx-B MKD_Rx-A MKD_Rx-B GND-ISO +24V GND PS_CNT
P1-a13 P1-b13 P1-a12 P1-b12 P1-a11 P1-b11 P1-a9 P1-b9 P1-a8 P1-b8 P1-b7
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
TB3-1 TB3-2 TB3-3 TB3-4 TB3-5 TB3-6 TB3-7 TB3-8 TB3-9 TB3-10 TB3-11 TB3-12 TB3-13 TB3-14
SENSOR1-2_Rx-A SENSOR1-2_Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR2-2_Rx-A SENSOR2-2_Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR3-2_Rx-A SENSOR3-2_Rx-B GND-ISO LONGRANGE_Tx-A LONGRANGE_Tx-B LONGRANGE_Rx-A LONGRANGE_Rx-B GND-ISO
P1-a24 P1-b24 P1-a23 P1-b23 P1-a22 P1-b22 P1-a20 P1-b20 P1-a19 P1-b19
P1-b6
NQE-3182 Circuit Diagram
H-7DDJD0027 (XCF02SV020C)
MKD
PT
PT
UART TX 38.4kbps Input sentenc filter
PC400
PT
PC400
UART TX 38.4kbps Input sentenc filter
RAM 128byte×2
UART RX 38.4kbps
（38.4kbps）
SP490EEN
PT
PC400
UART TX 38.4kbps
SW REG
AVR
Input sentenc filter
RAM 128byte×2
SI3433DV
（38.4kbps）
SP232EEN
PC400
Input sentenc check
SP490EEN
UART RX 38.4kbps
PT
MKD_+24V
（38.4kbps）
47ZR-10D PS_CNT
MKD_+24V
Rx-A
5
Rx-B
6
Rx-A
7
Rx-B
8
Rx-A
9
Rx-B
10
Rx-A
11
Rx-B
12
Tx-A
13
Tx-B
14
Rx-A
15
Rx-B
16
Gnd-ISO
17
Tx-A
18
Tx-B
19
Gnd-ISO
20
Tx-A
21
Tx-B
22
Rx-A
23
Rx-B
24
Gnd-ISO
25
Tx-A
26
Tx-B
27
Gnd-ISO
28
Tx-A
29
Tx-B
30
Rx-A
31
Rx-B
32
Gnd-ISO
33
+24V
34
GND
35
PS cont
1
24V+
2
24V-
3
GND
4.9152MHz
Rx-B
49
Gnd -ISO
1A FUSE
SENSOR DOPPLER SPEED LOG
1 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
SENSOR ROT INDICATOR
1 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
SENSOR/DGNSS (D)GPS
1 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
NSK UNIT in Radar CMJ-304
PI / LR RADAR1
4 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
PI ( / LR) RADAR2 4 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
Bridge NET UNIT
PI ECDIS1
4 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
PI ECDIS2
4 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
PI / LR LONGRANGE/ MAINTENANCE
8 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
PI MKD
4 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
IMMARSAT/ MAINTENANCE SERVER
Main Power
FUSE
24V-
FUSE
MAIN PS
DEM
9.8304MHz
8A
24V+
TRP_24V+ LMV358
SENSOR GYRO COM
1 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
DC24V 2 X 2.5mm2 (DPYC-2.54)
Y08U-90B
SPR
TRANSPONDER
TRANSPONDER TRP PS
13
12
11
14 GND
GNDISO
Rx-B
9
10
8
7
6
MAX490EPA
PC900
422 Trcv.
PC900
PT
Tx-B
Tx-A
24V-
24V-
5
4
3
1B
4
7 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-7)
24V-
24V-
24V+
2
1 NSK_RX NSK_TX
+24V(NSK) GND NSK_TX SENSOR1-1
3
NSK UNIT NCT-27
BIIT ALARM 1 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
24V+
TRANSPONDER
24V+
5
4
3
2
6 5
R2
3/S3
2/S2
R1
51
1/S1
1
GYRO
JUNCTION UNIT: CQD-5182(OPTION)
24V+
STEP :4 X 1mm2 (JIS MPYCS-4) SYNC :7 X 1mm2 (JIS MPYCS-7)
24V+
SENSOR GYRO COM
NSK UNIT:CMJ-3182 (OPTION)
1C
(RG-10/UY)
TRP_24V+
Rx-A
2SC3151 NJM2903
TRANSPONDER-TX
2SA1162Y
+3.3v GND +5V-ISO GND-ISO
TRP PS
TRANSPOMDER-RX
D_MODE
CBS1002424
MKD
48
PS CNT 47ZR-10D
V_watch
Rx-A
+24V(NSK)
MOD
DC/DC
47
47ZR-10D （IEC61162-2）
422 Trcv.
FPGA_ON
24V+ 24V-
Tx-B
MKD PS
Gnd-ISO
5A FUSE
46
D-sub 9pin
232 Trcv.
PT
+1.8V
SW
Tx-A
VUP_TRP_TX
+3.3V AN80M18RSP
45 （IEC61162-2）
422 Trcv.
VUP_TRP_RX
RAM 128byte×2
1A
2
（IEC61162-2）
422 Trcv.
PT PC400
Input sentenc check
Gnd-ISO
2SJ377 NJM2374A
ALM
SP490EEN
VUP_MKD_RX
RAM 128byte×2
+5V-ISO
GYRO SENSOR1-1
（38.4kbps）
PT
PV3-24-5
DC/DC
SPEED LOG SENSOR2-1
（IEC61162-2）
D-SUB/LR PC400
UART RX 38.4kbps
FPGA_RST OPE
ROT SENSOR3-1
RADAR1 AUX1
（38.4kbps）
422 Trn.
mnt_mode
PC400
Input sentenc check
RN5VD28CA FPGA_ON
Gnd -ISO
（IEC61162-2）
422 Trcv.
VUP_MKD_TX
Reset IC
44
SP490EEN
VUP_MNT_RX
CLK (24.576MHz)
Rx-B
SP490EEN
PT
UART TX 38.4kbps Input sentenc filter
Rx-A
43
SP490EEN
RAM 128byte×2 RAM 128byte×2
Gnd -ISO
42
PT
UART RX 38.4kbps
VUP_MNT_TX
RXD0
41
（4.8kbps）
422 Trn.
PC400
Input sentenc check
Rx-B
RADAR2 AUX2
VUP_MNT_TX VUP_MNT_RX VUP_MKD_TX VUP_MKD_RX VUP_TRP_TX VUP_TRP_RX
Version Up CNT (Port SW)
vup_mode RAM 128byte×2
Rx-A
40
PT
UART RX 38.4kbps
TD_CNT
RXD1 TXD0
TC7WU04FU
PC400
PC400
Input sentenc check
Gnd -ISO
39
1
Gnd-ISO
U_SCI_ch1_TX U_SCI_ch1_RX
RAM 128byte×2
Protect circuits
38
sen4_beacon
UART TX 38.4kbps Input sentenc filter
（IEC61162-2） 2SK209 （38.4kbps） 1SS184 （IEC61162-1 ITU-R M823-2）
422 Rcv.
PT
UART RX 4800bps
RAM 128byte×2 RAM 128byte×2
SP490EEN
Rx-B
ECDIS1 AUX3
Input sentenc check
（4.8kbps）
circuits PC400
TLP181
RXD2 TXD1
SCI ch0
CLK
PT
UART RX 4800bps 38.4kbps
U_SCI_ch2_RX
TXD2
SCI ch1
24.576MHz
Input sentenc filter
RAM 128byte×2
F_0 (sen1_rnsk) F_1 (sen1_mode) F_2 (sen2_mode) F_3 (sen3_mode) F_4 (sen4_beacon) F_5 (sen1_rx_rst-) F_6 (sen2_rx_rst-) F_7 (sen3_rx_rst-) F_8 (sen4_rx_rst-) F_9 (aux1_rx_rst-) F_10 (aux3_rx_rst-) F_11 (lr_rx_rst-) F_12 (mkd_rx_rst-) F_13 (trp_rx_rst-) F_14 (tx_rst-) F_15 (reserv) F_16 (mnt) F_17 (ope)
SCI ch2
+3.3V
Input sentenc check
（IEC61162-2） 2SK209 （38.4kbps） 1SS184 （IEC61162-1） Protect
422 Rcv.
37
ECDIS2 AUX4
VUP_ST VUP_END ALR
PT
（4.8kbps）
SP490EEN
TLP181
sen3_mode
DAC 8bit 2ch
PIO
Input sentenc filter
RAM 128byte×2
DATA BUS
PIO
PC400
sen2_mode
FLASH ROM 4Mbit
（IEC61162-2） 2SK209 （38.4kbps） 1SS184 （IEC61162-1）
Protect circuits
PT
UART RX 4800bps 38.4kbps
MBM29 LV004
SRAM 1Mbit
FLASH ROM 256kbyte
Input sentenc check
SP490EEN
422 Rcv.
Longrange
UPD 441000
Input sentenc filter
RAM 128byte×2
ADDRESS BUS
PT TLP181
sen1_mode
FWE
ADC 10bit 6ch
PC400
sen1_rnsk
（4.8kbps /9.6kbps）
Rx-A
(D)GPS SENSOR4-1
UART RX 4800bps 38.4kbps
36
CONTROLLER MKD
Input sentenc check
（IEC61162-1）
Protect circuits
24V IN
Input sentenc filter
RAM 128byte×2
RST
SRAM 8kbyte
NSK_TX 2SK209 1SS184
+5V-ISO
PT
FRES
U H-7DDJD0021 NMI H8S/2328
FWE
TLP181
SP490EEN
422 Trn.
PT U_SCI_ch0_RX
Relay
SENSOR1-2
FRES
U_RST
TLP181
UART TX 4800bps
FWE VUP_ST VUP_END
FPGA_RST
Reset IC
ALR
SENSOR2-2
ADRESS DEC.
RAM 128byte×2 RN5VD28CA
TERMINAL UINT:CQD-3182
2SK3018
XC2S200E
SENSOR3-2
FPGA
FPGA ROM
+24V(NSK) GND NSK_TX
I/O CONTROL:CDJ-3182
PT
NQE-3182 Block Diagram
52
NSK UNIT:CMJ-3182
U H8S/2328
GYRO COM (SYNCHRO)
SN74LVC14ANSR TC74VHC123AFT
2SC2618 0.5A
FUSE
PT
Sampling Pulse
IRQ0
SYNCHRO
7 X 1mm2 (JIS MPYCS-7)
FLASH ROM 256kbyte
1
1
NJM3404
R1
4 5 6
GYRO COM
3
2
1/S1
3
2/S2
4
3/S3
5
R2
6
PT
FUSE
NJM3404
S/H
PO8
A0
PT
S/H
A1
PIO
TLP121
0.5A
PT
A2
S/H
TLP121 STEP
PT
TC74HC4066AF
PE1
ADC 10bit 6ch
PT
FUSE
PE2
NJM3404
A4
S/H
A5
PC400
PT
TYPE
RATIO
DIRECTION
OUTPUT TIMING
SIMULATOR ERR TIMING
STEP SYNC 36X 90X 180X 360X REV NORM RESERVE 1S 100mS 50mS TEST NORM 5S 0.2S
S202 VERSION UP RESERVE
3
ON
ON
4
5
6
7
8
24.576MHz
PC400
PT
RS-232C 232 Trcv.
D-sub 9pin
（38.4kbps）
TC7WU04FU
ON OFF
PC400
CLK OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Reset IC
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
POWER
5V_ISO
NJM2374A/2SJ377
5V
POWER
DC/DC
+24V
GND
5V_ISO
UPC29M33AT AVR
ON
PT
NSK_Tx IEC61162-1 (4.8kbps) NSK_Rx
VS0505S
ON OFF
ON
TLP181
AIS
RST
SW REG
24V
OFF
OFF
SIO ch0
SP490EEN
422 Trcv.
ON
OFF
ON
2
PT
RN5VD28AC
OFF
1 UP DATE NORM RESERVE RESERVE
2
PC
SP232EEN
PT SIO ch1
1
INT
SIO ch2
S/H
TLP121
S201
ERR SN74LVC14ANSR
TLP121
0.5A
OPE SN74LVC14ANSR
A3
S/H
NJM3404
GYRO COM (STEP)
SN74LVC14ANSR PE0
NJM3404
NJM3404
5
S201
PO0～7
TLP121
FUSE 4 X 1mm2 (JIS MPYCS-4)
TC74HC4066AF
S202 FWU
TLP121
0.5A
2
SRAM 1Mbit
SRAM 8kbyte
TLP115A
Peak Hold
UPD44100
3.3V
OFF
CMJ-3182 Block Diagram
TB1
TB2-1 W1:H-7ZCJD0219(INCLUDE NQE-4382)
2
TB2-2
1
1 24V+
GND
3
NQE-4382 CHASSIS
RF
TRANSPONDER
4 5 6 24V-
7 IEC61162-2(38.4kbps)
8 Rx-A
9
Rx-B
10
Tx-A
11
CMH-4182 DATA CONVERTER (OPTION)
12 13
GND
14
14
Tx-B GNDISO
NQD-4382 Circuit Diagram 53
54
DATA CONVERTER UNIT:CMH-4182
TRANSPONDER (5D-2VH)
9.8304MHz
SPR
NJM2406F
PC400
PT
DEM
PT
1
24V+
2
24V+
3
24V+
4
24V-
5
24V-
6
24V-
7
24V-
8
7 X 2 X 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCYS-7)
Rx 422 Trcv. Tx
TC7W32FU
5V_ISO MOD TC7WU04FU
NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX
Rx-A
9
Rx-B
10
Tx-A
11
Tx-B
12
GND -ISO
13
GND
14
TRANSPONDER
PC400
4.9152MHz
SP490EEN
24V+
4.9152MHz
+24V NJM2360 SW REG
+5V VS0505S
+24V
+5V_ISO
DC/DC
+5V
NQD-4382 Block Diagram
S1: It is necessary to set as follows. ON
ON
1,2:ON 3～8:OFF
S2: It is necessary to set as follows. ON
ON
1～4:OFF
CDJ-2779 Assembling Diagram 55
56
CQD-3182 Assembling Diagram
S201 TYPE
RATIO
DIRECTION
OUTPUT TIMING
SIMULATOR ERR TIMING
1 STEP SYNC 36X 90X 180X 360X REV NORM RESERVE 1S 100mS 50mS TEST NORM 5S 0.2S
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON OFF ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF ON OFF ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF ON OFF
S201（Initial setting 1:OFF，２：OFF，３:OFF，４：OFF， ４:OFF，５：OFF，６:ON，７：OFF)
57
ON
S202
ON
VERSION UP RESERVE
1 UP DATE NORM RESERVE RESERVE
2
ON OFF ON OFF
S202（Initial setting 1:OFF，２：OFF)
CMJ-3182 Assembling Diagram
6 Dismantlement drawings 6-1 NTE-182 AIS transponder dismantlement
No
Name
Code
Antenna
H-7ABJD0002A
1
2
O-ring
BRPK05252
1
3
Wrench
BRTC05113
1
4
Instruction
MTZ303008
1
1
Q’ty
H-7ABJD0002A
(
)
Attached O-ring
Attached Wrench BRTC05113
58
6-2 NCM-779 AIS controller dismantlement
Replacing CDJ-2779, remove these parts.
59
Remove the front with JOG dial.
LCD (CDE-1779)
UNIT CCK-2779
CONTROL UNIT CDJ-2779
60
AIS CONTROLLER (NCM-779) Connection point of internal cable Be careful not to insert the cable between front and rear .
Connect to J6. front
rear LCD 制御と電源の 2 本 ﾌﾛﾝﾄ inside cap (Aluminum)
LCD connection cable
J6
J5
Connect to J5. terminal (For the )
terminal (For the )
61
6-3 NQE-3182 Connection box dismantlement When replacing the CDJ-3182, hold the position of arrow mark as below.
I/O CONTROL CDJ-3182 When these cables are connected, refer to the Installation manual”NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX CONNECTION DIAGRAM”.
TERMINAL UNIT CQD-3182
If replace the CDJ-3182, remove the four screws in the shield case
Silicone sheet
62
7 Initial Setting
CAUTION • After installation or replacing of the equipment, be sure to execute initial setting before operation. • This equipment does not transmit automatically in TDMA when started in the field maintenance mode. After the end of operation in the field maintenance mode, be sure to restart the equipment in the normal mode (with the [PWR/DIM] key pressed).
7-1 Field Maintenance Mode and INITIAL SETTING Menu To make initial setting, start the equipment in the field maintenance mode, and then select the INITIAL SETTING menu.
To ensure that the initial setting is stored, select
[ENT] at the foot of the input menu items to confirm the information entered in each setting screen.
When turning off the power, press the [OFF] key, enter the ,
select [ENT], press the jog dial, and then press and hold the [PWR/DIM] and [OFF] keys down until the power turns off.
The s that can be used include a fixed
"0182" as well as a (initial value: 0000).
[Operation Procedure] (1) When turning on the power, press and hold the [PWR/DIM] and [MENU] keys down until the message "AIS CONTROLLER NOW LOADING... PLEASE WAIT..." appears.
When the equipment is started in the field maintenance mode, "6. FIELD
MAINTENANCE" and "7. INITIAL SETTING" are added to the main menu (see Figure 8.1). MAIN MENU UTC11:46 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.VOYAGE STATIC DATA 2.MESSAGE 3.ALARM SETTING 4.SET UP 5.MAINTENANCE --------------------------6.FIELD MAINTENANCE 7.INITIAL SETTING
Figure 8.1 Main Menu Screen in the Field Maintenance Mode
63
(2) Selecting 7.INITIAL SETTING from MAIN MENU causes the INITIAL SETTING menu to appear. INITIAL SETTING UTC11:46 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA>
displays (Radar/ECDIS)
1.SENSOR SETTING
2. SHIP STATIC DATA
2.SHIP STATIC DATA
Setting the static information such as MMSI and ship
3.AIS INITIALIZE
name
4.REMOTE DIAGNOSIS SETTING
3. AIS INITIALIZE
1. SENSOR SETTING Setting the input/output ports for sensors and auxiliary
Returning information saved in this AIS equipment to the factory-shipped state 4. REMOTE DIAGNOSIS SETTING Setting information required for remote maintenance
Figure 8.2
64
INITIAL SETTING Menu Screen
7-2 Sensor Port Setting (SENSOR SETTING) Set up valid sentences and baud rate for the sensor ports (SENSOR1 to SENSOR4) connecting external sensors.
If external sensors are connected to SENSOR1-1,
SENSOR2-1, and SENSOR3-1, specify the baud rate of 4800 bps.
If external sensors
are connected to SENSOR1-2, SENSOR2-2, and SENSOR3-2, set up the baud rate of 38400 bps.
(For details about the setting, see Section 3.1 in Field Maintenance Menu
Operation Manual.) [Operation Procedure] (1) Selecting 1.SENSOR SETTING from the INITIAL SETTING menu causes the SENSOR SETTING menu to appear. SENSOR BRG : 270°: 35°: * 22°:
SETTING RNG 0.18NM 0.29NM 0.92NM
UTC11:46 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE QUEEN ABCDEFG-MA>
1.SENSOR1 2.SENSOR2 3.SENSOR3 4.SENSOR4
1.SENSOR1
Setting valid sentences and baud rate for sensor ports
2.SENSOR2 3.SENSOR3
5.AUX1 (=AUX2)
4.SENSOR4
6.AUX3 (=AUX4)
5.AUX1(=AUX2)
Setting valid sentences for ports.
These items are
prepared for future advanced feature.
6.AUX3(=AUX4)
Figure 8.3
SENSOR SETTING Screen
(2) Select sensor ports (1.SENSOR1 to 4.SENSOR4) from the SENSOR SETTING menu. The setting screen for the selected sensor appears.
65
SENSOR1 BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM 1.SENTENCE *DTM *GBS *HDG *HDT *VBW *VHW PJRCD [ENT] [CANCEL]
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE JRCMARU ABCDEFG-MA>
SELECT *GGA *GLL *GNS *OSD *RMC *ROT *VTG *WPL PJRC
The asterisk (*) mark indicates a valid header as input sentence.
As the initial setting value, all headers are
valid, and can be used unchanged ordinarily. To change the setting, rotate the Jog dial to more the cursor to the header.
Pressing the Jog dial changes
between valid ("*") and invalid (" ") header. 2. BAUDRATE
2.BAUDRATE : 4800BPS [EXIT]
1. SENTENCE SELECT
[ENT]
Setting the baud rate If 4800BPS is set, SENSOR x-1 port of the terminal block in NQE-3182 is valid.
If 38.4KBPS is set, SENSOR x-2
port is valid. Figure 8.4
SENSOR SETTING Screen (if Sensor 1 is Selected)
(3) Select the item to be set ("1.SENTENCE SELECT" or "2.BAUDRATE"). (4) Set up the sentences to be validated with "1.SENTENCE SELECT." An asterisk (*) mark indicates a valid sentence.
Rotate the Jog dial to select a sentence and press
the Jog dial to select Valid/Invalid.
After sentences are set, select [ENT] in
1.SENTENCE SELECT and press the Jog dial to complete the entire SENTENCE SELECT setting. (5) Set up the baud rate with "2.BAUDRATE." Rotate the Jog dial to select the baud rate (4800BPS or 38.4KBPS) and press the Jog dial to set it.
Pressing [ENT]
validates the input contents. (6) Finally, select [ENT] in the small window on the lower part of the screen and press the Jog dial to complete the setting for this port. Change the setting of ‘WPL’ sentence to disabled. When ‘WPL’ sentence setting is enabled, the Waypoint information screen is displayed every time ‘WPL’ sentence is inputted. [Sensor Input] SENSOR1:
4800BPS, 38.4KBPS, NCT-27NSK and CMJ3182NSK can be selected. NCT-27 NSK is selected to connect NCT-27. CMJ3182NSK is selected to connect CMJ-3182.
SENSOR2:
4800BPS and 38.4KBPS can be selected.
SENSOR3:
4800BPS and 38.4KBPS can be selected.
SENSOR4:
4800BPS and BEACON RX can be selected. BEACON RX is selected to connect the beacon receiver that outputs RTCM SC-104 Ver2.0 sentences with TTL level.
66
7-3 Static Information Setting (SHIP STATIC DATA) Set MMSI and static information of own ship. [Operation Procedure] (1) Selecting 2.SHIP STATIC DATA from the INITIAL SETTING menu causes the SHIP STATIC DATA menu to appear.
With the SHIP STATIC DATA menu, enter static
information of own ship. SHIP STATIC DATA UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM JRCMARU * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.MMSI :123456789 2.SHIP NAME : 12345678901234567890 3.IMO NO.
:123456798
4.CALL SIGN :1234567 5.TYPE OF SHIP : DREDGE OR UNDERWATER OPE
1.
MMSI: MMSI number: 9-digit number
2.
SHIP NAME: Ship name: Up to 20 characters
3.
IMO NO.: IMO number: up to 9-digit number
4.
CALL SIGN: Call sign: 7 characters
5.
TYPE OF SHIP: Ship type:
Select from the list 6.
Position of external GNSS (GPS) antenna on the ship 7.
▲ 6.GNSS ANTENNA POSITION : BOW : 511M OR GREATER STR : 511M OR GREATER POR : 63M OR GREATER STA : 63M OR GREATER 7.POSITION SENSOR TYPE : INTEGRATED NAV. SYSTEM 8.INTERNAL GPS SETTING 9.SERIAL NO. : BB54321 10.CONTROLLER TYPE : MAIN [EXIT]
Figure 8.5
POSITION SENSOR TYPE:
External GNSS type: Select GPS ordinarily 8.
▼
GNSS ANTENNA POSITION:
INTERNAL GPS SETTING:
Position
of
internal
GPS
antenna
(NTE-182
AIS
transponder) on the ship 9.
SERIAL NO.: Serial number of this equipment
(JHS-182): 7 digits 10. CONTROLLER TYPE: Main MKD or sub MKD: Select MAIN ordinarily.
Select SUB only if the controller
is connected as the second controller.
[ENT]
SHIP STATIC DATA Screen
(2) “1.MMSI” Enter the MMSI number of own ship with nine digits. (3) “2.SHIP NAME” Enter the own ship name with up to 20 characters. (4) ”IMO NO.” Enter the IMO number of own ship with up to nine digits. Example: Enter 001234567 if the IMO number is 1234567.
67
(5) “4.CALL SIGN” Enter the call sign of own ship with up to seven characters. (6) “5.TYPE OF SHIP” Select the own ship type from the following list: 2x:WIG: Wing-in-Ground Effect Craft 30: FISHING VESSEL 31: TOWING VESSEL 32: TOWING VESSEL-L>200M B>25M: Towing and length of the tow exceeds 200m or breadth exceeds 25m 33: DREDGE OR UNDERWATER OPE: Engaged in dredging or underwater operation 34: VESSEL-DIVING OPE: Engaged in diving operation 35: VESSEL-MILITARY OPE: Engaged in military operation 36: SAILING VESSEL 37: PLEASURE CRAFT 4x: HSC: High Speed Craft 50: PILOT VESSEL 51: SERCH AND RESCUE VESSELS 52: TUGS 53: PORT TENDERS 54: WITH ANTI-POLLUTION EQUIP: Vessels with anti-pollution facilities or equipment 55: LAW ENFORCEMENT VESSELS 58: MEDICAL TRANSPORTS 59: RESOLUTION NO18:MOB-83: Ships according to Resolution No 18 (Mob-83) 6x: ENGER SHIP 7x: CARGO SHIPS 8x: TANKER 9x: OTHER TYPE OF SHIP
68
(7) “6.GNSS ANTENNA POSITION” Enter the installation position of the external GNSS (GPS) antenna.
In the right figure,
alphabets A, B, C, and D correspond to BOW (bow), STR (stern), POR (port), and STA (starboard), respectively. Referencing the right figure, enter the installation position of the external GNSS (GPS) antenna on ship. (8) “7.POSITION SENSOR TYPE” Select an external GNSS type.
Select GPS ordinarily.
(UNDEFINED, GPS, GLONASS, COMBINED, LORAN-C, CHAYKA, INTEGRATED, SURVEYED) (9) “8.INTERNAL GPS SETTING” The internal GPS is used as a backup sensor for own ship's position when position information cannot be obtained from the external GPS.
In such a case, antenna
position of the internal GPS (AIS transponder) is transmitted as the ship static information.
With this static information, the installation position of the NTE-182
AIS transponder on the ship is set as the internal GPS antenna position.
69
[Operation Procedure] 1. Selecting 8.INTERNAL GPS SETTING from the SHIP STATIC DATA menu causes the INTERNAL GPS SET menu to appear. INTERNAL GPS SET UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM JRCMARU * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1. ANTENNA POSITION BOW : 11M STR : 11M POR : 6M STA : 6M
[EXIT] [ENT] [GPS INITIALIZE]
Figure 8.6
INTERNAL GPS SET Screen
2. Selecting 1.ANTENNA POSITION from the INTERNAL GPS SET menu causes the cursor to the input field. 3. "1.ANTENNA POSITION" In the right figure, alphabets A, B, C, and D correspond to BOW (bow), STR (stern), POR (port), and STA (starboard), respectively. Referencing the right figure, enter the installation position of the AIS transponder (internal GPS antenna) on the ship. 4. Finally, select [ENT] in the small window on the lower part of the screen, and then press the Jog dial to complete the "1.ANTENNA POSITION" setting. (10)
“9.SERIAL NO.”
Enter the serial number of this equipment (JHS-182).
The number (BB4xxxx) is
described on the nameplate on the back of the AIS controller (NCM-779).
70
(11)
“10.CONTROLLER TYPE”
Select AIS controller type "MAIN" or "SUB." Select "MAIN" ordinarily.
Only if the
controller is installed as second AIS controller, select "SUB".
5. Finally, select [ENT] in the small window on the lower part of the screen, and then press the Jog dial to complete the setting. Pressing this [ENT] validates the contents input in SHIP STATIC DATA.
71
7-4 System Restart (1) After initial setting is made on the setting screen, turn off the power once.
When
turning off the power, press the [OFF] key, input the , select [ENT], and then press the Jog dial. off the power.
If the match occurs, the screen appears to turn
Press and hold the [PWR/DIM] and [OFF] keys down until the power
turns off. The s that can be used include a fixed "0182" as well as a (initial value: 0000).
To start normal operation, restart the
equipment in the normal mode (with the [PWR/DIM] key pressed). After restart, display "OWN SHIP'S DETAIL INFORMATION" to check that the inputted initial setting is accurately saved. (2) To check the operation, continue to take action described in Section 9, Operation Check after Installation.
72
8 Operation Check after Installation This section describes the procedure for operation check after installation and initial setting of the equipment.
CAUTION This equipment does not transmit automatically in TDMA when started in the field maintenance mode. If the equipment is connected to the external antenna to check the transmission output, be sure to make the setting so that the connection is returned to the internal antenna. After the end of operation in the field maintenance mode, be sure to restart the equipment in the normal mode (with the [PWR/DIM] key pressed).
8-1 Self Diagnosis (SELF DIAGNOSIS) Use the self-diagnosis function to check the operation. To execute self-diagnosis, start the equipment in the field maintenance mode, and then select the SELF DIAGNOSIS menu from the MAINTENANCE menu. [Operation Procedure] (1) Press the [MENU] key to display the MAIN MENU screen. MAIN MENU UTC11:46 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.VOYAGE STATIC DATA 2.MESSAGE 3.ALARM SETTING 4.SET UP 5.MAINTENANCE --------------------------6.FIELD MAINTENANCE 7.INITIAL SETTING
Figure 9.1
MAIN MENU Screen in the Field Maintenance Mode
73
(2) Selecting 5. MAINTENANCE from MAIN MENU causes the MAINTENANCE menu to appear. MAINTENANCE UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.SELF DIAGNOSIS 2.TRX CONDITION 3.AIS HISTORY 4.SENSOR STATUS 5.POWER ON/OFF LOG 6.SOFTWARE VERSION
Figure 9.2
MAINTENANCE Screen
(3) Selecting 1.SELF DIAGNOSIS from the MAINTENANCE menu causes the SELF DIAGNOSIS menu to appear. SELF DIAGNOSIS UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.TRANSPONDER: TEST ALL : ENT [RESULT] : OK CONT : OK INT GPS : OK TRX : OK PS : OK ANTENNA : INTERNAL 2.CONTROLLER : ENT [RESULT] : OK 3.CONNECTION BOX : ENT [RESULT] : OK
Self-diagnosis item Diagnosis result item
Executing self-diagnosis displays the antenna selection. INTERNAL: Internal antenna, EXTERNAL: External antenna
▼
Figure 9.3
SELF DIAGNOSIS Screen
(4) To execute the self-diagnosis of the AIS Transponder, select 1.TRANSPONDER, rotate the Jog dial to select a diagnosis item, select [ENT], and then press the Jog dial to start the self-diagnosis.
74
Description of Self-Diagnosis for NTE-182 AIS Transponder Self-Diagnosis Item TEST ALL
CONTROL
INT GPS PLL LOCK
LOOP TEST LOOP TEST2 PS
Description of Self-Diagnosis All units of AIS transponder In the field maintenance mode: Diagnoses all of the following Self-Diagnosis item. In the nomal operation mode: Diagnoses the following Self-Diagnosis item except LOOP TEST2. Control unit (CDJ-2282 CONTROL UNIT) Diagnoses Flash ROM in U, SRAM, and Flash ROM, reception input, and transmission (modulation) output Internal GPS receiver (GPS module on CDJ-2282 CONTROL UNIT) Diagnoses the GPS unit and acquires and checks information from four satellites. Frequency synthesizer of transmitter-receiver unit (CMN-2182 TRX UNIT) Diagnoses the frequency synthesizers of GMSK CH A receiver, GMSK CH B receiver, DSC receiver, and transmitter. Modem and transmitter-receiver (CMN-2182 TRX UNIT) excluding PA Executes loopback diagnosis using the circuits excluding PA. Modem and transmitter-receiver (CMN-2182 TRX UNIT) including PA Executes loopback diagnosis using the circuits including PA. Power supply unit (CBD-2182 PS UNIT) in transponder Diagnoses the output voltage (9.8 V) for TRX UNIT.
List of Self-Diagnosis Results for NTE-182 AIS Transponder Diagnosis Result Item
CONT
INT GPS
TRX
PS
NG U FROM NG SRAM NG FROM NG TX DAC NG RX1 PORT NG RX2 PORT NG RX3 PORT NG NG PPS CONT.
Defective Unit CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282
NG SAT.RCV.
CDJ-2282
NG NG RX1 UNLK NG RX2 UNLK NG RX3 UNLK NG TX UNLK NG RX1 LOOP NG RX2 LOOP
CDJ-2282 CMN-2182 CMN-2182 CMN-2182 CMN-2182 CMN-2182 CMN-2182
NG RX1 RSSI
CMN-2182
NG RX2 RSSI
CMN-2182
NG RX3 RSSI
CMN-2182
NG PA NG NG PS LOW
CMN-2182 CMN-2182 CBD-2182
Diagnosis Result
Description
Corrective Action
U internal Flash ROM error SRAM error U external Flash ROM error Transmission DA converter error GMSK receiver CH A input port error GMSK receiver CH B input port error DSC reception input port error Multiple errors Internal GPS unit error Internal GPS unit receives signal from only less than four satellites.
REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. Check the NTE-182 installation state (Note). REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182.
Multiple errors GMSK receiver CH A synthesizer unlock GMSK receiver CH B synthesizer unlock DSC receiver synthesizer unlock Transmitter synthesizer unlock GMSK receiver CH A loopback test error GMSK receiver CH B loopback test error GMSK receiver CH A loopback test Reception level error GMSK receiver CH B loopback test Reception level error DSC receiver loopback test Reception level error PA error Multiple errors Output voltage (9.8 V) error
REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182.
Note: Check the installation state of AIS transponder NTE-182. Check that the AIS transponder is not in the shadow of the mast or others. If the self-diagnosis result still becomes NG, replace NTE-182.
75
(5) To execute the self-diagnosis of the AIS Controller, select 2.CONTROLLER, select [ENT], and then press the Jog dial to start the self-diagnosis. Description of Self-Diagnosis for NCM-779 AIS Controller Self-Diagnosis Item CONTROLLER
Description of Self-Diagnosis Diagnoses SRAM, Flash ROM, and LCD.
List of Self-Diagnosis Results for NCM-779 AIS Controller Diagnosis Result Item CONTROLLER
Diagnosis Result NG SRAM NG FROM NG
Defective Unit CDJ-2779 CDJ-2779 CDJ-2779
Description SRAM error Flash ROM error Multiple errors
Corrective Action Replace CDJ-2779. Replace CDJ-2779. Replace CDJ-2779.
Note: In field maintenance mode, executing self-diagnosis causes the LCD repeats turning on and turning off. If the LCD dose not turn on and turn off, replace the LCD unit (CDE-1779). (6) To execute the self-diagnosis of the Connection Box, select 3.CONNECTION BOX, select [ENT], and then press the Jog dial to start the self-diagnosis. Description of Self-Diagnosis for NQE-3182 Connection Box Self-Diagnosis Item CONNECTION BOX
Description of Self-Diagnosis Diagnoses Flash ROM in U, SRAM, Flash ROM, and FPGA.
List of Self-Diagnosis Results for NQE-3182 Connection Box Diagnosis Result Item CONNECTION BOX
Diagnosis Result NG U FROM NG SRAM NG FROM NG FPGA NG
Defective Unit CDJ-3182 CDJ-3182 CDJ-3182 CDJ-3182 CDJ-3182
Description U internal Flash ROM error SRAM error U external Flash ROM error FPGA error Multiple errors
Corrective Action Replace CDJ-3182. Replace CDJ-3182. Replace CDJ-3182. Replace CDJ-3182. Replace CDJ-3182.
(7) To check the past self-diagnosis results, select 4.SELF DIAGNOSIS LOG, select the unit, and then press the Jog dial to display the past self-diagnosis results. (Up to last 20 results for each units.)
76
8-2 Sensor Port Data Check (PORT MONITOR) Check that data is correctly inputted from the external sensor port. [Operation Procedure] (1) MAIN MENU in the field maintenance mode contains "6.FIELD MAINTENANCE." Selecting 6.FIELD MAINTENANCE from MAIN MENU causes the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu to appear. FIELD MAINTENANCE UTC11:46 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1. COMM STATUS 2. PORT MONITOR 3. TRX CHECK 4. SATELLITE. 5. MAINTENANNCE CHECK 6. SOFTWARE UPDATE 7. SILENT MODE :DISABLE
Figure 9.4
FIELD MAINTENANCE Screen
(2) Selecting 2. PORT MONITOR from the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu causes the PORT MONITOR menu to appear. PORT MONITOR UTC11:46 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.PORT SELECTION : TRANSPONDER 2.PORT LOG 3.COMMAND OPTION
[EXIT]
Figure 9.5
: OFF
[ENT]
PORT MONITOR Screen
77
(3) Select 1.PORT SELECTION from the PORT MONITOR menu, select the port to be checked, and then press the Jog dial. sensor data of the selected port.
The screen appears to display the external
Data displayed here is not filtered yet by sentence
selection (MAIN MENU - INITIAL SETTING - SENSORx - SENTENCE SELECT). SENSOR 1 UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM HAGAMARU 35°: 0.29NM JRCMARU * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> $--GLL,A,A,x.x,N,ABCD $--RMC,x,x,T.x,x,M,ABCD $--HDT,x,x,T*hh –CS
[EXIT]
Figure 9.6
-CS indicates data with invalid checksum.
[LOG START] [LOG END]
Example of SENSOR4 LOG Screen
List of Input Sentences Indication Sentence format SENSOR1-1 IEC61162-1 SENSOR2-1 (NMEA 0183 Ver. 1.5 to 2.3) SENSOR3-1 SENSOR4-1
SENSOR1-2 SENSOR2-2 SENSOR3-2
SENSOR4-1 SENSOR1-1
78
This sentence is not received.
IEC61162-2
ITU-R M.823-2 NMEA0183
ed sentence header Input item Preferred Optional Longitude/Latitude GNS, GLL GGA, Position Accuracy RMC Time of Position Datum Reference RAIM Indicator Speed Over Ground (SOG)
DTM GBS VBW
Course Over Ground (COG) Heading
RMC HDT
VTG, OSD, RMC VTG, OSD OSD, HDG
Rate of Turn ROT Input: RTCM SC-104 Ver.2.0 Type 1, 2, 7, 9 Heading via NCT-27 VHW
8-3 Sensor Status Check (SENSOR STATUS) Check the sensor status to see if data is correctly loaded from the external sensor port. [Operation Procedure] (1) Selecting 5. MAINTENANCE from MAIN MENU in the field maintenance mode causes the MAINTENANCE menu to appear. Select 4. SENSOR
STATUS from
the MAINTENANCE menu. SENSOR BRG : 270°: 35°: * 22°:
STATUS RNG 0.18NM 0.29NM 0.92NM
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE QUEEN ABCDEFG-MA>
POSITION : EXTERNAL DGNSS UTC CLOCK : IN USE SOG/COG
: EXTERNAL
HEADING
: VALID
ROT
: OTHER SORCE
Check that POSITION is not NO SENSOR.
Check that UTC CLOCK is IN USE. to indicate IN USE after power on.)
(It takes about 13 minutes
Check that SOG/COG is not NO SENSOR. Check that HEADING is not INVALID.
Check that ROT is not NO SENSOR.
Figure 9.7
Example of SENSOR STATUS Screen
The sensor status is displayed as follows. Sensor type Display Explanation
POSITION
UTC CLOCK SOG/COG
HEADING ROT
EXTERNAL DGNSS EXTERNAL GNSS INTERNAL DGNSS(BEACON) INTERNAL DGNSS(MSG.17) INTERNAL GNSS NO SENSOR LOST IN USE EXTERNAL INTERNAL NO SENSOR VALID INVALID IN USE OTHER SORCE NO SENSOR
Data is obtained from the external GPS (high accuracy). Data is obtained from the external GPS (low accuracy). Correction data is obtained from the beacon receiver and the internal GPS is used (high accuracy). Correction data is obtained from the base station and the internal GPS is used (high accuracy). Data is obtained from the internal GPS (low accuracy). No data is available. The internal GPS is not synchronized with PPS. The internal GPS is synchronized with PPS. Data is obtained from the external equipment. Data is obtained from the internal GPS. No data is available. Data is obtained from the external equipment. No data is available. Data is obtained from the rate-of-turn indicator. Data is obtained from the equipment other than the rate-of-turn indicator. No data is available.
79
8-4 UTC Synchronization Check (COMM STATUS) Check the synchronous state of AIS communication. [Operation Procedure] (1) Selecting 6. FIELD MAINTENANCE from MAIN MENU in the field maintenance mode causes the MAINTENANCE menu to appear.
Select 1. COMM STATUS from
the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu. COMM STATUS BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM
UTC 11:44 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE JRCMARU ABCDEFG-MA>
1.RX STATION
: 123
2.SEMAPHORE STATION : 987654321 3.SYNC STATE
: UTC DIRECT
4.INTERNAL GPS : VALID
Check that SYNC STATE is UTC DIRECT.
When SYNC STATE is UTC DIRECT, INTERNAL GPS becomes VALID.
(It takes about 13 minutes to indicate
VALID after power on.) [EXIT]
Figure 9.8
COMM STATUS Screen List of SYNC STATE Displays Display UTC DIRECT UTC INDIRECT BASE DIRECT BASE INDIRECT MOBILE AS SEMAPHORE NOT AVAILABLE
Synchronous state of slot Direct synchronization with UTC Indirect synchronization with UTC Direct synchronization with base station Indirect synchronization with base station Synchronization with semaphore station The transponder is not connected.
List of INTERNAL GPS Displays Display State of internal GPS operation. VALID Valid position and valid PPS. PPS INVALID Valid position and invalid PPS. INVALID Invalid position and invalid PPS. NOT AVAILABLE The transponder is not connected.
80
8-5 Transponder Transmission Output Check (TX POWER SETTING) Check the transponder transmission output power and frequency.
Set up the
transponder for transmission output check as follows. AIS TRANSPONDER EXT ANT terminal (N-type connector)
Coaxial cable (50 Ω)
Transmission power meter (50 Ω) 12.5W/2W
Frequency counter
15 W or higher Dummy load 50 Ω Coupling
Coaxial cable (50 Ω)
Figure 9.9 Setup for Transmission Output Check [Operation Procedure]
(1) Selecting 6.FIELD MAINTENANCE from MAIN MENU in the field maintenance mode causes the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu to appear. Select 3. TRX CHECK from the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu. (2) Select 3.ANTENNA SELECTION. Select EXTERNAL to connect the transponder to the external antenna.
TRX CHECK BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM
UTC11:46 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE QUEEN ABCDEFG-MA>
1. CHANNEL SET 2. TX POWER SETTING 3.ANTENNA SELECTION : EXTERNAL
3. ANTENNA SELECTION : INTERNAL
Figure 9.10 TRX CHECK Screen
81
(3) Select 2. TX POWER SETTING from TRX CHECK menu. 1. CHANNEL TX POWER SETTING UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM JRCMARU * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.CHANNEL : 2087 WIDE 2.TX TYPE : DSC MARK 3.TX POWER : HIGH 4.INDEX : DEF : 128 SET : 123 -------------------------CH GROUP : 161.5000162.0250MHZ POWER | VSWR INDICATOR : 0 | 0 [EXIT] [DATA] [TX] [WRITE] [STOP]
Figure 9.11 TX POWER SETTING Screen
Set transmission channel (1060-2088) and bandwidth (WIDE/NARROW). 2. TX TYPE Select UNMODULATED as modulation type for power and frequency check. 3. TX POWER: HIGH/LOW Select HIGH (12.5 W) or LOW (2 W) as transmission output power. 4. INDEX: DEF: Displays the saved power control value. SET: Input the power control value (0-255) to adjust the transmission output power. CH GROUP: Displays groups in frequency band. 156.0250-156.4875 MHz (ex. 1060ch) 156.5000-156.9875 MHz (ex. 1070ch) 157.0000-157.4250 MHz (ex. 1228ch) 160.6250-160.9625 MHz (ex. 2260ch) 161.5000-162.0250 MHz (ex. 2088ch) INDICATOR: POWER: Displays an approximately transmitting power. VSWR: Displays VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) during transmission.
z Operation Items
[EXIT]:
Discards the data being set up and returns to the TRX check screen.
[DATA]:
Inquires about INDEX setting value of the transponder for display.
[TX]:
Starts continuous transmission.
[STOP]:
Stops continuous transmission.
[WRITE]: Saves the set power control value in the transponder. INDEX setting data is copied to the frequency band displayed in CH GROUP.
82
Example:
Transmission and adjustment in 1060ch WIDE/UNMODULATED/LOW.
1. Select 1. CHANNEL and enter 1060 WIDE. 2. Select 2. TX TYPE, and then select UNMODULATED. 3. Select 3. TX POWER, and then select LOW. 4. Select [TX] to start transmission. After confirmation, press [STOP]. When adjusting POWER, change the SET value in 4. INDEX. 5. After adjustment is completed, select [WRITE]. To retry setting, select [EXIT] to cancel the previously set values. 6. To continue to test and adjust other channel, repeat steps 1 to 5. (4) Select 3.ANTENNA SELECTION. Select INTERNAL to connect the equipment to the internal antenna. After checking the output power, be sure to select INTERNAL.
8-6 System Restart After the end of operation in the field maintenance mode, be sure to restart the equipment in the normal mode (with the [PWR/DIM] key pressed). If measurement equipment is connected to the external antenna terminal to check the transmission output, be sure to make the setting so that the connection is returned to the internal antenna. In the case as set to the external antenna, after start the equipment, it displays "EXT ANT" for 10 seconds in the bottom line of the screen. Start the equipment in the Field maintenance mode, and correct setting at the internal antenna. Confirm that it isn't displayed with "EXT ANT" after the restart.
225°:99.99NM 111111118 ▼228°:99.99NM 111111123 N 35°32.8484 SOG 15.2KT E 123°45.2264 COG 44.4° TOTAL :128 CURSOR:*** EXT ANT
In the case as set to the external antenna, it displays "EXT ANT" for 10 seconds.
83
AIS Initial Installation 8-7 Records for Inspections for Initial Installation of AIS 1. Inspection Place of Inspection Date of Inspection Ship’s Name IMO Number
Inspection
Attachments for records
□ □ □ □ □ □ □
Installation (Antenna 2. /Equipments 5.) /Manuals Ship’s Information (Up-date etc.) General Condition Verification of the AIS functions Verification of Input date and Data stored in AIS Information sheet Input Data as at / / /
2. AIS product/Installation Information item
Information
Manufacturer Name/Model Product / Installation Information
Serial Number Certificate Number Note1
Installation Date Note 2
Manufactured Date Note1: As for Certificate Number, Generally, HK certificate number should be applied to Domestic Voyage vessel and QinetiQ certificate number should be applied to International Voyage Vessel Note2: Installation Date may be AIS survey date onboard.
3. Manuals Item
Information
Installation Manual Operation Manual
Until installation manual is prepared, as for installation, operation manual may be referred to.
84
4. Summary of Verification of Installations and Functions (Antenna / Equipment) 4.1 Summary of Verification of Antenna /Equipment Installations Item
Results
Status of Equipment Installation Condition of Equipments (External Damage etc.) Clearance around Equipments Condition of Connector, Terminal, Earth etc. Condition of Indicator Lamp Condition of Knobs on the s Power
Main Power
(Category of Distribution Diagram e.g. 100V )
Reserved Power
(Category of Distribution Diagram e.g. 100V )
4.2 Summary of Verification of AIS functions No.
Check Item
Result
1
Static information Input
(Refer to Information sheet)
2
Dynamic information Input
(Refer to Information sheet)
3
Voyage information Input
(Refer to Information sheet)
4
System operation
(refer to 5.1)
5
Antenna installation condition
(refer to 5.2 1) )
6
AIS Controller installation condition
(refer to 5.2 2) )
7
Magnetic com safety distance
(refer to 5.2 3) )
8
Sensor Signal Integrity
9
UTC synchronization condition
(refer to 5.4)
10
Sensor data surveillance function
(refer to 5.5)
11
AIS mutual communication
(refer to 5.6)
12
Local Frequency operation
(refer to 5.7)
13
Transponder data
(refer to 5.8)
Note3
(Refer to 5.3-1, 5.3-2, 5.3-3, 5.3-4)
Note3: Each result shall be marked after completion of respective inspection.
85
5. Verification of Installation and Functions (Antenna / Equipment) 5.1 Implementation of system operation General operation No. Procedure & Specification
1
2 3
Result
On cutting off the power supply from ship’s main, AIS power management should shift to Emergency Power and vice versa. If alternate power supply is supplied from Ship’s Emergency Power Distribution, this test shall be omitted. As long as the system is in normal operating condition with acquiring all necessary data and signals and with correct wiring, no error should be happened. After check of AIS operation by self-diagnostic test, alarm shall not be displayed.
5.2 Inspection of Antenna (with Transponder) and Controller Installation 1) General No.
Requirement
Results
AIS antenna shall be installed adequately away from International VHF antenna and large obstructions. On the com deck clear of obstructions, AIS antenna shall be installed as forward as possible. 1
Separation from international VHF antenna
2
Separation from large constructive materials and obstructions
3
General condition of antenna installation
2) AIS Controller Installation No.
2
Requirement Results AIS controller shall be installed on the front wall of Bridge, at center conning position of Bridge and on and/or in the vicinity of the chart table. AIS controller shall be at least 1m away from the Magnetic com.
3
Adequacy of Condition of AIS controller Installation
1
3) Safety distance from Magnetic Com No.
86
Requirement Results According as the Magnetic com Safety Distance of AIS requirement, safety distance(1m) between magnetic com and AIS antenna shall be kept.
5.3
Validity and verification of Input data /Serviceability check of sensors and devices This section is to confirm validation and to input data acquired from sensors / devices in coinciding to the connected equipment and interface condition that are described in final drawing (last plan). In addition, serviceability and accuracy of sensors and/or devices connected to AIS system shall be checked. Note4: At the item of Outputted from, manufacturer name /Equipment type are filled out. Note5: At the item of AIS Connection port, type of signal is filled out.
No. 1
Procedure & Specification Ship’s position data should be acquired. The input data should be accurate in acquisition. Outputted from: AIS Connection port:
Result
Note4 Note5
Input sentence: 2
Ship’s speed data (over-the-ground) should be acquired. (If the speed over ground is not obtained from Speed log equipment, GPS may be used for this function) The input data should be accurate in acquisition. Note4 Outputted from: AIS Connection port:
3
Input sentence: Ship’s heading data should be acquired. The input data should be accurate in acquisition. Outputted from: AIS Connection port:
Note5
Note4 Note5
Input sentence: 4
Ship’s Rate of turn data should be acquired (where available). The input data should be accurate in acquisition. Note4 Outputted from: AIS Connection port:
Note5
Input sentence: 5.4 Verification of UTC Synchronization Condition No.
Procedure & Specification
1
On the display for synchronization confirmation mode, synchronization condition shall be in UTC Direct mode.
Result
5.5 Verification of Sensor data surveillance function(Alarm for Signal disconnected) No. 1
2
Procedure & Specification
Result
Incase that Ship’s position input signal may be disconnected, alarm such as “025 external EPFS lost” shall be activated. In case that Ship’s heading data (either over-the-ground or through-water) is disconnected, alarm such as “032 Heading lost/invalid” shall be activated. And in case that Signal “ROT” is disconnected, alarm such as “035 no valid ROT information” shall be activated.
87
5.6 Verification of AIS mutual Communication No. Procedure & Specification
1
Result
In case that ship installed with AIS or land facility installed with AIS system is not far away from own ship, direction, distance and ship’s name(or MMSI Number) of it shall be adequately displayed on controller. If AIS communication between own ship AIS and other AIS station is actually difficult, record obtained in factory may be available.
5.7 Verification of Local frequency operation No.
Procedure & Specification
Result
In case that ship position is within the area of Local Frequency operation, assigned frequency in it shall be used and it is operable. (Ex: in JPN, ch 2079/2081, 161.575/161.675MHz) 1 If AIS communication between own ship AIS and other AIS station is actually difficult, record obtained in factory may be available.
5.8 Verification of Transponder No.
Procedure & Specification Records examined by Radio Inspection Body Inspection shall be confirmed as follows.
1
Result during Radio
・ TDMA -transmission frequency (161.975, 162.025MHz, Local Frequency) -Frequency Deviation -Transmission Power ・ DSC -transmission frequency (ch 70) -Frequency Deviation -Transmission Power Note6:
Note6: As for DSC transmission function, shipborne 70 ch shall be used for response to base station interrogation.
88
AIS Information Sheet 1. Static Information to be set in AIS as default data Specification On the AIS display in Ship’s information mode, below shall be confirmed to be set in AIS. Ship’s name (Maximum 20 characters) MMSI number IMO number Call sign Location of Forward: Ship’s Position sensor Aft : STBD: Port Location of Forward: AIS Transponder Aft : STBD: Port Type of Ship’s Position sensor
Results information down
m m m m m m m m
2. Dynamic Information to be interfaced and to be inputted by manual Specification Results On the AIS display in the Ship’s information mode, information or data down below in AIS shall be confirmed. UTC Own ship’s position (Lat, Long) Accuracy of Own Ship’s position Speed (SOG) Course(COG) Heading Rate of turn (where available) Navigational status (e.g. NUC, at anchor ,etc. –manual input) 3. Voyage Information to be set in AIS as data Specification Results On the AIS display in Ship’s information mode, information down below shall be confirmed to be set in AIS.(If data is not set in, data shall be set in by manual) Ship’s draught m Destination Estimated time of Arrival (ETA) Ship’s type Cargo information
Rev-2 March 29 2003
89
9 AIS (JHS-182) Periodical Inspection and Maintenance 9-1 Periodical Inspection Procedure 9-1-1
Connection Check
(1) Power Supply Unit (1.1) Power supply from the AC power source and power voltage When using inboard AC power source, check that the power unit (model: NBD-577B) is used. Check also that regular voltage is applied on the AC IN terminal of the power unit terminal block by using a voltmeter. Further check the voltage within 19Vdc and 35Vdc is output on the 24-Vdc OUT terminal. Check that a protective cover is installed over the AC IN terminal on the terminal block for shock guard. (1.2) Switching to DC power supply When the AIS is powered with DC, check that the inboard AC and DC are supplied by using a voltmeter at the terminal block of the power supply unit. Next, connect a voltmeter to the 24Vdc OUT terminal of the power supply unit. Then check that the voltage within 20Vdc and 32Vdc is output when the inboard AC power source is turned off. (2) Connection Box (NQE-3182) (2.1) Remove the cover and check that terminals connecting cables are in good order. (2.2) Check that four fuses are not blown off. (2.3) Check the DC input voltage within 19Vdc and 35Vdc. (2.4) Turn off the power switch in the connection box and check that the DC output voltage of 24 Vdc is not generated. (2.5) Turn on the power switch and check that the DC output voltage of 24 Vdc is generated. (3) AIS Transponder (NTE-182) (3.1) Check fixing conditions of the AIS transponder (NTE-182); Bolts for brackets, fixing belts,the whip antenna do not come loose,and paint has not corroded remarkably. When checking of the whip antenna, while holding the antenna connector of the redome with wrench, check the antenna loosens or not. (3.2) Check that the whip antenna is in good order; there must be no dropout of the antenna and loose or crack of its base. (4) AIS Controller (NCM-779) Check that the control cable mounting is in good order.
90
(5) Connection between the AIS Controller and AIS Transponder Turn on the power, select [MENU] - [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION], and check that the transponder software version is not “‐.‐‐”. Turn on the power, wait for more than three minutes, select [MENU] [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY], and check that the following message does not appear. 064: mkd connection lost （AIS Controller cannot be taken data of AIS transponder.） 9-1-2
Operational Condition Check
(1) Functions of the AIS Controller Operation Check the functions are in good order by using the dial and the key switches on the operation . Check also that you can hear clicking sound when pressing a key switch. (2) Functions of the AIS Controller Display (2.1) Display device Turn on the power in FIELD MAINTENANCE mode. Select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [SELF DIAGNOSIS] - [CONTROLLER], execute the AIS controller self test, and check that the entire LCD displays all black and all white. (2.2) Alarm device Check that alarm sound is generated in the following conditions. Turned on AIS alarm, and supply of External GPS is turned off. (2.3) Illumination Press the PWR/DIM key switch on the control several times for testing LCD illumination. Next, check that the illumination becomes off, dark, half-light, and bright cyclically in this order. (3) Functions of the AIS Transponder's Receiver Check that the receiver can receives AIS messages from other ships and display them. Turn on the power supply, wait more than one minutes, and select [MENU] [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY] to check alarm occurrence. Confirm that the following messages are not displayed. 003: Rx channel 1 malfunction 004: Rx channel 2 malfunction 005: Rx channel 70 malfunction
91
(4) Functions of the AIS Transponder's Transmitter Turn on the power supply, wait around two minutes until transmission starts. During transmission, AIS Controller indicated [TX-A][TX-B] on the bottom right of the screen. Select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY] to check alarm occurrence. Confirm that the following messages are not displayed. 001: Tx malfunction 002: Antenna VSWR exceeds limit (5) Functions of the Sensor Input Unit (5.1) External GPS check Turn on the power supply, wait more than one minute, and select [MENU] [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY] to check alarm occurrence. Confirm that the following messages are not displayed. 025: external EPFS lost 026: no sensor position in use 029: no valid SOG information 030: no valid COG information Select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [SENSOR STATUS] and confirm that the position is EXTERNAL DGNSS or EXTERNAL GNSS. Check that SOG/COG is EXTERNAL. Set [OWN POS DISP] to ON or display [OWN DETAIL], and then check that the external GPS position is displayed same as own ship position. (5.2) Internal GPS check When the external GPS is connected, turn off its power supply. Turn on the power supply, wait more than one minutes, and select [MENU] [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY] to check alarm occurrence. Confirm that the following messages are not displayed. 026: no sensor position in use 029: no valid SOG information 030: no valid COG information Select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [SENSOR STATUS] and confirm that the position is INTERNAL DGNSS or INTERNAL GNSS. Check that SOG/COG is INTERNAL. Check that UTC CLOCK is IN USE Set [OWN POS DISP] to ON or display [OWN DETAIL], and then check that own ship position is displayed.
92
(5.3) Input of heading data Turn on the power supply, wait more than one minutes, and select [MENU] [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY] to check alarm occurrence. Confirm that the following messages are not displayed. 032: Heading lost/invalid 035: no valid ROT information Select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [SENSOR STATUS] and check that HEADING is valid. Check the HDG of own ship indication. (5.4) Input of rate-of-turn data (If connected rate-of-turn indicator) Turn on the power supply, wait more than one minutes, and select [MENU] [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY] to check alarm occurrence. Confirm that the following message is not displayed. 035: no valid ROT information Select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [SENSOR STATUS] and check that ROT is in use. Check the ROT of own ship indication. 9-1-3
Software Version Check
Turn on the power supply, select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [SOFTWARE VERSION], and check software versions of TRANSPONDER, AIS CONTROLLER and CONNECTION BOX. Once, press CLR key to back the MAINTENANCE menu. In MAINTENANCE menu, select “6.SOFTWARE VERSION”. While holding down PWR/DIM key, press Jog dial to display the software data version. Check the software data versions of TRANSPONDER, AIS CONTROLLER and CONNECTION BOX. 9-2 Inspection Record Fill in the maintenance report in accordance with the results of the inspection. Refer to the report at the time of the next maintenance.
93
AIS (JHS-182) MAINTENANCE/INSPECTION REPORT Ship Name:
(dd/mm/yyyy) Date of Inspection: Place of Inspection: Inspector:
Inspection Item Power supply unit
Description Power supply from the main power source and voltage Switching to the DC power supply (Power is also supplied from DC power source.) Connection box Cable connection terminal Fuses DC input voltage DC output voltage Power switch on/off AIS Transponder Fixed conditions Whip antenna conditions AIS Controller Fixed conditions Functions of the operation Display condition and alarm status Functions of reception Function of transmission Functions of the Position data input sensor input unit Heading data input Rate-of-turn data input Software version AIS Transponder check Connection Box AIS Controller Software data AIS Transponder version check Connection Box AIS Controller Note
Transponder (NTE-182)
Serial No.
Connection Box (NQE-3182)
Serial No.
AIS Controller (NCM-779)
Serial No.
Principal
94
Result
Remarks Main power source V Alternative (DC) power source V
Vdc Vdc
Ver. Ver. Ver. Ver. Ver. Ver.
10 Service spare parts 10-1
Spare Units for Repair
If any trouble is found during maintenance/inspection, troubleshoot to isolate a troubled section, identify the location, and take an appropriate action. For a replacement unit, see the following table. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
10-2
Unit Name AIS Transponder
Model NTE-182-2
VHF Antenna GPS Antenna I/O CONTROL TERMINAL UNIT UNIT CONTROL UNIT Power Supply unit Spare parts
CAV-2180 CAG-2180-1 CDJ-3182 CQD-3182 CCK-2779 CDJ-2779 NBD-577C 7ZXJD0049
Note Transponder (CAV-2180 is unattached.) Whip antenna CAG-2180 LNA UNIT is attached in the radome. Circuit board for NQE-3182 Circuit board for NQE-3182 Circuit board for NCM-779 Circuit board for NCM-779 Fuses
Periodic exchange unit
Periodic exchange unit is shown in the table. About Periodic exchange unit, please ask our company or agency. No. Unit Name 1 LCD UNIT 2
VHF ANTENNA
Code CDE-1779 CAV-2180
Decline period 40,000 hours about 5 operation About 5 years
Note years in
continuous
95
11 Troubleshooting 11-1
Principal symptoms, possibly causes and countermeasures
Symptom of Error Possible Cause or Cause of Fault Power is not Power is not distributed from supplied when the the inboard distribution . power switch is pressed. Power is not supplied from the Power Supply Unit. (NBD-577B/C)
Countermeasures Check that the switch of the power board is on. Check that the wiring from the power board is correct. Check that the wiring of the Power Supply unit is correct. Check that the output voltage of the Power Supply unit is correct. Power supplied from Power Replace the Power Supply Unit. Supply Unit (NBD-577B/C) is out of range (19-35Vdc). Power is not supplied to the DC Check that the wiring is correct. input in the Connection Box. The fuses (F1, F2: main power Check that the wiring is correct fuses) in the Connection Box are and replace the fuses. blown out. The Relay (K501: main power Replace the CDJ-3182 circuit relay) in the Connection Box is board. broken. The power supplied from the Check that the wiring is correct. DC-DC converter in the Check that the input voltage is connection box is outside the correct. Replace the DC-DC converter range (23-25Vdc). (the CDJ-3182 circuit board). Power is not supplied from the Check that the power switch in DC-DC converter in the the Connection Box is ON. Replace the DC-DC converter Connection Box. (the CDJ-3182 circuit board). The fuses (F3: controller power Check that the wiring is correct fuse) in the Connection Box are and replace the fuse. blown out. The IC in the AIS controller Replace the CDJ-2779 circuit power circuit is broken. board. The key switch of the AIS Replace the CCK-2779 circuit controller is broken. board. The displayed The AIS transponder power is Replace the CDJ-3182 circuit transponder not turned on. board. software version is The Relay (K531:AIS Transponder power relay) in the “‐.‐‐”. Connection Box is broken. The AIS Transponder power is Check that the wiring is correct not turned on. and replace the fuse. The fuses (F531: AIS Transponder power fuse) in the Connection Box are blown out.
96
The AIS Transponder power is not turned on. The power supply (coaxial) cable for the AIS Transponder is broken. Using the Junction Box (NQD-4382 Option), the polarity of the cable for the AIS Transponder is incorrect. Using the Junction Box (NQD-4382 Option), the cable for the transponder is broken. The AIS Transponder power is not turned on. The IC in the AIS Transponder power circuit is broken. No response after The unit malfunctions. depressing a key on the operation . The control unit malfunctions. Some dots are The LCD malfunctions. missing on the LCD. The control unit malfunctions. No alarming sound The setup of the buzzer is off. is generated. The buzzer malfunctions. The control unit malfunctions. The illumination The control unit malfunctions. does not light. The LCD malfunctions.
No AIS message is The transponder is not received. operating. The whip antenna is damaged. The following alarm number appears: 003, 004, or 005. The synthesizer in the receiving circuit is unlocked. The settlement of the channel is not right. No AIS message is The following alarm number transmitted. appears. 001, 052, 53: Power circuit fault 001, 054: PA collector current abnormal 001, 055: PA temperature abnormal 001, 058: PA protection circuit operated 001, 060: TX synthesizer unlock operated
Check the voltage at the end of the coaxial cable. Replace the coaxial cable for the transponder. Check that the wiring is correct and reconnect properly. Check the cable for the AIS Transponder, and replace the control cable. Replace the AIS Transponder.
Replace the CCK-2779 circuit board. Replace the CDJ-2779 circuit board. Replace the LCD UNIT. Replace the CDJ-2779 circuit board. The setup of the buzzer is turned on. Replace the CDJ-2779 circuit board. Replace the CDJ-2779 circuit board. Replace the LCD.
Check the transponder power is turned on. Replace the whip antenna. Replace the transponder.
It is fitted to the operation and maintenance channel. Replace the transponder.
97
External sensor (external GPS, gyro, and rate-of-turn indicator) data cannot be used on JHS-182.
Internal GPS data cannot be used.
98
003, 004, 005: RX synthesizer unlock operated 001, 057: Antenna not connected Check that the antenna is connected. Check the external / internal antenna setting. 001, 002: VSWR abnormal Check that the antenna is connected. Check that there are no objects around the antenna. Replace the antenna and check for normal transmission. MMSI is set up in 000000000. Converted into the proper number. The cable is not connected to the Check the connection and terminal block. (loose ) reconnect properly. The polarity of the serial cable is Check if the polarity is correct incorrect. and connect it. The hardware interface between Check the hardware interface of the sensor and connection box is the sensor, and connect it. incorrect. The sentence that the sensor Check the sentence header and generates is not ed by the version of the sensor the AIS. sentence. The serial data format (baud Check the serial data format of rate, etc.) of the sensor does not the sensor. match the setting of the AIS. The sentence that the sensor Check the serial sentence of the generates does not match the sensor and SENSOR SETTING SENSOR SETTING of the AIS of the JHS-182. port. The valid/invalid flag of the Check that the sensor operates sensor is invalid. correctly. The sensor malfunctions. Replace the sensor. The control unit malfunctions. Replace the CDJ-3182 circuit board. Receiving level of the internal Check receiving level of the GPS is low. external GPS and the internal GPS. ([FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [SATELLITE STATUS]) Internal GPS malfunctions. Check the internal GPS by executing self-diagnosis, and replace the AIS transponder.
11-2
JHS-182 alarm list
11-2-1 Fatal Error (ALR Sentence Output) Alarm No. 001 052 006 053
Indication
Alarm Occurrence Conditions
Tx malfunction Tx power supply error general failure Power supply error
The voltage became abnormal transmission because of PA failure. The voltage became abnormal reception because of PA failure.
001 054 001 055 002 051
Tx malfunction Pa current error Tx malfunction Pa temp error Antenna VSWR exceeds limit Tx power down
001 002 001 057 001 058 001 060 003 004 005 008
Tx malfunction Antenna VSWR exceeds limit Tx malfunction Vr error Tx malfunction Ic error Tx malfunction Tx pll unlock Rx channel 1 malfunction Rx channel 2 malfunction Rx channel 70 malfunction MKD connection lost
The PA collector current became abnormal during transmission. The PA temperature became abnormal during transmission. Computed result of VSWR is 3 or greater but no greater than 4 during rated transmission output or transmission level is lowered. The computed result of VSWR is 4 or greater. The antenna is open or broken.
064
MKD CONNECTION LOST
025
external EPFS lost
026
no sensor position in use
029
no valid SOG information
030
no valid COG information
032
Heading lost/invalid
during during
The PA protection circuit operates. The TX synthesizer is unlocked. The RX CH A synthesizer is unlocked. The RX CH B synthesizer is unlocked. The RX CH70 synthesizer is unlocked. Communication between the transponder and controller is failed. (AIS Transponder generates the alarm.) Communication between the transponder and controller is failed. (AIS Controller generates the alarm.) The any of following commands has not been entered from the external sensor or data is invalid. GNS, GLL, GGA, RMC The internal GPS is invalid and any of the following commands has not been entered from the external sensor or data is invalid. GNS, GLL, GGA, RMC The internal GPS is invalid and any of the following commands has not been entered from the external sensor or data is invalid. VBW, VTG, OSD, RMC The internal GPS is invalid and any of the following commands has not been entered from the external sensor or data is invalid. RMC, VTG, OSD Any of the following commands has not been entered from the external sensor or data is invalid. HDT, OSD, HDG
99
035
no valid ROT information
062 063
Program flash memory error Data flash memory error
Any of the following commands has not been entered from the external sensor or data is invalid. HDT, OSD, HDG, ROT The flash memory for programs is abnormal. The flash memory data is abnormal.
11-2-2 Status change (TXT sentence output) TXT No. 007 021 022 023 024 025 027 028 031 033 034 036 061 064
100
Indication UTC clock lost external DGNSS in use external GNSS in use internal DGNSS in use (beacon) internal DGNSS in use (message 17) internal GNSS in use external SOG/COG in use internal SOG/COG in use Heading valid Rate of Turn Indicator in use Other ROT source in use
Occurrence Conditions The internal GPS has not compensated PPS. External DGNSS is in use. External GNSS is in use. Internal DGNSS (beacon) is in use. Internal DGNSS (message 17) is in use.
Internal GNSS is in use. External SOG/COG is in use. Internal SOG/COG is in use. During heading input. During input from a rate-of-turn indicator. During input from other than the rate-of-turn indicator. Channel management Channel management parameters are parameters changed changed. Not TX Transmission is unavailable. UTC clock sync The internal GPS compensates PPS.
1.13
1.15
1.17
NTE-182
NTE-182
Ver No
NTE-182
Unit
(Based on the soft version of NCM-779)
1.00
(Based on the soft version of NCM-779)
1.00
version of NCM-779)
Fixed Items
2004/8/3
The problem which the first COG/SOG sensor status sentence is not outputted after system start is solved.
2004/4/9 Initial value of low power is updated .
Ver Indication Release Date at Normal Mode (yyyy/mm/dd 1.00 2004/3/23 Original version (Based on the soft
JHS-182 Software Update History
BB36388-
BB34975-
BB34626-
Applied S/N from factory
1.01
1.02
1.03
NQE-3182
NQE-3182
Ver No
NQE-3182
Unit
(Based on the soft version of NCM-779)
1.00
(Based on the soft version of NCM-779)
1.00
version of NCM-779)
Fixed Items
2004/8/17
The problem of only 'Ver 1.02' which self diagnosis of CONNECTION BOX can not execute correctly in Maintenance mode is solved.
1) Initial setting value of sensor port for WPL sentence is changed to invalidity. 2) AUX1 and AUX 3 ports control sentences for CMJ-3182 2004/8/3 NSK UNIT. (SUB CONTROLLER CMJ-3182.) 3) Correction not to input ROT or HDT sentence having only null parameters.
Ver Indication Release Date at Normal Mode (yyyy/mm/dd 1.00 2004/3/10 Original version (Based on the soft
JHS-182 Software Update History
BB21769-
BB20952, BB21753, BB21763-68
BB20001-
Applied S/N from factory
NCM-779
NCM-779
Unit
Ver No
Ver Indication Release Date Fixed Items at Normal Mode (yyyy/mm/dd) 1.10 1.02 (NTE-182 1.00) 2004/3/25 Original version (NQE-3182 1.00) 1) Misspellings are corrected. 2) Operation is bettered by adding a making sure display before binary message transmission. 1.10 3) Sub controller function is ed. 1.03 (NTE-182 1.00) 2004/8/3 4) CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT is ed by adding a initial heading value (NQE-3182 1.00) setting display. 5) The third level of LCD brightness is bettered for use in complete darkness.
JHS-182 Software Update History
BB16388-
BB14626-
Applied S/N from factory
CMJ-3182
Unit
Ver No
version of NCM-779)
Ver Indication Release Date at Normal Mode (yyyy/mm/dd) 1.04 2004/8/3 Original version 1.04 (Based on the soft
JHS-182 Software Update History
Fixed Items -
Applied S/N from factory
1/2
TECHNICAL INFORMATION FROM NETWORK AND COMMUNICATION GROUP
Subject
:
Information on AIS Equipment Operation at Leap Second Inserted
Equipment
:
JHS-180 / JHS-182 AIS
Date
:
December 16, 2005
Issue Number
:
JD-1317-05
M. Takayama Manager, Network and Communications Group Engineering Department Marine Electronics Division
2/2 Priority: A: Carry out immediately B: Carry out at periodical inspection C: Carry out upon client’s request √ D: Information and news
1. Subject: Information on AIS Equipment Operation at Leap Second Inserted 2. Objective Equipment NTE-180 AIS Transponder NTE-182 AIS Transponder AIS Base Stations 3. Information A leap second will be inserted at 00h00m UTC on January 1, 2006. Some people are worrying about abnormal operation of the AIS equipment at that time. However, JRC has confirmed normal operation. Here, JRC declares that all JRC AIS equipmet such as JHS-180, JHS-182 and base stations operate normally even when a leap second is inserted.
4. Attached document None.
2/2 Priority: A: Carry out immediately B: Carry out at periodical inspection √ C: Carry out upon client’s request D: Information and news
1. Subject: Information about 1W transmission function (OPTION)
2. Objective Equipment JHS-182 requiring 1W transmission function to meet ISGOTT regulation for tankers. The regulation is not required the other ships. - Please carry out software upgrade, initial setting, and power adjustment to the following serial number equipment shipped before February 1, 2005: NTE-182 AIS Transponder : BB37990 or before NCM-779 AIS Controller : BB17977 or before (AIS parent number : BB47977 or before) - After February 1st, 2005, NTE-182 and NCM-779 have initially programmed the software (Ver2.00) including the function.
3. Information and Notice In the case of JHS-182(AIS) requiring 1W transmission function, please carry out the following procedure. 3.1 In the case of the equipment shipped before February 1, 2005 having the old version a. Upgrade the software of AIS transponder and AIS controller to the following version. Please the AIS software files from the web site of our Marine Service Department. NTE-182 AIS Transponder : Ver 2.00 (Writing software from PC : NTE182 Flash1.exe) NCM-779 AIS Controller : Ver 2.00 ( : NCM779 Flash1.exe) b. Set 'POWER DISP.SETTING’ to ‘ON’ in Field Maintenance mode, and then adjust the power of the 1W transmission output. (Refer to the attached document f) ‘Setting for function of ‘POWER REDUCTION’’.) c. Please hand out the attached document g) ‘1W power reduction setting of transmission output power’ to the operator, and then explain the instruction. 3.2 In the case of the equipment shipped after February 1, 2005 having the new version software, no need to software upgrade. a. Set 'POWER DISP.SETTING’ to ‘ON’ in Field Maintenance mode, and then check the power of the 1W transmission output. (Refer to the attached document f) ‘Setting for function of ‘POWER REDUCTION’’.) b. Please hand out the attached document g) ‘1W power reduction setting of transmission output power’ to the operator, and then explain the instruction. Notice: Please keep ‘POWER DISP. SETTING’ to ‘OFF’ in the case of the ship does not applying ISGOTT regulation.
4. Attached document a) JHS-182 Software update procedure when visit to ship b) Software upgrade procedures for NTE-182 c) Software upgrade procedures for NCM-779 d) JHS-182 Software update history e) AIS maintenance record form f) Setting for function of ‘POWER REDUCTION’ (Installation method) g) 1W power reduction setting of transmission output power (Operation method)
2005/04/26 JHS-182 Software upgrade procedures when visiting to ship
Software upgrade procedures for JHS-182 on board 04.08.20 1. Filling out the attached JHS-182 setting table. (Ship static information, Voyage related information, etc.) 1.1 Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. z To turn the power on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key for about 6 seconds until characters appear on the AIS controller display. z In the maintenance mode, press MENU key to display menu item 1 to 7 as [MAIN MENU]. 1.2 Write down the present setting of each item to the attached JHS-182 setting table. 2. Upgrading the NTE-182 Transponder software Upgrade the software of NTE-182 Transponder in accordance with the software upgrade procedures for NTE-182 AIS TRANSPONDER. 3. Upgrading the NCM-779 AIS Controller software Upgrade the software of NCM-779 Controller in accordance with the software upgrade procedures for NCM-779 AIS CONTROLLER. 4. Re-setting with referring the above written-down JHS-182 setting table. 4.1 Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 4.2 Check the present setting of each item with the written-down JHS-182 setting table, and re-set it to fit the table as necessary. 4.3 After the checking and the re-setting, press OFF key, enter the and turn the AIS controller off 5. Checking the operation 5.1 Turn the AIS controller on with normal mode. 5.2 Check the operation is normal without the displaying of any error messages such as “MMSI MISMATCH”. 5.3 Write down the check result to the attached ‘AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record’. 6. Filling in and return of the ‘AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record’ 6.1 Fill in the attached ‘AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record’ and return it to the following address promptly together with ‘ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE’. Marine Service Department E-mail : [email protected] Fax : +81 3 3779 1420 * Input a "TRP: " into the head of the subject name of an e-mail.
1-1
2005/04/26 JHS-182 Software upgrade procedures when visiting to ship
JHS-182 setting table MENU - 1. Voyage static data
Note *T / *C
Navigational status Destination Estimated time of Arrival (ETA) Draught Cargo / Status Waypoint text Person on board Height over keel
*C *T / *C *C
MENU - 3. Alarm setting
Note *C
Guard zone range
NM
Lost target
NM
MENU - 4. Set up – 6.Group ship list Name MMSI
1-2
Note *C
2005/04/26 JHS-182 Software upgrade procedures when visiting to ship
Menu – 7.Initial setting – 1. Sensor setting
Note *B
Sensor1 Sensor2 Sensor3 Sensor4 AUX1 (= AUX2) AUX3 (= AUX4) Menu – 7.Initial setting – 2. Ship static data
Note *T / *C
MMSI number Ship’s name IMO number Call sign Type of ship Location of Ship’s Position sensor (GNSS Antenna position)
Bow: Str : Por: Sta:
m m m m
Sensor type Serial number Controller type
*C
Menu – 7.Initial setting – 2. Ship static data – 8.Internal GPS setting
Note *C
Antenna pos
Bow: Str : Por: Sta:
m m m m
MENU - 7.Initial setting – 4.Remote diagnosis
Note *C
Status information Alarm history Software version *T・・・・AIS Transponder backup data *C・・・・AIS Controller backup data *B・・・・Connection box backup data
1-3
Sep. 21, 2004
Software upgrade procedures for NTE-182 AIS TRANSPONDER （For NTE182 FLASH 1） 1. Preparing 1.1. Prepare the followings: - Personal computer (OS: Windows95/98/NT/2000/XP, Hard disk free space: 10MBytes or more, COM (RS-232C) port: built-in port or USB-COM adapter etc.) - D-SUB 9-pin straight cable (9-pin male connector and 9-pin female connector) - File (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation - Upgrade file (nte182v200.MOT) Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (nte182v200.MOT) for NTE-182. 1.2. Copy the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and the upgrade file to the desktop holder of the personal computer. 1.3. Turn the AIS controller on. 1.4. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. - Press and hold the PWR key, and select [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. Confirm that the software data version is ‘Ver 1.17’ or lower 1.5. Turn the AIS controller off. 1.6. Open the cover of Maintenance connector of the AIS controller. 1.7. Connect the D-SUB 9-pin straight cable between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and COM port (RS-232C) of the personal computer.
AIS Transponder NTE-182
Connection Box NQE-3182
Power Supply MAINTENANCE connector
AIS Controller NCM-779
D-SUB 9-pin straight cable
Connection Diagram for Upgrading
1
Built-in COM port or USB-COM adapter etc. for RS-232C Handheld PC
2. Executing of Upgrade 2.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. - To turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key until characters appear on the AIS controller display.
2.2. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [TRANSPONDER UPDATE]. Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen, then confirm that the following message is displayed immediately. READY FOR TRANSPONDER SOFTWARE UPDATE [PLEASE RESTART AFTER SOFTWARE UPDATE]
PRESS AND HOLD [PWR]+[OFF]
2.3. If any other applications are operating, close them. Start the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation on the personal computer.
2
2.4. Select “COM Port” menu, and select the connected COM port.
2.5. Click “1.File select” button, and select the upgrade file (nte182v200.MOT). Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (nte182v200.MOT) for NTE-182. 2.6. Click “2.Load file” button, and confirm “The MOT file loading ok” is displayed in “msg box”. 2.7. Confirm the screen of the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation in the personal computer. When “!AIVDO,...” is displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1”, proceed to the section 2.8. When “!AIVDO,...” is not displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1”, carry out the procedure of section 4. 2.8. Click “4.Write Mode” button, and confirm the following messages are displayed on the screen of the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation after about 1 second. $PJRC,18,01,0001 $PJRC,18,11,0001*2F If the above messages are not displayed on the screen, turn the AIS Controller off and repeat the procedure from section 2.1. Note: After clicking “4.Write Mode” button, click “5.Write start” button about 3 seconds later.
3
2.9. Click “5.Write start” button to start the software upgrading. Confirm that “Now writing” is displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.10. About four minutes later, “Updating succeeded” shall be displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.11. If “Updating succeeded” is not displayed or another message is displayed on the screen of “msg box”, carry out the procedure of section 4 to retry upgrading. 2.12. Close the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation. 2.13. Turn the AIS controller off.
4
3. Confirming of the software upgraded 3.1. Turn the AIS controller on. 3.2. Carry out procedure of section 1.3 and 1.4 (software data version check), and confirm that the AIS transponder software is upgraded. Confirm that the software data version is ' Ver 2.00'. 3.3. Turn the AIS controller off. 3.4. Disconnect the D-SUB 9-pin cable from the Maintenance connector on the rear of the AIS controller. 3.5. Tighten the screws to fix the Maintenance connector cover on the rear of the AIS controller.
4. Software re-writing procedure if upgrading is unsuccessful If the Transponder software upgrading has been unsuccessful, carry out the following procedure to clear it up. - Leave the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation running on the personal computer. - Leave the D-SUB 9-pin cable connecting between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and the COM port of the personal computer. Note: If the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation is closed by mistake, restart the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and carry out procedure from section 2.3 to 2.6 again. Then carry out the following procedure. 4.1. Turn the AIS controller off. 4.2. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 4.3. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [3.ALARM HISTORY]. Then confirm that “062, A,V, Program Flash memory err” is displayed on the screen of AIS ALARM. 4.4. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [TRANSPONDER UPDATE]. And Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen. 4.5. Carry out the procedure from section 2.8 to 3.5. When “!AIVDO,...” is displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1” in the personal computer, carry out the procedure from section 2.8 to 3.5. Carry out procedure section 2.8 in this case, the following one - message is displayed on the screen. $PJRC,18,01,0001 Continuously carry out procedure section 2.9.
5
Sep. 21, 2004
Software upgrade procedures for NCM-779 AIS CONTROLLER （For NCM779 FLASH 1） 1. Preparing 1.1. Prepare the followings: - Personal computer (OS: Windows95/98/NT/2000/XP, Hard disk free space: 10MBytes or more, COM (RS-232C) port: built-in port or USB-COM adapter etc.) - D-SUB 9-pin straight cable (9-pin male connector and 9-pin female connector) - File (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation - Upgrade file (ncm779v200.bin) 1.2. Copy the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and the upgrade file to the desktop holder of the personal computer. 1.3. Turn the AIS controller on. 1.4. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. - Press and hold the PWR key, and select [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software version. Confirm that the software data version is ‘1.03’ or lower. 1.5. Turn the AIS controller off. 1.6. Open the cover of Maintenance connector of the AIS controller. 1.7. Connect the D-SUB 9-pin straight cable between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and COM port (RS-232C) of the personal computer.
AIS Transponder NTE-182
Connection Box NQE-3182
Power Supply MAINTENANCE connector
AIS Controller NCM-779
D-SUB 9-pin straight cable
Connection Diagram for Upgrading
1
Built-in COM port or USB-COM adapter etc. for RS-232C Handheld PC
2. Executing of Upgrade 2.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. - To turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key until characters appear on the AIS controller display.
2.2. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [CONTROLLER UPDATE]. Select ‘BAUDRATE: 38400BPS’ Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen, then confirm that the following message is displayed immediately. READY FOR CONTROLLER SOFTWARE UPDATE [PLEASE RESTART AFTER SOFTWARE UPDATE]
PRESS AND HOLD [PWR]+[OFF]
2.3. If any other applications are operating, close them. Start the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation on the personal computer.
2
2.4. Select “COM Port” menu, and select the connected COM port, 38400bps.
COM port
Baudrate
2.5. Click “1.File select” button, and select the upgrade file (ncm779v200.bin). Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (ncm779v200.bin) for NCM-779. 2.6. Click “2.Load file” button, and confirm “The BIN file loading ok” is displayed in “msg box”. 2.7. Click “4.Write Mode” button, and confirm the following messages are displayed on the screen of the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation after about 1 second. -> $PJRC,280,01,0001*1D <- $PJRC,280,11,0001*1C If the above messages are not displayed on the screen, turn the AIS Controller off and repeat the procedure from section 2.1. Note: After clicking “4.Write Mode” button, click “5.Write start” button about 3 seconds later. 2.8. Click “5.Write start” button to start the software upgrading. “Now Updating” is displayed on the screen of “msg box”. About ten seconds later, Confirm that the 'Percent' increases from 0%.
3
2.9. About seven minutes later, “Updating succeeded” shall be displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.10. If “Updating succeeded” is not displayed or another message is displayed on the screen of “msg box”, carry out the procedure of section 4 to retry upgrading. 2.11. Close the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation. 2.12. Turn the AIS controller off.
3. Confirming of the software upgraded 3.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 3.2. Carry out procedure of section 1.3 and 1.4 (software data version check), and confirm that the AIS controller software is upgraded. Confirm that the software data version is ‘Ver 2.00’. 3.3. Turn the AIS controller off. 3.4. Disconnect the D-SUB 9-pin cable from the Maintenance connector on the rear of the AIS controller. 3.5. Tighten the screws to fix the Maintenance connector cover on the rear of the AIS controller.
4
4. Software re-writing procedure if upgrading is unsuccessful If the Transponder software upgrading has been unsuccessful, carry out the following procedure to clear it up. - Leave the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation running on the personal computer. - Leave the D-SUB 9-pin cable connecting between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and the COM port of the personal computer. Note: If the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation is closed by mistake, restart the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and carry out procedure from section 2.3 to 2.6 again. Then carry out the following procedure. 4.1. Turn the AIS controller off. 4.2. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 4.3. The alarm sounds, and ‘SUM CHECK ERROR’ is displayed. Refer to procedure section 4.5 and 4.6, when the AIS controller starts up without being displayed ‘SUM CHECK ERROR’. 4.4. Confirm that ‘SUM CHECK ERROR’ is displayed. Carry out the procedure from section 2.7 to 3.5. 4.5. Confirm software data version. (See Procedure section 1.4) 4.6. Carry out the procedure from section 2.1 to 3.5.
5
AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record In order to maintain our records well on the AIS products for future better service, you are kindly advised to fill in the form below and return it to the following address as soon as possible after software version, units and /or pc boards replaced with new one(s), please. MARINE SERVICE DEPARTMENT (PRODUCT ) Japan Radio Co., Ltd. 18-7 Oosaki-1-chome Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 141-0023 Japan FAX +81 3 3779 1420 Name of Vessel MMSI No. JHS-182 Serial No.
Apparatus Serial No.
Software data Version
BB4
Apparatus name
Old
New
Controller NCM-779
BB1
BB1
Transponder NTE-182
BB3
BB3
Connection box NQE-3182
BB2
BB2
Controller NCM-779
Ver.
Ver.
Transponder NTE-182
Ver.
Ver.
Connection box NQE-3182
Ver.
Ver.
NSK unit CMJ-3182
Ver.
Ver.
Service Date Service Port Service Order Service Agent Service Engineer Check of normal operations after working Was the equipment changed to the normal mode from maintenance mode? Remarks
YES
NO
YES
NO
Setting for function of “POWER REDUCTION” To use the reduction function of output power, the latest software version 2.00 is required for AIS Controller and AIS Transponder.
1. AIS Controller Initial Setting (1) Turn the power on with “Field Maintenance” Mode and then select “6. FIELD MAINTENANCE” FIELD MAINTENANCE UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM VENUS * 22°: 0.92NM STAR SHIP 1.COMM STATUS 2.PORT MONITOR
(2) Select "7. POWER DISP.SETTING”, and press the Jog dial. (3) Rotate the Jog dial to select “ON” and press the Jog dial.
3.TRX CHECK 4.SATELLITE STATUS 5.MAINTENANCE CHECK 6.SOFTWARE UPDATE 7.POWER DISP.SETTING:OFF
(4) Restart the AIS controller with normal operation mode. (5) "POWER REDUCTION" is added in MAIN MENU, and the output power can be reduced to 1W with this menu item. Caution: "POWER REDUCTION" is not displayed in the MAIN MENU of field maintenance mode.
OFF
ON
MAIN MENU UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM VENUS * 22°: 0.92NM STAR SHIP 1.VOYAGE STATIC DATA
MAIN MENU UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM VENUS * 22°: 0.92NM STAR SHIP 1.VOYAGE STATIC DATA 2.MESSAGE
2.MESSAGE
3.ALARM SETTING
3.ALARM SETTING
4.SET UP
4.SET UP 5.MAINTENANCE -------------------------POWER REDUCTION:1W
5.MAINTENANCE
1W OUTPUT POWER IS FOR HAZARDOUS AREA USE ONLY. MAIN MENU screen (POWER DISP.SETTING: OFF)
MAIN MENU screen (POWER DISP.SETTING: ON) -1-
2. Transponder Transmission Output Check (TX POWER SETTING)
Transponder transmission output power check is necessary after ‘POWER DISP. SETTING’ setting to ‘ON’. Please check the 1W transmission output by each measurement channel of "CH GROUP" according to the following setup and procedures. AIS TRANSPONDER EXT ANT terminal (N-type connector)
Coaxial cable (50 Ω)
Transmission power meter (50 Ω) 12.5W/2W 1W
Frequency counter 15 W or higher Dummy load 50 Ω Coaxial cable (50 Ω)
Coupling
Figure 1 Setup for Transmission Output Check [Operation Procedure]
(1) Selecting 6.FIELD MAINTENANCE from MAIN MENU in the field maintenance mode causes the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu to appear. Select 3. TRX CHECK from the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu. TRX CHECK BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM
(2) Select 3.ANTENNA SELECTION. Select EXTERNAL to connect the transponder to the external antenna. 3.ANTENNA SELECTION : EXTERNAL
UTC11:46 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE VENUS STAR SHIP
1. CHANNEL SET 2. TX POWER SETTING 3. ANTENNA SELECTION : INTERNAL
Figure 2 TRX CHECK Screen -2-
(3) Select 2. TX POWER SETTING from TRX CHECK menu. TX POWER SETTING UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM VENUS * 22°: 0.92NM STAR SHIP 1.CHANNEL : 2087 WIDE 2.TX TYPE : DSC MARK 3.TX POWER : HIGH 4.INDEX : DEF : 128 SET : 123 -------------------------CH GROUP : 161.5000162.0250MHZ POWER | VSWR INDICATOR : 0 | 0 [EXIT] [DATA] [TX] [WRITE] [STOP]
Figure 3 TX POWER SETTING Screen
1. CHANNEL Set transmission channel (1060-2088) and bandwidth (WIDE/NARROW). 2. TX TYPE Select UNMODULATED as modulation type for power check. 3. TX POWER: 1W Select “1W (1W or lower)” as transmission output power. 4. INDEX: DEF: Displays the saved power control value. SET: Input the power control value (0-255) to adjust the transmission output power. CH GROUP: Displays groups in frequency band. 156.0250-156.4875 MHz (Selector channel: 1060ch) 156.5000-156.9875 MHz (Selector channel: 1070ch) 157.0000-157.4250 MHz (Selector channel: 1228ch) 160.6250-160.9625 MHz (Selector channel: 2260ch) 161.5000-162.0250 MHz (Selector channel: 2088ch) INDICATOR: POWER: Displays an approximately transmitting power. VSWR: Displays VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) during transmission.
z Operation Items
[EXIT]:
Discards the data being set up and returns to the TRX check screen.
[DATA]:
Inquires about INDEX setting value of the transponder for display.
[TX]:
Starts continuous transmission.
[STOP]:
Stops continuous transmission.
[WRITE]: Saves the set power control value in the transponder. INDEX setting data is copied to the frequency band displayed in CH GROUP.
-3-
Example:
Transmission and adjustment in 1060ch WIDE/UNMODULATED/1W.
1. Select 1. CHANNEL and enter 1060 WIDE. 2. Select 2. TX TYPE, and then select UNMODULATED. 3. Select 3. TX POWER, and then select 1W. 4. Select [TX] to start transmission.
After confirmation, press [STOP].
When adjusting 1W POWER, change the SET value in 4. INDEX until 0.5±0.2 watts. 5. After adjustment is completed, select [WRITE].
To retry setting, select [EXIT] to
cancel the previously set values. 6. To continue to test and adjust other channel, repeat steps 1 to 5. (4) Select 3.ANTENNA SELECTION. Select INTERNAL to connect the equipment to the internal antenna. After checking the output power, be sure to select INTERNAL.
z Checking of operations (5) Restart the AIS controller with normal operation mode. Check that "POWER REDUCTION" is displayed on the main menu. (6) Select “POWER REDUCTION”, and then press the Jog dial. Rotate the Jog dial the select “1W”, and then press the Jog dial. 5.MAINTENANCE ------------------------POWER REDUCTION:1W 1W OUTPUT POWER IS FOR HAZARDOUS AREA USE ONLY.
(7) During 1 W operation, “__1W” is displayed in the status line. When the transponder transmits in 1 W operation, “TX1W” is displayed in the status line. (“TX” is indicated for one second). 225°: 9.28NM 123456780 218°: 9.32NM 287694331 35°32.2345 N SOG 15.2KT 123°45.2264 E COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR: 1 TX1W
225°: 9.28NM 123456780 218°: 9.32NM 287694331 35°32.2345 N SOG 15.2KT 123°45.2264 E COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR: 1 TX1W
Receiving
Transmitting
(8) Select “POWER REDUCTION”, and then press the Jog dial. Rotate the Jog dial to select “NORMAL”, and then press the Jog dial. -4-
1W power reduction setting of transmission output power Transmission output power can be set to 1 W at display of “POWER REDUCTION” in the MAIN MENU. Transponder operation switches back automatically from 1 W operation to normal power operation when the ship has moved more than 0.25 NM from the position where the 1W operation started. (During the transponder can’t be get valid position data, it does not switch back automatically from 1W operation to normal power operation.) a) Transmission output power setting Press the MENU key to display the Main Menu. Select “POWER REDUCTION”, and then press the Jog dial. Rotate the Jog dial to select “1W”, and then press the Jog dial. NORMAL: Normal power operation 1W: 1W power operation MAIN MENU UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM VENUS * 22°: 0.92NM STAR SHIP 1.VOYAGE STATIC DATA 2.MESSAGE
Rotate the Jog Dial
3.ALARM SETTING
5.MAINTENANCE ------------------------POWER REDUCTION:1W 1W OUTPUT POWER IS FOR HAZARDOUS AREA USE ONLY.
4.SET UP 5.MAINTENANCE ------------------------POWER REDUCTION:NORMAL
b) 1W indication on the status line When the transponder transmits in normal power operation, the transmission status “TX-A” or “TX-B” is displayed in the status line. On the other hand, during 1 W operation, “__1W” is displayed in the status line. When the transponder transmits in 1 W operation, “TX1W” is displayed in the status line. (“TX” is indicated for one second) [1W power operation] 225°: 9.28NM 123456780 218°: 9.32NM 287694331 35°32.2345 N SOG 15.2KT 123°45.2264 E COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR: 1 TX1W Receiving
[Normal power operation] 225°: 9.28NM 123456780 218°: 9.32NM 287694331 35°32.2345 N SOG 15.2KT 123°45.2264 E COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR: 1 Receiving
225°: 9.28NM 123456780 218°: 9.32NM 287694331 35°32.2345 N SOG 15.2KT 123°45.2264 E COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR: 1 TX1W Transmitting
225°: 9.28NM 123456780 218°: 9.32NM 287694331 35°32.2345 N SOG 15.2KT 123°45.2264 E COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR: 1 TX-A Transmitting
Caution: Be sure to confirm that "POWER REDUCTION" is set to "NORMAL" during normal operation. 1W operation can not communicate with distant stations.
1
2/2 Priority: A: Carry out immediately B: Carry out at periodical inspection C: Carry out upon client’s request √ D: Information and news
1. Subject: Information about CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT (Option) for AIS equipment (JHS-182).
2. Objective Equipment JHS-182 which needs the installation of the NSK UNIT.
3. Information and Notice We have prepared new NSK UNIT CMJ-3182 for AIS JHS-182. From now, use the CMJ-3182 instead of NCT-27B. In the case of using CMJ-3182, software data ‘Ver 1.03’ or later of an AIS controller NCM-779 is needed. After August 4th, 2004, NCM-779 have been shipping with its software data ‘Ver 1.03’. Refer to the attached document about the specification and the installation method of CMJ-3182.
4. Attached document INSTALLATION OF CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT
INSTALLATION OF CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT 1. Outline Drawing S201: Gyro Select Switch
Connector for Maintenance S101: Power Switch S202: Software Upgrade Setting Switch
91.5
TB11: Terminal Block
123.0
S201 Setting Table: Check the type and ratio of gyro com and set S201 according this table. Initial Setting
S201 [1:OFF, 2:OFF, 3:OFF, 4:OFF, 5:OFF, 6:ON, 7: OFF, 8: OFF] S202 [1:OFF, 2:OFF]
2. Installation Procedure R1 S1 S2 S3 R2
CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT Two screws TB11-1
Cable connection of Synchro signal
1 2 3 5 TB11-1
CQD-3182 J1
EF02-CMJ-3182
Cable connection of Step signal
NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX
-1-
To use the CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT, updating AIS Controller software data to Ver 1.03 or later is required.
AIS Controller Initial Setting (1) Power up AIS in “Field Maintenance” Mode and then select “7. INITIAL SETTING” – “1. SENSOR SETTING” – "1.SENSOR1".
SENSOR1 BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM 1.SENTENCE *DTM *GBS *HDG HDT *VBW *VHW PJRCD [ENT] [CANCEL]
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI HAGAMARU JRCMARU ABCDEFG-MA>
SELECT GGA *GLL *GNS *OSD *RMC *ROT *VTG *WPL PJRC
2.BAUDRATE : [EXIT]
(2) Select "2.BAUDRATE”, and press the Jog dial.
(3) Rotate the Jog dial to select “CMJ3182NSK” and press the Jog dial.
(4) Finally, select [ENT] in the small window on the lower part of the screen and press the Jog dial. CMJ3182NSK [ENT]
3. Heading Setting NSK UNIT BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI HAGAMARU JRCMARU ABCDEFG-MA>
1.HEADING : 000.0° ------------------------2.ALARM : OK 3.TYPE : SYNC 4.RATIO : 360X 5.DIRECTION : NORM 6.OUTPUT TIMIMG : 1S 7.SIMULATOR : NORM 8.ERR TIMING : 0.2S
EF02-CMJ-3182
[EXIT]
(1) Power up AIS in “Normal” Mode and then the setting screen of NSK UNIT appears automatically.
(2) Press the jog dial and then enter the heading of the com.
(3) Finally, select [ENT] in the small window on the lower part of the screen and press the Jog dial.
[ENT]
ALRM LIST SYNCIRQ ERR: Synchro signal (TB11-R1, R2) is abnormal. SYNCWIRE ERR: Synchro signal (TB11-S1, S2, S3) is abnormal. STEPWIRE ERR: Step signal (TB11-1, 2, 3, 5) is abnormal. STEPIRQ ERR: Abnormal signals are inputted from TB11-R1, R2. PROG.MEM. ERR: The program memory is abnormal.
-2-
Own ship’s heading initial setting (CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT – Optional unit) NSK UNIT menu for own ship’s heading initial setting is displayed when CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT is installed. Select "4.SETUP" in the Main Menu to display by pressing MENU key and display the Set up Menu. NSK UNIT menu is displayed when 10.NSK UNIT is selected in the Setup Menu. In the NSK UNIT menu, the own ship’s heading value and CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT setting status is displayed. NSK UNIT BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI HAGAMARU JRCMARU ABCDEFG-MA>
1.HEADING : 218.0° ------------------------2.ALARM : OK 3.TYPE : STEP 4.RATIO : 360X 5.DIRECTION : NORM 6.OUTPUT TIMIMG : 100MS 7.SIMULATOR : NORM 8.ERR TIMING : 0.2S [EXIT]
Pressing CLR returns the display to Setup Menu.
Select 1.HEADING with the Jog Dial, and then enter the own ship’s heading in the range from 000.0 to 359.9 degrees. Input the each digit of the heading value with the Jog Dial. When input of every digit has been completed, the cursor moves to the [ENT] in the small window. Selecting [ENT] sets the inputted heading value, and then returns the display to the Setup Menu. Selecting [EXIT] returns the display to the Setup Menu without setting the inputted heading.
[ENT]
NSK UNIT menu
Caution: After the alarm of NSK UNIT is recovered, the NSK UNIT menu is displayed automatically. Be sure to enter the heading value, if the NSK UNIT menu is automatically displayed. Even if the NSK UNIT menu is closed without heading entry, NSK UNIT menu will be appear again.
The item from 2 to 8 is the contents to have set to CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT. It isn’t possible to do the choice of the number.
The setting information of each menu is described below. 2. ALARM The alarm which has occurred to NSK UNIT now is displayed. Indication Explanation OK Normal operating SYNCIRQ ERR SYNCHRO type is selected, The communication with a gyroscope stopped. (Disconnect, etc.) SYNCWIRE ERR STEP type is selected, The communication with a gyroscope STEPIRQ ERR stopped. (Disconnect, etc.) STEPWIRE ERR PROG.MEM.ERR NSK UNIT is malfunctioned. 3. TYPE The type of input signal is displayed. Indication Explanation STEP Step signal SYNC Synchro signal
1
4. RATIO The type of gyration ratio is displayed. Indication Explanation 36X The type of gyration ratio 90X 180X 360X 5. DIRECTION The rotation direction is displayed. Indication Explanation REV Reverse (counterclockwise) NORM Normal (clockwise) 6. OUTPUT TIMING The update interval of an own ship’s bearing value is displayed. Indication Explanation RESERVE Not in use 1S The bearing value is updated at intervals of 1 second. 100MS At intervals of 100 msec. 50MS At intervals of 50 msec. 7. SIMULATOR The operation mode is displayed. Indication Explanation TEST Test mode (Com direction data is outputted by '0.0'.) NORM Normal mode 8. ERR TIMING The detection time of an error is displayed. Indication Explanation 5S An error is detected at intervals of 5 seconds. 0.2S At intervals of 0.2 sec.
NSK UNIT (CMJ-3182 - Option) 1 Environmental condition (1) Operating temperature: -15°C to +55°C (IEC 60945)
2 External interfaces (1) The type of gyro com Synchro Type : Gyration ratio - 360X, 180X, 90X, 36X Primary power source - 50 - 115Vac, 50/60Hz Secondary power source - 20 - 90Vac, 50/60Hz Step Type : Gyration ratio - 360X, 180X, 90X, 36X Power source - 24 / 35 / 50 / 70Vdc (2) Connection Box communication ports One communication port meets the requirements of IEC 61162-1.
2
2/3 Priority: A: Carry out immediately B: Carry out at periodical inspection √ C: Carry out upon client’s request D: Information and news
1. Subject Countermeasures against improper ‘SOG/COG’ information of SENSOR STATUS screen 2. Objective Equipment NTE-182 AIS Transponder
: BB36388 and before
3. Outline In spite of receiving GPS data from sensor input normally, the status of ‘SOG/COG’ in the ‘SENSOR STATUS’ screen may be displayed as 'NO SENSOR'. In this case the ‘SOG’ and ‘COG’ alarms are not occurred. 4. Countermeasures Confirm and carry out the following procedure until software is upgraded. When the power supply is shut off during operation, the following re-setup is required. Please hand the attached document “Confirmation procedure of SENSOR STATUS screen” to the . 1. Turn on the power of AIS controller with mode, the other ships list will be displayed after about 45 seconds) 2. Press MENU key, Main menu is displayed. In the Main menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [4.SENSOR STATUS]. 3. When ‘NO SENSOR’ is displayed on the ‘SOG/COG’ line, turn off the power of the external GPS connected to NQE-3182 (Connection Box). 4. 5 to 10 seconds later, the alarm of SOG and/or COG occurs and the AIS ALARM screen is displayed. 5. Turn on the power of the external GPS. After the AIS ALARM screen disappears, confirm the SENSOR STATUS screen again. “EXTERNAL” shall be displayed on the ‘SOG/COG’ line.
5. Attached document Confirmation procedure of SENSOR STATUS screen
3/3
1. Subject Information about SENSOR SETTING of Waypoint input data.
2. Objective Equipment NQE-3182 Connection Box
: BB21769 and before
3. Outline Some GPS equipment output ‘WPL’ Waypoint location sentence periodically. Whenever ‘WPL’ is inputted, NCM-779 (AIS Controller) displays Waypoints information screen*. Because SENSOR 1-4 port of NQE-3182 (Connection Box) can input ‘WPL’ sentence (‘WPL’ is enable in initial setting). Waypoints information screen*: When Waypoint data (‘WPL’ sentence) is inputted from external equipment, the screen for selecting ‘OVERWRITE’ or ‘CANCEL’ is displayed on LCD. 4. Countermeasures Change the setting of ‘WPL’ sentence to disabled for SENSOR1-4, AUX1 and AUX3 according to the following procedure. For the details of the operation, refer to the JHS-182 Installation manual “8.2 Sensor port setting (SENSOR SETTING)”. 1. Turn on the power of AIS controller with Field Maintenance mode. 2. Press MENU key, Main menu is displayed. 3. Select [7. INITIAL SETTING] -> [1. SENSOR SETTING].
5. Attached document 1. Installation manual ‘8.2 Sensor port setting (SENSOR SETTING)’ 2. List of GPS receiver
Confirmation procedures of SENSOR STATUS screen 1．Outline In spite of receiving GPS data from sensor input normally, the status of ‘SOG/COG’ in the ‘SENSOR STATUS’ screen may be displayed as 'NO SENSOR'. According to the following procedure, confirm the display of SOG/COG. 2．The confirmation procedures 1） Turn on the power of AIS controller (NCM-779). 2） The other ships list will be displayed after about 45 seconds. SORT:NORTH/RANGE UTC11:43 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM SHIP1 * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFGHIJK> 121°: 4.85NM 498755431 52°:12.47NM AABBCCDD243 222°:99.99NM 111111115 ▼228°:99.99NM 111111123 N 35°32.8484 SOG 15.2KT E 123°45.2264 COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR:103
3） Press MENU key, Main menu is displayed. In the Main menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [4.SENSOR STATUS]. MAIN MENU UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM SHIP1 * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFGHIJK> 1.VOYAGE STATIC DATA
MAINTENANCE UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM SHIP1 * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFGHIJK> 1.SELF DIAGNOSIS
2.MESSAGE
2.TRX CONDITION
3.ALARM SETTING
3.AIS ALARM
4.SET UP
4.SENSOR STATUS
5.MAINTENANCE
5.POWER ON/OFF LOG
4） When ‘NO SENSOR’ is displayed on the ‘SOG/COG’ line, turn off the power of the external GPS connected to NQE-3182 (Connection Box). SENSOR BRG : 270°: 35°: * 22°:
STATUS RNG 0.18NM 0.29NM 0.92NM
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE SHIP1 ABCDEFGHIJK>
POSITION : INTERNAL DGNSS(BEACON) UTC CLOCK : IN USE SOG/COG
: NO SENSOR
HEADING
: INVALID
ROT
: OTHER SORCE
5)
5 to 10 seconds later, the alarm of SOG and/or COG occurs and the AIS ALARM screen is displayed. AIS ALARM UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM SHIP1 * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFGHIJK> 04/05/21 11:44 030,A,V no valid COG infor mation 029,A,V no valid SOG infor mation [EXIT] [HISTORY]
[SCROLL] ALARM
6) Turn on the power of the external GPS. After the AIS ALARM screen disappears, confirm the SENSOR STATUS screen again. “EXTERNAL” shall be displayed on the ‘SOG/COG’ line. SENSOR BRG : 270°: 35°: * 22°:
STATUS RNG 0.18NM 0.29NM 0.92NM
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE SHIP1 ABCDEFGHIJK>
POSITION : INTERNAL DGNSS(BEACON) UTC CLOCK : IN USE SOG/COG
: EXTERNAL
HEADING
: INVALID
ROT
: OTHER SORCE
8.2 Sensor Port Setting (SENSOR SETTING) Set up valid sentences and baud rate for the sensor ports (SENSOR1 to SENSOR4) connecting external sensors.
If external sensors are connected to SENSOR1-1,
SENSOR2-1, and SENSOR3-1, specify the baud rate of 4800 bps.
If external sensors
are connected to SENSOR1-2, SENSOR2-2, and SENSOR3-2, set up the baud rate of 38400 bps.
(For details about the setting, see Section 3.1 in Field Maintenance Menu
Operation Manual.) [Operation Procedure] (1) Selecting 1.SENSOR SETTING from the INITIAL SETTING menu causes the SENSOR SETTING menu to appear. SENSOR BRG : 270°: 35°: * 22°:
SETTING RNG 0.18NM 0.29NM 0.92NM
UTC11:46 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE QUEEN ABCDEFG-MA>
1.SENSOR1 2.SENSOR2 3.SENSOR3 4.SENSOR4
1.SENSOR1
Setting valid sentences and baud rate for sensor ports
2.SENSOR2 3.SENSOR3
5.AUX1 (=AUX2)
4.SENSOR4
6.AUX3 (=AUX4)
5.AUX1(=AUX2)
Setting valid sentences for ports.
These items are
prepared for future advanced feature.
6.AUX3(=AUX4)
Figure 8.3
SENSOR SETTING Screen
(2) Select sensor ports (1.SENSOR1 to 4.SENSOR4) from the SENSOR SETTING menu. The setting screen for the selected sensor appears.
2-53
SENSOR1 BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM 1.SENTENCE *DTM *GBS *HDG *HDT *VBW *VHW PJRCD [ENT] [CANCEL]
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE JRCMARU ABCDEFG-MA>
SELECT *GGA *GLL *GNS *OSD *RMC *ROT *VTG WPL PJRC
The asterisk (*) mark indicates a valid header as input sentence.
As the initial setting value, all headers are
valid, and can be used unchanged ordinarily. To change the setting, rotate the Jog dial to more the cursor to the header.
Pressing the Jog dial changes
between valid ("*") and invalid (" ") header. 2. BAUDRATE
2.BAUDRATE : 4800BPS [EXIT]
1. SENTENCE SELECT
[ENT]
Setting the baud rate If 4800BPS is set, SENSOR x-1 port of the terminal block in NQE-3182 is valid.
If 38.4KBPS is set, SENSOR x-2
port is valid. Figure 8.4
SENSOR SETTING Screen (if Sensor 1 is Selected)
(3) Select the item to be set ("1.SENTENCE SELECT" or "2.BAUDRATE"). (4) Set up the sentences to be validated with "1.SENTENCE SELECT." An asterisk (*) mark indicates a valid sentence.
Rotate the Jog dial to select a sentence and press
the Jog dial to select Valid/Invalid.
After sentences are set, select [ENT] in
1.SENTENCE SELECT and press the Jog dial to complete the entire SENTENCE SELECT setting. (5) Set up the baud rate with "2.BAUDRATE." Rotate the Jog dial to select the baud rate (4800BPS or 38.4KBPS) and press the Jog dial to set it.
Pressing [ENT]
validates the input contents. (6) Finally, select [ENT] in the small window on the lower part of the screen and press the Jog dial to complete the setting for this port. Change the setting of ‘WPL’ sentence to disabled. When ‘WPL’ sentence setting is enabled, the Waypoint information screen is displayed every time ‘WPL’ sentence is inputted. [Sensor Input] SENSOR1:
4800BPS, 38.4KBPS, NCT-27NSK and CMJ3182NSK can be selected. NCT-27 NSK is selected to connect NCT-27. CMJ3182NSK is selected to connect CMJ-3182.
SENSOR2:
4800BPS and 38.4KBPS can be selected.
SENSOR3:
4800BPS and 38.4KBPS can be selected.
SENSOR4:
4800BPS and BEACON RX can be selected. BEACON RX is selected to connect the beacon receiver that outputs RTCM SC-104 Ver2.0 sentences with TTL level.
2-54
List of GPS receiver GPS receivers which output the ‘WPL’ sentence are as follows. Equipment Type NWZ-4551 JLR-6000 JLR-6000MK2 JLR-6800
Output timing of ‘WPL’ sentence ‘WPL’ sentence is outputted when the data output function is operated. ‘WPL’ sentence is outputted every 4 seconds.
same as above same as above
2/2 Priority: A: Carry out immediately B: Carry out at periodical inspection C: Carry out upon client’s request √ D: Information and news
1. Subject: Information about the new software of NTE-182, NQE-3182 and NCM-779. 2. Objective Equipment Following equipment were shipping with previous version software: NTE-182 AIS Transponder : BB36388 and before NQE-3182 Connection Box : BB21769 and before NCM-779 AIS Controller : BB16388 and before 3. Information and Notice 3.1 Software upgraded We have released new software of NTE-182, NQE-3182 and NCM-779. Software version NTE-182 AIS Transponder : Ver 1.17 (Writing software from PC : NTE182 Flash1.exe) NQE-3182 Connection Box : Ver 1.03 ( : NQE3182 Flash1.exe) NCM-779 AIS Controller : Ver 1.03 ( : NCM779 Flash1.exe)
3.2 The improvement / the additional item of new software version [NTE-182] 1. The problem which the first COG/SOG sensor status sentence is not outputted after system start is solved. [NQE-3182] 1. AUX1 and AUX 3 ports SUB CONTROLLER, i.e, another NCM-779 can be connected to AUX1 or AUX3 port as sub controller. 2. Initial setting value of sensor port for WPL sentence is changed to invalidity. [NCM-779] 1. SUB CONTROLLER function is ed. 2. CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT is ed by adding a initial heading value setting display. 3. The third level of LCD brightness is bettered for use in complete darkness. 3.3 the AIS software files Please the AIS software files from the homepage of our Marine Service Department. After the end of update work, please fill in the AIS maintenance record form, and return to the Marine Service Department. 4. Attached documents a) JHS-182 Software update procedure when visit to ship b) Software upgrade procedures for NTE-182 c) Software upgrade procedures for NQE-3182 d) Software upgrade procedures for NCM-779 e) JHS-182 Software update history f) AIS maintenance record form
JHS-182 Software upgrade procedures when visiting to ship
Software upgrade procedures for JHS-182 on board 04.08.20 1. Filling out the attached JHS-182 setting table. (Ship static information, Voyage related information, etc.) 1.1 Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. z To turn the power on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key for about 6 seconds until characters appear on the AIS controller display. z In the maintenance mode, press MENU key to display menu item 1 to 7 as [MAIN MENU]. 1.2 Write down the present setting of each item to the attached JHS-182 setting table. 2. Upgrading the NTE-182 Transponder software Upgrade the software of NTE-182 Transponder in accordance with the software upgrade procedures for NTE-182 AIS TRANSPONDER. 3. Upgrading the NCM-779 AIS Controller software Upgrade the software of NCM-779 Controller in accordance with the software upgrade procedures for NCM-779 AIS CONTROLLER. 4. Upgrading the NQE-3182 Connection box software Upgrade the software of NQE-3182 Connection box in accordance with the software upgrade procedures for NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX. 5. Re-setting with referring the above written-down JHS-182 setting table. 5.1 Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 5.2 Check the present setting of each item with the written-down JHS-182 setting table, and re-set it to fit the table as necessary. 5.3 After the checking and the re-setting, press OFF key, enter the and turn the AIS controller off 6. Checking the operation 6.1 Turn the AIS controller on with normal mode. 6.2 Check the operation is normal without the displaying of any error messages such as “MMSI MISMATCH”. 7
Filling in the ‘AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record’ 7.1 Fill in the ‘AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record’ and return it to the following address. Marine Service Department Fax : +81 3 3779 1420 E-mail : [email protected] * Input a "TRP: " into the head of the subject name of an e-mail.
1-1
JHS-182 Software upgrade procedures when visiting to ship
JHS-182 setting table MENU - 1. Voyage static data
Note *T / *C
Navigational status Destination Estimated time of Arrival (ETA) Draught Cargo / Status Waypoint text Person on board Height over keel
*C *T / *C *C
MENU - 3. Alarm setting
Note *C
Guard zone range
NM
Lost target
NM
MENU - 4. Set up – 6.Group ship list Name MMSI
1-2
Note *C
JHS-182 Software upgrade procedures when visiting to ship
Menu – 7.Initial setting – 1. Sensor setting
Note *B
Sensor1 Sensor2 Sensor3 Sensor4 AUX1 (= AUX2) AUX3 (= AUX4) Menu – 7.Initial setting – 2. Ship static data
Note *T / *C
MMSI number Ship’s name IMO number Call sign Type of ship Location of Ship’s Position sensor (GNSS Antenna position)
Bow: Str : Por: Sta:
m m m m
Sensor type Serial number Controller type
*C
Menu – 7.Initial setting – 2. Ship static data – 8.Internal GPS setting
Note *C
Antenna pos
Bow: Str : Por: Sta:
m m m m
MENU - 7.Initial setting – 4.Remote diagnosis
Note *C
Status information Alarm history Software version *T・・・・AIS Transponder backup data *C・・・・AIS Controller backup data *B・・・・Connection box backup data
1-3
Sep. 21, 2004
Software upgrade procedures for NTE-182 AIS TRANSPONDER （For NTE182 FLASH 1） 1. Preparing 1.1. Prepare the followings: - Personal computer (OS: Windows95/98/NT/2000/XP, Hard disk free space: 10MBytes or more, COM (RS-232C) port: built-in port or USB-COM adapter etc.) - D-SUB 9-pin straight cable (9-pin male connector and 9-pin female connector) - File (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation - Upgrade file (nte182v117.MOT) Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (nte182v117.MOT) for NTE-182. 1.2. Copy the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and the upgrade file to the desktop holder of the personal computer. 1.3. Turn the AIS controller on. 1.4. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. - Press and hold the PWR key, and select [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. Confirm that the software data version is ‘Ver 1.13’ or ‘Ver 1.15’ 1.5. Turn the AIS controller off. 1.6. Open the cover of Maintenance connector of the AIS controller. 1.7. Connect the D-SUB 9-pin straight cable between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and COM port (RS-232C) of the personal computer.
AIS Transponder NTE-182
Connection Box NQE-3182
Power Supply MAINTENANCE connector
AIS Controller NCM-779
D-SUB 9-pin straight cable
Connection Diagram for Upgrading
1
Built-in COM port or USB-COM adapter etc. for RS-232C Handheld PC
2. Executing of Upgrade 2.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. - To turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key until characters appear on the AIS controller display.
2.2. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [TRANSPONDER UPDATE]. Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen, then confirm that the following message is displayed immediately. READY FOR TRANSPONDER SOFTWARE UPDATE [PLEASE RESTART AFTER SOFTWARE UPDATE]
PRESS AND HOLD [PWR]+[OFF]
2.3. If any other applications are operating, close them. Start the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation on the personal computer.
2
2.4. Select “COM Port” menu, and select the connected COM port.
2.5. Click “1.File select” button, and select the upgrade file (nte182v117.MOT). Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (nte182v117.MOT) for NTE-182. 2.6. Click “2.Load file” button, and confirm “The MOT file loading ok” is displayed in “msg box”. 2.7. Confirm the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1” in the personal computer. When “!AIVDO,...” is displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1”, proceed to the section 2.8. When “!AIVDO,...” is not displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1”, carry out the procedure of section 4. Note: After clicking “4.Write Mode” button, click “5.Write start” button about 3 seconds later. 2.8. Click “4.Write Mode” button, and confirm the following messages are displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1” after about 1 second. $PJRC,18,01,0001 $PJRC,18,11,0001*2F If the above messages are not displayed on the screen, turn the AIS Controller off and repeat the procedure from section 2.1.
3
2.9. Click “5.Write start” button to start the software upgrading. Confirm that “Now writing” is displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.10. About four minutes later, “Updating succeeded” shall be displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.11. If “Updating succeeded” is not displayed or another message is displayed on the screen of “msg box”, carry out the procedure of section 4 to retry upgrading. 2.12. Close the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation. 2.13. Turn the AIS controller off.
4
3. Confirming of the software upgraded 3.1. Turn the AIS controller on. 3.2. Carry out procedure of section 1.3 and 1.4 (software data version check), and confirm that the AIS transponder software is upgraded. Confirm that the software data version is ' Ver 1.17'. 3.3. Turn the AIS controller off. 3.4. Disconnect the D-SUB 9-pin cable from the Maintenance connector on the rear of the AIS controller. 3.5. Tighten the screws to fix the Maintenance connector cover on the rear of the AIS controller.
4. Software re-writing procedure if upgrading is unsuccessful If the Transponder software upgrading has been unsuccessful, carry out the following procedure to clear it up. - Leave the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation running on the personal computer. - Leave the D-SUB 9-pin cable connecting between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and the COM port of the personal computer. Note: If the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation is closed by mistake, restart the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and carry out procedure from section 2.3 to 2.6 again. Then carry out the following procedure. 4.1. Turn the AIS controller off. 4.2. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 4.3. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [3.ALARM HISTORY]. Then confirm that “062, A,V, Program Flash memory err” is displayed on the screen of AIS ALARM. 4.4. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [TRANSPONDER UPDATE]. And Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen. 4.5. Carry out the procedure from section 2.8 to 3.5. When “!AIVDO,...” is displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1” in the personal computer, carry out the procedure from section 2.8 to 3.5. Carry out procedure section 2.8 in this case, the following one - message is displayed on the screen. $PJRC,18,01,0001 Continuously carry out procedure section 2.9.
5
Sep. 21, 2004
Software upgrade procedures for NQE-3182 AIS CONNECTION BOX （For NQE3182 FLASH 1） 1. Preparing 1.1. Prepare the followings: - Personal computer (OS: Windows95/98/NT/2000/XP, Hard disk free space: 10MBytes or more, COM (RS-232C) port: built-in port or USB-COM adapter etc.) - D-SUB 9-pin straight cable (9-pin male connector and 9-pin female connector) - File (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation - Upgrade file (nqe3182v103.MOT) 1.2. Copy the file (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and the upgrade file to the desktop holder of the personal computer. 1.3. Turn the AIS controller on. 1.4. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. - Press and hold the PWR key, and select [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software version. Confirm that the software data version is ‘Ver 1.01’ or ’Ver 1.02’. 1.5. Turn the AIS controller off. 1.6. Open the cover of Maintenance connector of the AIS controller. 1.7. Connect the D-SUB 9-pin straight cable between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and COM port (RS-232C) of the personal computer.
AIS Transponder NTE-182
Connection Box NQE-3182
Power Supply MAINTENANCE connector
AIS Controller NCM-779
D-SUB 9-pin straight cable
Connection Diagram for Upgrading
1
Built-in COM port or USB-COM adapter etc. for RS-232C Handheld PC
2. Executing of Upgrade 2.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. - To turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key until characters appear on the AIS controller display.
2.2. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [CONNECTION BOX UPDATE]. Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen, then confirm that the following message is displayed immediately.
READY FOR CONNECTION BOX SOFTWARE UPDATE [PLEASE RESTART AFTER SOFTWARE UPDATE]
PRESS AND HOLD [PWR]+[OFF]
2.3. If any other applications are operating, close them. Start the file (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation on the personal computer.
2
2.4. Select “COM Port” menu, and select the connected COM port.
2.5. Click “1.File select” button, and select the upgrade file (nqe3182v103.MOT). Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (nqe3182v103.MOT) for NQE-3182. 2.6. Click “2.Load file” button, and confirm “The MOT file loading ok” is displayed in “msg box”. 2.7. Confirm the screen of “NQE3182 FLASH 1” in the personal computer. When “!AIVDO,...” is displayed on the screen of “NQE3182 FLASH 1”, proceed to the section 2.8. When “!AIVDO,...” is not displayed on the screen of “NQE3182 FLASH 1”, carry out the procedure of section 4. Note: After clicking “4.Write Mode” button, click “5.Write start” button about 3 seconds later. 2.8. Click “4.Write Mode” button, and confirm the following messages are displayed on the screen of “NQE3182 FLASH 1” after about 1 second. $PJRC,121,01,0001 $PJRC,121,11,0001*14 If the above messages are not displayed on the screen, turn the AIS Controller off and repeat the procedure from section 2.1.
3
2.9. Click “5.Write start” button to start the software upgrading. Confirm that “Now writing” is displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.10. About two minutes later, “Updating succeeded” shall be displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.11. If “Updating succeeded” is not displayed or another message is displayed on the screen of “msg box”, carry out the procedure of section 4 to retry upgrading. 2.12. Close the file (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation. 2.13. Turn the AIS controller off.
4
3. Confirming of the software upgraded 3.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 3.2. Carry out procedure of section 1.3 and 1.4 (software data version check), and confirm that the AIS connection box software is upgraded. Confirm that the software data version is ‘Ver 1.03’. 3.3. Turn the AIS controller off. 3.4. Disconnect the D-SUB 9-pin cable from the Maintenance connector on the rear of the AIS controller. 3.5. Tighten the screws to fix the Maintenance connector cover on the rear of the AIS controller.
4. Software re-writing procedure if upgrading is unsuccessful If the Transponder software upgrading has been unsuccessful, carry out the following procedure to clear it up. - Leave the file (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation running on the personal computer. - Leave the D-SUB 9-pin cable connecting between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and the COM port of the personal computer. Note: If the file (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation is closed by mistake, restart the file (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and carry out procedure from section 2.3 to 2.6 again. Then carry out the following procedure. 4.1. Turn the AIS controller off. 4.2. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 4.3. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION]. - Press and hold the PWR key, and select [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data versions. Confirm that the same (or old) version as procedure of section 1.4 is displayed. (NQE-3182 is operating by the backup program.) 4.4. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [CONNECTION BOX UPDATE]. And Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen. 4.5. Carry out the procedure from section 2.8 to 3.5.
5
Sep. 21, 2004
Software upgrade procedures for NCM-779 AIS CONTROLLER （For NCM779 FLASH 1） 1. Preparing 1.1. Prepare the followings: - Personal computer (OS: Windows95/98/NT/2000/XP, Hard disk free space: 10MBytes or more, COM (RS-232C) port: built-in port or USB-COM adapter etc.) - D-SUB 9-pin straight cable (9-pin male connector and 9-pin female connector) - File (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation - Upgrade file (ncm779v103.bin) 1.2. Copy the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and the upgrade file to the desktop holder of the personal computer. 1.3. Turn the AIS controller on. 1.4. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. - Press and hold the PWR key, and select [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software version. Confirm that the software data version is ‘1.02’. 1.5. Turn the AIS controller off. 1.6. Open the cover of Maintenance connector of the AIS controller. 1.7. Connect the D-SUB 9-pin straight cable between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and COM port (RS-232C) of the personal computer.
AIS Transponder NTE-182
Connection Box NQE-3182
Power Supply MAINTENANCE connector
AIS Controller NCM-779
D-SUB 9-pin straight cable
Connection Diagram for Upgrading
1
Built-in COM port or USB-COM adapter etc. for RS-232C Handheld PC
2. Executing of Upgrade 2.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. - To turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key until characters appear on the AIS controller display.
2.2. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [CONTROLLER UPDATE]. Select ‘BAUDRATE: 38400BPS’ Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen, then confirm that the following message is displayed immediately. READY FOR CONTROLLER SOFTWARE UPDATE [PLEASE RESTART AFTER SOFTWARE UPDATE]
PRESS AND HOLD [PWR]+[OFF]
2.3. If any other applications are operating, close them. Start the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation on the personal computer.
2
2.4. Select “COM Port” menu, and select the connected COM port, 38400bps.
COM port
Baudrate
2.5. Click “1.File select” button, and select the upgrade file (ncm779v103.bin). Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (ncm779v103.bin) for NCM-779. 2.6. Click “2.Load file” button, and confirm “The BIN file loading ok” is displayed in “msg box”. 2.7. Click “4.Write Mode” button, and confirm the following messages are displayed on the screen of “NCM779 FLASH 1” after about 1 second. -> $PJRC,280,01,0001*1D <- $PJRC,280,11,0001*1C If the above messages are not displayed on the screen, turn the AIS Controller off and repeat the procedure from section 2.1. Note: After clicking “4.Write Mode” button, click “5.Write start” button about 3 seconds later. 2.8. Click “5.Write start” button to start the software upgrading. “Now Updating” is displayed on the screen of “msg box”. About ten seconds later, Confirm that the 'Percent' increases from 0%.
3
2.9. About seven minutes later, “Updating succeeded” shall be displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.10. If “Updating succeeded” is not displayed or another message is displayed on the screen of “msg box”, carry out the procedure of section 4 to retry upgrading. 2.11. Close the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation. 2.12. Turn the AIS controller off.
3. Confirming of the software upgraded 3.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 3.2. Carry out procedure of section 1.3 and 1.4 (software data version check), and confirm that the AIS controller software is upgraded. Confirm that the software data version is ‘Ver 1.03’. 3.3. Turn the AIS controller off. 3.4. Disconnect the D-SUB 9-pin cable from the Maintenance connector on the rear of the AIS controller. 3.5. Tighten the screws to fix the Maintenance connector cover on the rear of the AIS controller.
4
4. Software re-writing procedure if upgrading is unsuccessful If the Transponder software upgrading has been unsuccessful, carry out the following procedure to clear it up. - Leave the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation running on the personal computer. - Leave the D-SUB 9-pin cable connecting between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and the COM port of the personal computer. Note: If the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation is closed by mistake, restart the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and carry out procedure from section 2.3 to 2.6 again. Then carry out the following procedure. 4.1. Turn the AIS controller off. 4.2. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 4.3. The alarm sounds, and ‘SUM CHECK ERROR’ is displayed. Refer to procedure section 4.5 and 4.6, when the AIS controller starts up without being displayed ‘SUM CHECK ERROR’. 4.4. Confirm that ‘SUM CHECK ERROR’ is displayed. Carry out the procedure from section 2.7 to 3.5. 4.5. Confirm software data version. (See Procedure section 1.4) 4.6. Carry out the procedure from section 2.1 to 3.5.
5
AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record In order to maintain our records well on the AIS products for future better service, you are kindly advised to fill in the form below and return it to the following address as soon as possible after software version, units and /or pc boards replaced with new one(s), please. MARINE SERVICE DEPARTMENT (PRODUCT ) Japan Radio Co., Ltd. 18-7 Oosaki-1-chome Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 141-0023 Japan FAX +81 3 3779 1420 Name of Vessel MMSI No. JHS-182 Serial No.
Apparatus Serial No.
Software data Version
Apparatus name
Old
New
Controller NCM-779
BB1
BB1
Transponder NTE-182
BB3
BB3
Connection box NQE-3182
BB2
BB2
Controller NCM-779
Ver.
Ver.
Transponder NTE-182
Ver.
Ver.
Connection box NQE-3182
Ver.
Ver.
NSK unit CMJ-3182
Ver.
Ver.
Service Date Service Port Service Order Service Agent Service Engineer Remarks
BB4
.
JHS-180 AIS SERVICE MANUAL
JHS-182 Service Manual
.
Contents 1 Outline and installation drawing
1
1-1 NTE-182 AIS Transponder
1
1-2 NQD-4382 Junction Box
12
1-3 NCM-779 AIS controller
14
1-4 NQE-3150 Pilot plug box (Option)
17
1-5 MPBX40498 Console mounting kit for NQE-3150 (Option)
18
1-6 NQE-3182 Connection Box
19
1-7 CQD-5182 Junction Unit (Option)
28
1-8 NBD-577C Power Supply Unit (Option)
31
1-9 NCT-27 NSK Unit (Option)
33
2 Connection Diagram
34
3 Technical Description
37
3-1 NTE-182 AIS Transponder
37
3-2 NQE-3182 Connection Box
39
3-3 NCM-779 AIS Controller
40
4 Specifications and Interface
41
4-1 General
41
4-2 Envier mental condition
41
4-3 External interface
42
4-3-1 Communication ports
42
4-3-2 ed interface sentences
43
4-4 Power Supply Unit NBD-577C (Option)
43
5 Drawing for Reference
44
6 Dismantlement Drawing
58
6-1 NTE-182 AIS Transponder
58
6-2 NCM-779 AIS Controller
59
6-3 NQE-3182 Connection Box
62
7 Initial Setting
63
7-1 Field maintenance mode and Initial setting menu
63
7-2 Sensor port setting
65
7-3 Static information setting
67
7-4 System restart
72
8 Operation check after installation
73
8-1 Self diagnosis
73
8-2 Sensor port data check
77
8-3 Sensor status check
79
8-4 UTC synchronization check
80
8-5 Transponder Transmission output check
81
8-6 System restart
83
8-7 Records for inspections for initial installation of AIS
84
9 AIS periodical inspection and maintenance 9-1 Periodical inspection procedure
90 90
9-1-1 Connection check
90
9-1-2 Operational condition check
91
9-1-3 Software version check
93
9-2 Inspection record 10 Service spare parts
93 95
10-1 Spare units for repair
95
10-2 Periodical exchange units
95
11 Trouble shooting
96
11-1 Principal symptoms, possibly causes and countermeasures
96
11-2 JHS-182 alarm list
99
Appendix Software Update History JD-1317-05
Information on AIS Equipment Operation at Leap Second Inserted
JD-1308-05
Information about 1W transmission function (Option)
JD-1300-04
Information about CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT (Option) for AIS
JD-1286-04
Countermeasures against improper SOG/COG of sensor status
JD-1294-04
Information about the new software of AIS
1 Outline and Installation Drawings
1270
965
1-1 NTE-182 AIS Transponder
Unit: mm Mass: approx. 2.6kg Color: N9
Outline Drawing of NTE-182 AIS Transponder 1
Rubbers (Attachment)
NTE-182 AIS Transponder
Ground bolt (Dock supply)
Cautions
Ground sheet (Attachment) Fixing belts (Attachment)
*4
1500mm or less
Protection sheet (Attachment)
Pole or Mast (Dock supply)
1. *1: Seal this section with self-bonding tape and then wrap with vinyl tape. 2. *2: When the cable length is 500 mm or longer, fix it with metal belts along the pole. Do not apply tension to the cable during installation of the equipment. 3. *3: Seal this section with a sealing material made from silicon before fixing the transponder. 4. The pole or mast must be shock/vibration free. 5. The equipment must be installed forward of the funnel to avoid smoke and soot. 6. The equipment must be installed where environmental temperature is not higher than 55 deg. C. 7. *4: Seal the t of N-type connector with a sealing material made from silicon in accordance with NTE-182 waterproofing procedures. (If the t ob N-type connector has been sealed, it is not necessary to seal.)
RG-10UY (Dock supply)
Example of reinforcement (Dock supply)
*3
Gland 25a (JIS F 8802) (Dock supply)
Installation Drawing of NTE-182 AIS Transponder 2
Rubbers (Attachment) Ground bolt (Dock supply)
NTE-182 AIS Transponder
Cautions
Ground sheet (Attachment)
1. *1: Seal this section with self-bonding tape and then wrap with vinyl tape. 2. *2: When the cable length is 500 mm or longer, fix it with tie-wraps along the pole. Do not apply tension to the cable during installation of the equipment. 3. *3: Seal this section with a sealing material made from silicon before fixing the transponder. 4. The pole or mast must be shock/vibration free. 5. The equipment must be installed forward of the funnel to avoid smoke and soot. 6. The equipment must be installed where environmental temperature is not higher than 55 deg. C. 7. *4: Seal the t of N-type connector with a sealing material made from silicon in accordance with NTE-182 waterproofing procedures. (If the t ob N-type connector has been sealed, it is not necessary to seal.)
Fixing belts (Attachment)
*4
Protection sheet (Attachment)
1500mm or less
*3
Pole or Mast (Dock supply)
7x2x0.75mm2 (JIS:TTYCYS-7) (Dock supply)
Example of reinforcement (Dock supply)
*3 *3
NQD-4382 Junction Box Caution When there is a gap between the pole (or the must) and NQD-4382, insert the attached rubber board.
Gland 25a (JIS F 8802) (Dock supply)
Installation Drawing of NTE-182 AIS Transponder With NQD-4382 Junction Box 3
AIS Transponder
Dia.-60.5 (50A) Dia.-101.6 (90A)
Hex head bolt for grounding (M8 x 20FE) Don’t paint.
Steel board (JIS G 3141)
1500 mm or less
Pole or Mast (JIS G 3141) Steel pipe Dia.60.5 – Dia.101.6 (50A – 90A)
Dia.60.5 (50A)
Φ101.6 Dia.-101.6 (90A) (90A)
Reference Drawing for AIS Transponder Installation Pole (1 of 2) 4
2. Coating: Fine particle coating P-N9 Coating range: Whole outside face excluding thread grooves (Coating may be spilt over inside the pipe.) 3. Others: Details will be decided at meetings.
M8 x 20FE
1500 or less
1. Materials Pipe: JIS standard 60.5mm dia. (t4.2), 101.6mm dia. (t4.2), or equivalent Other plates: SPHC t5 or equivalent Screw: M8 x 20 FE hexagon head screw
Dia.-60.5 (t4.2), Dia.-101.6 (t4.2), or equivalent
Hex head bolt
Note
Reference Drawing for AIS Transponder Installation Pole (2 of 2) 5
M8 x 20FE
Hex head bolt A-A
6
or equivalent
Dia.-60.5 (t4.2), Dia.-101.6 (t4.2)
1500 or less
Flat surface
1. Materials Pipe: JIS standard 60.5mm dia. (t4.2), 101.6mm dia. (t4.2), or equivalent Other plates: SPHC t5 or equivalent Screw: M8 x 20 FE hexagon head screw 2. Coating: Fine particle coating P-N9 Coating range: Whole outside face excluding thread grooves (Coating may be spilt over inside the pipe.) 3. Others: Details will be decided at meetings.
Reference Drawing for AIS Transponder Installation Pole with NQD-4382 Junction Box
There is not distortion by the welding.
Note
Separate it from the transponder by 45 mm 50 x 6FB Handrail
Handrail (25A SGP)
350
350
Ground bolt
Ground sheet Detail of section C
M8 x 20L Ground bolt
PL Dia.55 x t 6
50 x 12FB
1506 or less
19 x 4FB
Pole or Mast
Detail of section B
Reference Drawing for NTE-182 Transponder Installation (Zinc Galvanizing) 7
Separate it from the transponder by 45 mm 50 x 6FB Ground bolt Handrail
Handrail (25A SGP)
Ground sheet Detail of section C
1506 or less
PL Dia.55 x t 6
M8 x 20L Ground bolt
Pole or Mast
Flat surface There is not distortion by the welding.
Detail of section B
Detail of section A
Reference Drawing for NTE-182 Transponder Installation with NQD-4382 Junction Box (Zinc Galvanizing) 8
Fixing procedure Note: Prepare the following parts: 1 washer W8
Ground sheet Rubbers 10 x 10 x 10
1 spring washer SW8
AIS Transponder
1 hexagon nut N8 (1) Stick Rubbers on the AIS Transponder. (2) Attach with Protection sheet around the pole. (3) Adjust the length of the ground sheet to fit the pole or mast, bend it, and cut it off. (4) Open the fitting belts with a flathead screwdriver. (5) Wind the fitting belts around the pole or mast and the AIS Transponder.
Protection sheet
(6) Tighten the fixing belt with torque of approx. 2.45 Nm with a screwdriver. (See figure below) (7) Fix the ground sheet with a washer, spring washer, 200 Flathead screw driver Pole or Mast Clamp
Hexagon nut N8 Spring washer SW8 Washer W8
Pole or Mast
Covering tube Fix the AIS Transponder with the covering tube
Tightening Torque Caution: Do not tighten the belt with excessive torque. Tighten the fixing belt with approx. 2.45Nm of torque, and leave about 0.5mm of give in the belt when tested with your fingers. AIS Transponder
Fixing belt Pole or Mast
Covering tube
ing range of the clamp
Bending Approx. 0.5mm
Clamp
Installation Procedure for NTE-182 AIS Transponder 9
Connection Procedure of Coaxial Connector 1.
Parts (N-P-10U)
Armor clamp
Tightening bracket
Washer
Gasket (rubber)
Clamp
Ring
Center
Insulator
Connector housing
2. Procedure Working step
Shape
Remarks Cut the metal braid armor and insulation sheath as shown left.
1
Ravel the braid conductor and cut the insulator as shown left.
2
Gather up the metal braid armor and raveled braid conductor, and insert the armor clamp, tightening bracket, washer, gasket, and clamp, in order. 3
Fold the raveled braid as shown in the left figure, cut them to the length of up to area A, and then stretch them on the periphery of the clamp uniformly.
4
Dip-solder the conductor. 5
Pre-solder the inside of the center .
6 A
10
Working step
Shape
Remarks
Insulator
7 Center
1. Insert the conductor while melting solder in the center . 2. Be sure that no space is left between the center and insulator. 3. Check the hole that solder flows between the conductor and center . Be sure that solder covers the conductor sufficiently and does not protrude outside the center .
1. Insert the ring and the connector housing, and then tighten the tightening bracket sufficiently. 2. Check the center is at the position shown in the wiring completion diagram. 8
Measure the insulating resistance. The insulating resistance is 10 MΩ or more. 9
Wiring completion diagram of N-type connector
11
1-1 NQD-4382 Junction Box (Option)
Cable gland 10b
Cable gland 30a
Unit: mm Mass: approx. 1.4kg
Outline Drawing of NQD-4382 Junction Box 12
Color: 7.5BG7/2
To NTE-182 AIS Transponder Seal this section with a sealing material made from silicon.
Vinyl-shielded wire 7 strands and 0.45mm diameter, or equivalent
Gather and twist shielding braided wires and solder to the vinyl-shielded wire.
To CQD-5182 Junction Unit TB4 in NQE-3182 Connection Box
Seal this section with a sealing material made from silicon. 7x2x0.75mm2 (JIS: TTYCYS-7)
NQD-4382 CMH-4182 TB1 Terminal numbers and Names 1 24V+ 2 24V+ 3 24V+ 4 24V+ 5 24V6 24V7 24V8 24V9 Rx-A 10 Rx-B 11 Tx-A 12 Tx-B 13 GND-ISO 14 GND
NQE-3182 CQD-5182 TB4 Terminal numbers 1 24V+ 2 24V+ 3 24V+ 4 24V+ 5 24V6 24V7 24V8 24V9 Tx-A 10 Tx-B 11 Rx-A 12 Rx-B 13 GND-ISO 14 GND
NQD-4382 Junction Box Connection Diagram
13
1-2 NCM-779 AIS Controller
Unit: mm Mass: approx. 1.0kg Color: N4
Outline Drawing of NCM-779 AIS Controller 14
MAINTENANCE connector Connector for Maintenance PC is available inside the cover.
GND Connect
the
terminal to the Ship ground.
Nameplate
Pilot Plug
Serial number of the equipment
Pilot Plug for Personal Pilot Unit is
is printed on the plate.
available on the rear.
POWER/DATA connector Attached cable connects between AIS controller and Connection Box.
Ｐｏｗｅｒ／Ｄａｔａ
Connection Box
Controller
TxA(ORANGE) TxB(YELLOW) RxA(BLACK) RxB(BROWN) GND-ISO(GREEN) +24V(RED) GND(BLUE) PS cont(PURPLE)
7ZCJD0214A
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Tx-A Tx-B Rx-A Rx-B Gnd-ISO +24V Gnd PScont_
7 6
9 1 2
8 5
4
3
Back View
Rear Drawing of NCM-779 AIS Controller 15
The dimensions of a hole in the wall
COUNTERSINK for M3
．
．
Pilot Plug
Unit : mm Console Mounting Kit (1) Mounting board 1pc (2) Screw (M4 x 8Bs) 4pcs (3) Self-tap-screw 6pcs
Console Mounting Kit (Option) for NCM-779 AIS Controller 16
1-3 NQE-3150 Pilot Plug Box (Option)
4x2x0.75mm2 (JIS: TTYCS-4)
Connect shielding braided wires to the terminal. 1 4 5 6 9
Unit: mm Mass: approx. 0.4kg Color: 7.5BG7/2
Outline Drawing of NQE-3150 Pilot Plug Box (Option) 17
1-4 MPBX40498 Console mounting kit for NQE-3150 (Option)
114
The dimension of a hole in the wall.
80.4
Console Mounting KIT
Bracket
1 pc
Frame
1 pc
Screw (CNK4X8Bs)
4 pcs
Outline Drawing of MPBX40498 Console Mounting Kit for NQE-3150 Pilot Plug Box 18
1-5 NQE-3182 Connection Box
Unit: mm Mass: approx. 2.5kg Color: N7
Outline Drawing of NQE-3182 Connection Box 19
CABLE LEAD-IN HOLE
Drawing of Recommended Space for NQE-3182 Connection Box Installation 20
GND
+24V
GND-ISO
Rx-B
Rx-A
Tx-B
Tx-A
PS cont
TB1-1 (RF): Terminal type 2-4
PURPLE
BLUE
RED
GREEN
BROWN
BLACK
(Attachment) YELLOW
ORANGE
H-7ZCJD0214A NUMBER and Color of the cable NAME
28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 TB2
TB1-2 (GND): Terminal type 5.5-4
(Attachment)
Self-bonding tape
RG-10UY
Tie-wraps Vinyl-shielded wire 7 strands and 0.45mm diameter, or equivalent Gather and twist shielding braided wires and solder to the vinyl-shielded wire.
Tie-wraps
Terminal type 2-4 (Attachment) GYRO Com GYRO
GPS GPSReceiver
Power Souse AIS Controller AIS Transponder Connect to Ship ground.
NQE-3182 Connection Box Connection Diagram 21
NQE-3182 Connection Box Terminal Numbers and Names TB1 NUMBER NAME 1 24V IN 24V+
22
2
24V IN 24V-
3
24V IN GND
NUMBER 1 ALR 1A
TB2 NAME
TB3 NUMBER NAME 36 SENSOR1-2 Rx-A
2
ALR 1C
37
SENSOR1-2 Rx-B
3
ALR 1B
38
GND-ISO
4
SENSOR1-1 GYRO Rx-A
39
SENSOR2-2 Rx-A
5
SENSOR1-1 GYRO Rx-B
40
SENSOR2-2 Rx-B
6
SENSOR2-1 SPEED LOG Rx-A
41
GND-ISO
7
SENSOR2-1 SPEED LOG Rx-B
42
SENSOR3-2 Rx-A
8
SENSOR3-1 ROT Rx-A
43
SENSOR3-2 Rx-B
9
SENSOR3-1 ROT Rx-B
44
GND-ISO
10
SENSOR4-1 (D)GPS Rx-A
45
LONGRANG Tx-A
11
SENSOR4-1 (D)GPS Rx-B
46
LONGRANG Tx-B
12
AUX1 RADAR1 Tx-A
47
LONGRANG Rx-A
13
AUX1 RADAR1 Tx-B
48
LONGRANG Rx-B
14
AUX1 RADAR1 Rx-A
49
GND-ISO
15
AUX1 RADAR1 Rx-B
16
GND-ISO
17
AUX2 RADAR2 Tx-A
18
AUX2 RADAR2 Tx-B
19
GND-ISO
20
AUX1 ECDIS1 Tx-A
21
AUX1 ECDIS1 Tx-B
22
AUX1 ECDIS1 Rx-A
23
AUX1 ECDIS1 Rx-B
24
GND-ISO
25
AUX4 ECDIS2 Tx-A
26
AUX4 ECDIS2 Tx-B
27
GND-ISO
28
MKD CONTROLLER Tx-A
29
MKD CONTROLLER Tx-B
30
MKD CONTROLLER Rx-A
31
MKD CONTROLLER Rx-B
32
MKD CONTROLLER GND-ISO
33
MKD CONTROLLER +24V
34
MKD CONTROLLER GND
35
MKD CONTROLLER PS cont
Supplement for NQE-3182 Connection Box Interconnection Diagram SENSOR (4800bps) Connection
Connection of shielding braided wires are unnecessary.
1x2x0.75mm2 (JIS: TTYCS-1) Connect Shield braided wires to the ground.
SENSOR (38.4kbps) Connection
Connect shielding braided wires to the chassis.
1x3x0.75mm2 (JIS: TTYCS-1T)
23
Caution of SENSOR (38.4kbps) Connection（Setting for CQD-3182 DIP Switch “S2”） The location of DIP Switch “S2” is indicated in the figure of AUX Connection. S2 DIP Switch
100Ω
NQE-3182 Connection Box GND-ISO
CQD-3182 TERMINAL UNIT When the line is terminated with 100-ohm resister by other system, set the DIP Switch “S2” to the off position.
SENSOR output
Other system 100Ω
RS-422
CQD-3182 S2 DIP Switch Function （Initial setting is all ON.）
S2 NUMBER FUNCTION
ON OFF
1 Terminator for SENSOR1-2 input
2 Terminator for SENSOR2-2 input
3 Terminator for SENSOR3-2 input
100Ω Open
100Ω Open
100Ω Open
4 Select for LR port or Maintenance port ＬＲ Ｄ－ＳＵＢ
AUX Connection S2 DIP Switch
24
4x2x0.75mm2 (JIS: TTYCS-4)
Connect shielding braided wires to the chassis. RADAR
４：ORANGE 22 23 TB2
９：Shield braided wires
６：BROWN GND-ISO
Rx-B
Rx-A
Tx-B
21
５：GREEN
Tx-A
NUMBER and NAME 20
１：BLUE
CFQ-6961
CFQ-6961 Pilot Plug Cable (Option)
Connect shielding braided wires to GND-ISO.
24
25
For changing cable lead-in hole into the bottom 1) Remove CLUMP-PLATE.
CLUMP-PLATE
Six screws
2) Change the direction and fix the removed CLUMP-PLATE and three screws.
CLUMP-PLATE
Three screws
Insert CLUMP-PLATE bottom to the chassis.
NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX CLUMP-PLATE Direction change procedure 26
Connect RG-10UY as following figure.
(40) (42.4)
The dimensions of a hole in the wall
Tie-wraps
Tie-wraps
(263) The dimensions of a hole in the wall
NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX Drawing of CLUMP-PLATE Direction changed 27
Four screws
1-1 CQD-5182 Junction Unit (Option) 1) Remove PC board and CLUMP-PLATE.
PC board Flat countersunk head screw CLUMP-PLATE Two screws
2) Fix CQD-5182 Junction Unit, using Removed five screws.
Five screws
CQD-5182 Junction Unit
CQD-5182 Junction Unit Exchange procedure 1/2 28
3) Connect the cable to CDJ-3182 I/O CONTROL J4
CDJ-3182 I/O CONTROL J4
CQD-5182 Junction Unit Exchange procedure 2/2 29
Vinyl-shielded wire 7 strands and 0.45mm diameter, or equivalent Gather and twist shielding braided wires and solder to the vinyl-shielded wire.
2 7x2x0.75mm (JIS: TTYCYS-7)
NQD-4382 CMH-4182 TB1 Terminal numbers and Names 1 24V+ 2 24V+ 3 24V+ 4 24V+ 5 24V6 24V7 24V8 24V9 Rx-A 10 Rx-B 11 Tx-A 12 Tx-B 13 GND-ISO 14 GND
NQE-3182 CQD-5182 TB4 Terminal numbers 1 24V+ 2 24V+ 3 24V+ 4 24V+ 5 24V6 24V7 24V8 24V9 Tx-A 10 Tx-B 11 Rx-A 12 Rx-B 13 GND-ISO 14 GND
CQD-5182 Junction Unit Connection Diagram 30
1-2 NBD-577C Power Supply Unit (Option)
2-φ6
4-Mounting holes
2-6x8
Unit: mm Mass: approx.5.4kg Color: N7
Outline Drawing of NBD-577C Power Supply Unit (Option)
31
1)
Remove the screw and open the cover.
2)
When using input voltage is 100Vac - 120Vac, connect the plug P1 to 100Vac –120Vac connector.
200Vac - 240Vac(Initial setting) 100Vac - 120Vac 3) Tighten the screw to fix the cover. 4)
Remove four screws, connect the power source cables.
AC input
DC input Connect to TB1 in NQE-3182 (DC output)
Cable cover screws
5) 6)
Tighten four screws to fix the cover. Fix the upper cover and stick the label for the input voltage.
NBD-577C Power Supply Unit Connection Diagram 32
1-3 NCT-27 NSK Unit (Option) TB802 TERMINAL BLOCK CABLE LEAD-IN HOLE J824 CONECTOR
TB801 TERMINAL BLOCK
FIXING HOLE FIXING BOLT M5
Unit: mm Mass: approx.3.3kg Color: N7
Outline Drawing of NCT-27 NSK Unit (Option) 33
2004/03/29
BELOW DECK
ABOVE DECK
34 PWR/ DATA
NTE-182 AIS TRANSPONDER COPPER SHEET (ATTACHMENT)
(D)GPS RECEIVER (IEC61162-1)
RF GND
GYROCOM (IEC611621-1)
*RG-10UY 50m max.
1
*1 x 2 x 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
*1 x 2 x 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
1 TB3
SENSOR1-2 Rx-A SENSOR1-2 Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR2-2 Rx-A SENSOR2-2 Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR3-2 Rx-A SENSOR3-2 Rx-B GND-ISO LONGRANG Tx-A LONGRANG Tx-B LONGRANG Rx-A LONGRANG Rx-B GND-ISO
NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX
14
ALR 1A ALR 1C ALR 1B SENSOR1-1 Rx-A SENSOR1-1 Rx-B SENSOR2-1 Rx-A SENSOR2-1 Rx-B SENSOR3-1 Rx-A SENSOR3-1 Rx-B SENSOR4-1 Rx-A SENSOR4-1 Rx-B AUX1 Tx-A AUX1 Tx-B AUX1 Rx-A AUX1 Rx-B GND-ISO AUX2 Tx-A AUX2 Tx-B GND-ISO AUX3 Tx-A AUX3 Tx-B AUX3 Rx-A AUX3 Rx-B GND-ISO AUX4 Tx-A AUX4 Tx-B GND-ISO MKD Tx-A MKD Tx-B MKD Rx-A MKD Rx-B GND-ISO +24V GND PS cont
TxA(ORANGE) TxB(YELLOW) RxA(BLACK) RxB(BROWN) GND-ISO(GREEN) +24V(RED) GND(BLUE) PS cont(PURPLE) H-7ZCJD0214A (JRC Supply 10m)
TB2
35
1 TB1
+24V -24V GND 3
GND
AIS PILOT PLUG
NCM-779 AIS CONTROLLER *
Receptacle Type:206486-1 Mfr.:AMP
EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE DC+24V
JHS-182 AIS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM
*
POWER/ DATA
Note: * marked cables are supplied by dockyard
GND
*2 x 2.5mm2 (JIS DPYC-2.5)
2.1 Standard
2. Connection Diagram
2004/08/25
BELOW DECK
ABOVE DECK
1
TB1
14
COAXIAL CABLE AND CONNECTOR (ATTACHMENT)
NQD-4382 JUNCTION BOX
TB2
NTE-182 AIS TRANSPONDER
PWR/ DATA
2
1
TB4
RF GND To CDJ-3182 J4
CQD-5182 JUNCTION UNIT
J1
P1
CFQ-6961 PILOT PLUG CABLE Receptacle Type:206486-2 Mfr.:AMP
NQE-3150 PILOT PLUG BOX Receptacle Type:206486-1 Mfr.:AMP 1 4 5 6 9
1 4 5 6 9
(JIS TTYCS-1)
1
*4 x 2 x 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
*4 x 2 x 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
*1 x 2 x 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
*1 x 2 x 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
*1 x 2 x 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
*1 x 2 x
0.75mm 2
7 x 1.0mm 2 (JIS MPYCS-7)
14
CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT
1 TB3
TX A TX B RX A RX B ECDIS
6 1
To CQD-3182 J1
*4 x 2 x 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
(Cable Length = 20m)
2 TX A *4 x 2 x 0.75mm (JIS TTYCS-4) TX B RX A RX B
No.2 RADAR
No.1 RADAR
(D)GPS RECEIVER (IEC61162-1)
ROT INDICATOR (IEC61162-1)
DOPPLER SPEED LOG (IEC61162-1)
GYROCOM (IEC61162-1)
GYROCOM (Step or Synchoro Signal)
*7 x 2 x 0.75mm (JIS TTYCYS-7) 50m max.
*RG-10UY 50m max.
marked components are optional
NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX
14
Note3: For external pilot plug connection, either NQE-3150 (Box Type) or CFQ-6961 (Cable type) is available.
Note2:
+24V +24V +24V +24V -24V -24V -24V -24V Tx-A Tx-B Rx-A Rx-B GND-ISO GND
COPPER SHEET (ATTACHMENT)
TX A TX B RX A RX B
RF GND
+24V +24V +24V +24V -24V -24V -24V -24V Rx-A Rx-B Tx-A Tx-B GND-ISO GND
1B 1R 2B 2R 3B 3R 4B 4R 5B 5R 6B 6R 7B
Note1: * marked cables are supplied by dock yard
R1 S1/1 S2/2 S3/3 R2 S1/5
*
1 TB1
GND
+ -
DC24V OUT
U V
+ -
AC IN
DC24V IN
GND
*
TERMINAL BLOCK (Dockyard supply) CQD-10 or equivalent
*
JHS-182 AIS INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM (Including Options)
GND
AIS PILOT PLUG
NCM-779 AIS CONTROLLER
POWER/ DATA
Receptacle Type:206486-1 Mfr.:AMP
EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE DC+24V
EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE DC+24V
EMERGENCY POWER SOURCE AC110/220V
*4 x 2 x 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4) Maximum cable length between NQE-3182 and NCM-779 is 60m.
3
*2 x 2.5mm2 (JIS DPYC-2.5)
*2 x 2.5mm2 (JIS DPYC-2.5)
*2 x 2.5mm2 (JIS DPYC-2.5)
H-7ZCJD0214A (JRC Supply 10m)
35
TB2
+24V -24V GND
ALR 1A ALR 1C ALR 1B SENSOR1-1 Rx-A SENSOR1-1 Rx-B SENSOR2-1 Rx-A SENSOR2-1 Rx-B SENSOR3-1 Rx-A SENSOR3-1 Rx-B SENSOR4-1 Rx-A SENSOR4-1 Rx-B AUX1 Tx-A AUX1 Tx-B AUX1 Rx-A AUX1 Rx-B GND-ISO AUX2 Tx-A AUX2 Tx-B GND-ISO AUX3 Tx-A AUX3 Tx-B AUX3 Rx-A AUX3 Rx-B GND-ISO AUX4 Tx-A AUX4 Tx-B GND-ISO MKD Tx-A MKD Tx-B MKD Rx-A MKD Rx-B GND-ISO +24V GND PS cont TxA TxB RxA RxB GND-ISO +24V GND PS cont TxA(ORANGE) TxB(YELLOW) RxA(BLACK) RxB(BROWN) GND-ISO(GREEN) +24V(RED) GND(BLUE) PS cont(PURPLE)
1B 1R 2B 2R 3B 3R 4B 4R 5B 5R 6B 6R 7B
SENSOR1-2 Rx-A SENSOR1-2 Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR2-2 Rx-A SENSOR2-2 Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR3-2 Rx-A SENSOR3-2 Rx-B GND-ISO LONGRANG Tx-A LONGRANG Tx-B LONGRANG Rx-A LONGRANG Rx-B GND-ISO
NBD-577C POWER SUPPLY
2.2 Options are included
35
SUPPLEMENT FOR INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM • Supplement 1: AUX1, AUX2, AUX3 and AUX4 Connection The AUX1, AUX2, AUX3 and AUX4 ports are for connection to external display devices, such as radar and ECDIS. The function of AUX1 is identical to AUX2. See the following table for connection to radar and ECDIS. For radar and ECDIS ing the AIS functions, refer to Section 6, “List of Units Connected to AIS”. Corresponding NQA-4172 AIS Interface Signals AIS JRC’s ECDIS/ RADAR NQE-3182 Connection Box NQA-4172 AIS Interface Tx-A RD3+ RD3AUX1: RADAR1 Tx-B or Rx-A TD3+ AUX3: ECDIS1 Rx-B TD3GND-ISO GND3 AUX2: RADAR2 Tx-A RD3+ or Tx-B RD3AUX4: ECDIS2 GND-ISO GND3 • Supplement 2: ALR Connection The ALR ports are made up of relay s. If the system detects an error, ALR relay works. The relay holds the operational state until the CLR key of the NCM-779 AIS is pressed or a response command is received from AUX1 or AUX3 serial interfaces. The following table shows the relay functions. AIS NQE-3182 Connection Box A ALR C B
FUNCTION Normally Close Common Normally Open
Relay spec: 125 VAC, 0.3A/30 VDC, 1A (with resistance load)
36
3. Technical descriptions 3-1 NTE-182 AIS Transponder NTE-182 AIS Transponder consists of VHF antenna, LNA UNIT, TRX UNIT, PS UNIT and CONTROL UNIT.
The VHF antenna is whip type and used for transmit and receive VHF signals. The signal from the antenna is send to the TRX Unit.
The LNA UNIT includes a GPS antenna and a low noise amplifier. The GPS antenna receives GPS signal, the signal is send to low noise amplifier section. The amplifier section amplifies the GPS signal and the output is sent to GPS receiver section in the CONTROL UNIT.
The TRX UNIT includes 1 transmitter section, 2 TDMA receiver sections and 1 DSC receiver section. The transmitter section converts from IF signal of 111.525MHz to desired frequency of the range from 156.025MHz to 162.025MHz, and amplifies the signal to desired power: 12.5W or 2W. The amplified signal is applied to the VHF antenna. The received signal from VHF antenna is send to TRX UNIT. In the TRX unit, the received signal is distributed to 3 receiver sections: 2 TDMA receiver sections and 1 DSC receiver section. The 2 TDMA receiver sections receive signals of frequency range from 156.025MHz to 162.025MHz. These receivers employ double superheterodyne type. One receiver’s intermediate frequencies are 50.75MHz and 450kHz, and another receiver’s ones are 38.85MHz and 450kHz. Both receiver sections output 450kHz signal and these IF signals are applied to MODEM section of the CONTROL UNIT. The DSC receiver section receives fixed frequency of 156.525MHz (channel 70). The DSC receiver section also employs double superheterodyne type. The intermediate frequencies are 45MHz and 450kHz. The receiver section output 450kHz signal and the IF signal is applied to MODEM section of the CONTROL UNIT.
The PS UNIT includes a splitter section and a power supply section. The splitter section split modulated control data from power supply line for data receiving, and or combines modulated control data on to power supply line for data transmitting. The power supply section converts voltage from 24Vdc to 9Vdc, 3.3Vdc and these voltages are applied to
37
each circuit.
CONTROL UNIT includes MODEM section, GPS receiver section, data processor section. The MODEM section modulates and demodulates TDMA and DSC signals. For TDMA transmission, MODEM section converts NRZI signal generated in the data processor section to in-phase and quadrature signals of GMSK modulation. These signals are applied to the transmitter section in the data processor section TRX UNIT. For DSC transmission, MODEM section converts from DSC logic signal generated in the data processor section to in-phase and quadrature signals of AFSK modulation. For TDMA reception, the MODEM section converts frequency and demodulates the IF signals applied from the TRX UNIT to NRZI signals. For the conversion the FPGA is employed. For DSC reception, the MODEM section converts frequency and demodulates the IF signal applied from the TRX UNIT to DSC logic signal. For the conversion the FPGA is employed. The GPS receiver section employs JRC’s original receiver unit. The GPS receiver unit converts the signal applied from the LNA UNIT to time and position data. These data are send to the data processor section. The GPS receiver also generates Pulse Per Second (PPS) signal used for TDMA synchronization and applies it to the data processor section. The data processor section processes signals from/to MODEM section and these signals are communicated between Connection Box.
38
3-2 NQE-3182 Connection Box NQE-3182 Connection Box consists of I/O CONTROL UNIT, TERMINAL UNIT, JUNCTION UNIT, and NSK UNIT.
I/O CONTROL UNIT processed data between AIS transponder and external equipment. The I/O CONTROL UNIT processes the data sent from the AIS Transponder as reception signals, and outputs to auxiliary display ports and MKD ports. I/O CONTROL UNIT processes the data applied from external equipment or AIS Controller, and send to the AIS Transponder as transmission signals.
TERMINAL UNIT employs terminal blocks for external equipment connection and AIS Controller connection. JUNCTION UNIT employs terminal blocks for AIS Transponder connection with multi wire cable. NSK UNIT consists of convert section and terminal block section. The convert section converts step/synchronized heading signal to serial signal. The terminal block section employs terminal blocks for gyro com connection.
39
1.3 NCM-779 AIS Controller NCM-779 AIS Controller consists of CONTROL UNIT, UNIT, and LCD UNIT. The CONTROL UNIT processes the data sent from the AIS Transponder via Connection Box as reception signals, displays the data on the LCD UNIT.
UNIT employs key switch for input interface. LCD UNIT employs a 320x240 dots display with LED back lights. The LCD UNIT is controlled by the CONTROL UNIT. The LED back light can be dimmer controlled by 3 steps.
40
4 Specifications and Interface 4-1 General (1) Frequency range (2) Channel spacing (3) Frequency accuracy (4) Type of emission (5) Type of modulation (6) Output power (7) Type of display (8) Keyboard (9) Back-light (10) Dimmer control
: 156.025MHz to 162.025MHz Default channels: AIS1:161.975MHz, AIS2:162.025MHz : 25kHz/12.5kHz : Within ±3×10-6 : G1D (F1D), G2B (F2B) : GMSK, FSK : 12.5W/2W : 5.7-inch FSTN LCD, 320×240 dots : 7 keys : For LCD and keyboard : Bright, Medium1, Medium2, Off
4-2 Environmental Condition (1) Operating temperature: AIS Transponder (NTE-182) -25°C to +55°C Connection Box (NQE-3182) -15°C to +55°C AIS Controller (NCM-779) -15°C to +55°C (IEC 60945) (2) Power voltage : Typ. 24Vdc, 19-35Vdc (3) Current consumption : 24Vdc Input, 4.5A max. (when transmitting), 1.5A max. (when receiving) 100V/220Vac Input, 200VA (with NBD-577B optional power supply unit)
41
4-3 External interfaces 4-3-1 Communication ports (1) Sensor data input ports SENSOR1-1 / SENSOR2-1/ SENSOR3-1/ SENSOR4-1 Four input ports meet the requirements of IEC 61162-1. (2) Sensor data input ports SENSOR1-2 / SENSOR2-2/ SENSOR3-2 Three input ports meet the requirements of IEC 61162-2. (3) Gyro data input port SENSOR1-1 One input port receives external NSK unit NCT-27. (4) External display equipment communication ports AUX1 / AUX3 Two communication ports meet the requirements of IEC 61162-2. (5) External display equipment output ports AUX2 / AUX4 Two output ports meet the requirements of IEC 61162-2. (6) Long range communication port LONGRANGE One communication port meets the requirements of IEC 61162-2. (7) GNSS differential correction data input port SENSOR4-1 One input port meets the requirement of ITU-R M.823-2 on TTL level. (8) Relay terminals ALR One port for external alarm device Note: IEC61162-2 interfaces comply with the following specifications. - Output drive capacity: Differential driver output voltage is 2.0V or more (RL=100 ohms), Driver output current is 50mA or less. - Load on the line of inputs: 100 ohms. 1 IEC61162-2 output can drive 1 IEC61162-2 input. - Electrical isolation of input circuits: Input circuits are electrically isolated from internal circuit with opto-isolator.
42
4-3-2
1
ed interface sentences Indication SENSOR1-1 SENSOR2-1 SENSOR3-1 SENSOR4-1 SENSOR1-2 SENSOR2-2 SENSOR3-2
Sentence format IEC61162-1 (NMEA0183 Ver.1.5 - 2.3)
IEC61162-2
ed sentence formatters Input data Recommend Longitude/Latitude GNS Position Accuracy GLL Time of Position Datum Reference DTM RAIM Indicator GBS Speed Over Ground VBW (SOG) Course Over Ground (COG) Heading
RMC HDT
Optional GGA RMC
VTG OSD RMC VTG OSD OSD
2
SENSOR1-1
NMEA0183
Rate of Turn ROT Heading data input via NCT-27 : VHW
3
SENSOR4-1
ITU-R M.823-2
Input: RTCM SC-104 Ver.2.0 Type 1, 2, 7, 9
4
AUX1 AUX3
IEC61162-2 IEC61993-2
5
AUX2 AUX4 LONGRANGE
IEC61162-2 IEC61993-2 IEC61993-2
Input: ABM, ACA, ACK, AIR, BBM, LRI, LRF, VSD, SSD Output: ABK, ACA, ALR, DSC, DSI, LRF, LR1, LR2, LR3, TXT, VDO, VDM (*1) Output: ABK, ACA, ALR, DSC, DSI, LRF, LR1, LR2, LR3, TXT, VDO, VDM (*1) Input: LRI, LRF Output: LRF, LR1, LR2, LR3
6
4-4 Power Supply Unit (NBD-577C) (Option) (1) Input voltage : 100/110/120//200/220/240Vac (typical), 90-132/180-264V, 100V/220V manual change, 50/60Hz (typical), 47.5-63Hz, Single phase (2) Output voltage : +24Vdc (typical), 19-35Vdc
43
5
44
Drawing for Reference
5-1
JHS-182 UNIT LIST
45
5-2
NTE-182 Circuit Diagram
46
5-3
NTE-182 Block Diagram
47
5-4
NCM-779 Circuit Diagram
48
5-5
NCM-779 Block Diagram
49
5-6
NQE-3182 Circuit Diagram
50
5-7
NQE-3182 Block Diagram
51
5-8
CMJ-3182 Block Diagram
52
5-9
NQD-4382 Circuit Diagram
53
5-10
NQD-4382 Block Diagram
54
5-11
CDJ-2779 Assembling Diagram
55
5-12
CQD-3182 Assembling Diagram
56
5-13
CMJ-3182 Assembling Diagram
57
JHS-182 UNIT LIST Type of System
Type of Component
Name of Component
NTE-182
AIS TRANSPONDER
NCM-779
AIS CONTROLLER
NQE-3182
CONNECTION BOX
JHS-182
Type of Unit CAV-2180 CAG-2180 CMN-2182 CDJ-2282A CBD-2182 NTE-182 CCK-2779 CDJ-2779 NCM-779 CDE-1779 CDJ-3182 CQD-3182 CQD-5182 CMJ-3182
NQD-4382
JUNCTION BOX (OPTION)
CMH-4182 NQD-4382
Name of Unit VHF ANTENNA LNA UNIT TRX UNIT CONTROL UNIT PS UNIT CHASSIS UNIT CONTROL UNIT CHASSIS LCD I/O CONTROL TERMINAL UNIT JUNCTION UNIT (OPTION) NSK UNIT (OPTION) DATA CONVERTER CHASSIS
45
46 CAV-2180 VHF ANTENNA J1:H-7JAJD0006A
CAG-2180 LNA UNIT W1 :H-7ZCJD0080
J2
W2 :H-7ZCJD0206A
J102 1
CBD-2182 PS UNIT
+3.3V +3.3V GND GND
GND GND ASK MODEM PS NMI-
GND GND ASK MODEM PS NMI10
10
TXD RXD GND(SEL) GND TX TRG MOD RATE AF
J1003
2
1
7
1
7
J1 W4 :H-7ZCJD0193A 1
9V+ 9V+ 9V+ GND GND GND 9V+ GND
GND
W5 :H-7ZCJD0192A
W8 :H-7ZCJD0194
+3.3V +3.3V
1
J3
J2 1
1
6
1
J2 +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V +3.3V GND GND
J1002
EXT_ANT
1
J103
50
W7 :H-7ZCJD0196B
49
9V+
40
10
CMN-2182 TRX UNIT
GND
30
20
J101
GND
20
30
J1001 TX SWR VR GND ANT TX PLL DATA PLL LAT1 GND GND GND PLL UNLK2 RX IF2 RSSI2 DSC IF RSSI3 MOD AF PLL LAT3 TX LO GND GND PA OFF GND TEST RX D GND( SEL) MOD RATE GND
10
40
2
2
9V+ 9V+ 9V+ GND GND
1
1
GND
INTGPS PPS
+B INTGPS RXD INTGPS TXD VCC VANT DGPS
CDJ-2282 CONTROL UNIT
W3 :H-7ZCJD0220
8
10
1
49
8
U1:CCA-453JP GPS UNIT
50
VHF_ANT
J1 GND TX SWR VF EXT ANT GND PLL CLK PLL UNLK1 RX IF1 RSSI1 PLL LAT2 GND GND GND GND GND GND PLL UNLK3 RX LO TX KEY PWR CONT TEMP 9V NC TX D TX TRG AF
PS/ASK MODEM
GPS_ANT
H-7ZCJD0205A
1 1 W6 :H-7ZCJD0195B
P1 N-P-10U
POWER/DATA
A B C D E F G
P2 N-R-001
EXT_ANT
P3 1108-9034RC
MAINTENANCE
NTE-182 Circuit Diagram
VHF ANTENNA EXT ANTENNA
TRX UNIT:CMN-2182
9V
CONTROL UNIT:CDJ-2282
LMV-358 (1/2)
LMV-358 (2/2)
TX_SWR_VR
BI-Directional Coupler
PA RA20N1516
2SC3357
2SC5337
2SC3357
UPB1509G
2SC3356
LO
RF
2SC3356
VCO 2SC3356
PLL_UNLK3
Loop Filter
9V TEMP RSSI1 RSSI2 TX_SWR_VF TX_SWR_VR RSSI3
R-2R DAC
AF
PLL_LAT3
1
TX_TRIG
2
GND(SEL)
IF
268.45 274.45MHz 12.5kHz step
TEMP
MOD_RATE
2SC3356
AF
NJM3404 EXT ANT
PD
1/N1
NJM3404 NJM3404
536.9 548.9MHz 25kHz step
PWR_CONT 2SC2714
TX_SWR_VF
38.4MHz
2SC4116
38.4MHz (12.8MHzX 3)
1/R1
12.8MHz
RX_D
NJM3404
PWR_CONT
ANT TX
EXT_ANT
NJM3404 2SC2714 1/N2
TCXO ±1.5ppm 12.8MHz
PD
1/R2
2SC4116
PLL_UNLK3 PLL_DATA PLL_CLK PLL_LAT3
DSC 1st LO / TX MOD
res_
fres_
SIO 1200bps
ADRESS DECODER
XC2S300E
2SC3356
CFUCF450KE1
CFUCF450KE1
Limitter Amp
PLD KEY
TX watch
SRAM 8kbyte
TX_LO
PLD KEY LMV-358 (1/2,2/2)
DAC
TEST
2SC4116
1Hz
TX_CONTINUE
FLASH ROM 256kbyte
TLV5606 TXD
GMSK FSK MOD
HDLC Format
TXC
XC18V02 x 2
SRAM 4Mbit
HDLC_INT
FPGA ROM only FPGA
RSSI3
3WAY
TEST RX
9V_TX
50.75MHz
2SC3356
CFWCA450F
CFWCA450E1
Limitter Amp
2SC4116 RX_IF1
2SC3356
VCO 2SC3356
2SC2714Y
ADDRESS BUS
Loop Filter RSSI1
RX1 SYNTH
TA31137
1/N3
NJM2370U09
PLL_LAT1
PLL_UNLK1
2SC3356 PD
12.8MHz
1/R3
MB1511
RXC
PLL_CLK
TEST TX 24.576MHz
TC7WU04FU
DATA BUS
CLK GEN RF
38.85MHz
2SC3356
CFWCA450F
CFWCA450E1
Limitter Amp
2SC4116
IF
RX_IF2
DSC TX
SIO (FIFO) 38.4kbps
DISP_INT
IRQ6
U CLK 24.576MHz
U CLK PLL_UNLK2
LO 194.875200.875MHz 12.5kHz step
MBM29LV 004TC-90
FLASH ROM 4Mbit
DATA BUS
XC2S300E
TDMA RX2 STT310
ADDRESS BUS
HDLC Deformat
1.8V_2
PLL_DATA
PLL_DATA PLL_CLK PLL_LAT1
2SC3357
U H8S/2328F
HDLC Deformat
RXD
GMSK DEM
PLL_UNLK1
2SC5337
RXC
2SC2714Y
RSSI1 RX_9V
RXD
RX_BT_CONT2
51.2MHz(12.8MHzX 4)
LM2940SX-9.0
NJM78M05DL1A RX_5V
DATA BUS
PIO
GMSK DEM
206.775 212.775MHz 12.5kHz step
TCXO_5V
IRQ1 DSC RXD
RX_BT_CONT1
IF
LO
NJM2880U05
DSC_INT
DSC DEM
FPGA#2(ASIC) STT310
TXPLL_9V
DSC TXD PLD KEY
2SC2714Y
TA31137
TDMA RX1 RF
9.8V
IRQ2
DSC MOD
RSSI3
9.8V
ADDRESS BUS
TX MODE
44.1MHz
44.55MHz
LNA_OUT
TC55VEM2 08ASTN55
DSC_IF TX_BT_CONT
9V_PA
DGPS TXD
RN1402 PA OFF
PA_OFF
LMX2352(IF)
IF
DBM ADE-2
Pre Amp 2SC5337
GPS RX CCA453JP
PPSGPS TXD
TX_SWR_VF
RX_LO
STT310
RF
SIO 4800bps
RST
FPGA#1(ASIC)
PPS_INT PPSGPS RXD
TX_KEY
112.425MHz LO
STT310
IRQ0 NMI
ANT_TX
12.8MHz
12.8MHz
DSC RX
PT
TEMP
51.2MHz 2SC3357
TLP181
PS_NMI
Comp.
112.425MHz
51.2MHz (12.8MHz X 4)
3.3V
LMV-358 (2/2)
NJM3404
ADC 7ch
RESET _IC
MOD_AF
Loop Filter NJM3404
TX_SWR_VR
2SC4116
RN5VD28CA
TX_D
LMX2352(RF)
TX SYNTH
VCO 2SC2714 2SC3356
DAC 1ch
PWR_CONT
TX_SWR_VF
2SC3356
VCO 2SC3356
PLL_LAT2
Loop Filter
RSSI2
38.4MHz(12.8MHzX 3)
FPGA Only LTC3412EFE
TA31137 PLL_UNLK2
2SC3356 1/N4
PD
1/R4
12.8MHz
MB1511
FROM_RXD
SIO SW/ FLASH ROM write cont.
PIO
FLDSC_TXD
SIO 1200bps 38.4kbps
TXD RXD
SW AVR
PLL_DATA PLL_CLK PLL_LAT2
2SC3357
TX_LO RX_LO 3.3V
RSSI2 RX2 SYNTH
2SC5337 NJM2870F3-3.3 PLL_3.3V
Monitor control
fres_
1.8V_1 1.8V_2 MOD
EXT ANT ANT TX TX KEY
PIO
Si3433 , RN5VD28CA
DEM 3.3V
PS UNIT:CBD-2182
GPS ANTENNA NJG1103
NJG1103
9.8V LNA_OUT
SW REG
SPR
HA16116FP V_watch
3.3V
47
ASK_MODEM
SW REG
PS_NMI 3.3V
TO CONNECTION BOX
RXD TXD GND(SEL) MOD_RATE TX_TRIG AF
LNA UNIT:CAG-2180
9.8V
ASK_MODEM
LMV-358 (1/2)
04.03.23
MAINTENANCE
NTE-182 Block Diagram
48
NCM-779 Circuit Diagram
Pilot PC
Maintenance PC
CDJ-2779 CONTROL UNIT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Connection Box
SRAM 4MB SRAM (VRAM) 1Mbyte
Maintenance
DATA BUS 38.4/57.6/ 115.2kbps for Maintenance PC
232 drv
Gnd-ISO
LCD cont.
RD,WR,CS,etc..
SIO1
Pilot PC
PLD
LCD module
φ6.144MHz
PT
422 drv
Tx-A
Tx-B Rx-A Rx-B
PT
38.4kbps for Pilot PC
SIO2
U
PT
422 drv
PT
DAC 38.4kbps for Transponder
SIO0
ADC
WDT Reset
-24V
Contrust
+3.3V 温度検出
Gnd-ISO
VCC_iso GND_iso
ｼﾘｱﾙ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Flash ROM 8MB
ADDRESS BUS
RxD TxD
RTS CTS Gnd-ISO
EEPROM 64kB
Rx-A Rx-B Tx-A Tx-B Gnd-ISO +24V Gnd PScont_ Gnd
Isolation +5V
AIS
CLK 24.576MHz
+5V DCDC +24V(Max:6W)
+3.3V
＋
+3.3V DCDC
Buzzer +3.3V
inv
-24V
電源SW
－ Keypad +5V REG PT
ON/ OFF
CCK-2779 UNIT
NCM-779 Block Diagram 49
50
ALR-1A MAINTE NSK_Tx-A SENSOR1-1_Rx-A SENSOR2-1_Rx-A SENSOR3-1_Rx-A SENSOR4-1_Rx-A GND-ISO SENSOR1-2_Rx-A SENSOR2-2_Rx-A SENSOR3-2_Rx-A GND-ISO LONGRANGE_Tx-A LONGRANGE_Rx-A GND-ISO AUX1_Tx-A AUX1_Rx-A AUX2_Tx-A GND-ISO AUX3_Tx-A AUX3_Rx-A AUX4_Tx-A GND-ISO MKD_Tx-A MKD_Rx-A GND GND 24V+ 24V+ 24V24V24V-
a
GND-ISO DTR TxD RxD
No. 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1
1
5
10
15
20
25
30
32
NQE-3182 CHASSIS
W1:H-7ZCJD0222
1
5
10
15
20
30
25
a 32
b Tx-B
48 Rx-B
Tx-A
47
49 24V-
GNDISO
46
Rx-A
45
Rx-B
Rx-A
44
LONGRANG
SENSOR3-2
J3 TB2
TB1
Rx-B
Tx-A
Tx-B
Rx-A
Rx-B
GNDISO
Tx-A
28
29
30
AUX2 RADAR2
AUX3 ECDIS1
AUX4 ECDIS2
31
32
33
34
35
1
2
3 GND
Rx-A
27
24V-
Rx-B
26
24V+
Rx-A
25
PS cont
Rx-B
24
GND
Rx-A
(D)GPS
23
+24V
Rx-B
ROT
22
Rx-B
Rx-A
SPEED LOG
21
GNDISO
1B
GYRO
20
Rx-A
1C
AUX1 RADAR1
SENSOR1-1 SENSOR2-1 SENSOR3-1 SENSOR4-1
19
MKD CONTROLLER
TB1-1 TB1-2 RF GND
24V IN
Rx-B GNDISO GND
14
ALR
6
18
Tx-B
17
Tx-A
16
GNDISO
15
Tx-B
14
Tx-A
13
GNDISO
12
Rx-B
11
Tx-B
10
Rx-A
9
Tx-A
8
Tx-B
7
GNDISO
6
1A
R1 1/S1 2/S2 3/S3 R2 5
5
14
4
Tx-B Rx-A
13
3
3
12
2
1
11
TB11
1
35
Tx-A
10
PC1
9
6
CQD-3182 TERMINAL UNIT
IEC61162-2(38.4kbps)
SENSOR2-2
43
GNDISO
Rx-B
Rx-A
42
GNDISO
Rx-B
GNDISO
Rx-A
41
8
SENSOR1-2
40
7
39
6
38
5
37
J1
1
TRANSPONDER
4
14
36
1
SYNC STEP
24V+
3
1
1 +24V GND NSK_Tx-A NSK_Tx-B NSK_Rx-A NSK_Rx-B
2
J1
P101
TB3
1
P1
1
CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT (OPTION)
TB4
a
CTS RTS DSR
J1
5
J2
b
6
TRANSPONDER_Rx TRANSPONDER_Tx GND-ISO +5V-ISO D-MODEM GND +3.3V 24V24V24V24V+ 24V+ 24V+
CQD-5182 JUNCTION UNIT (OPTION)
P3
J3 9
10
b
ALR-1C ALR-1B NSK_Tx-B SENSOR1-1_Rx-B SENSOR2-1_Rx-B SENSOR3-1_Rx-B SENSOR4-1_Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR1-2_Rx-B SENSOR2-2_Rx-B SENSOR3-2_Rx-B GND-ISO LONGRANGE_Tx-B LONGRANGE_Rx-B GND-ISO AUX1_Tx-B AUX1_Rx-B AUX2_Tx-B GND-ISO AUX3_Tx-B AUX3_Rx-B AUX4_Tx-B GND-ISO MKD_Tx-B MKD_Rx-B +24V PS_CNT 24V+ 24V+ 24V+ 24V24V-
6
1
PC
J201
5
9
1
11
5
P1-1 J1
5 5
PC
TRANSPONDER_Rx TRANSPONDER_Tx GND-ISO +5V-ISO D-MODEM GND +3.3V TRP_24VTRP_24VTRP_24VTRP_24V+ TRP_24V+ TRP_24V+
1010
DSR RTS CTS
RxD TxD DTR GND-ISO
P1
J4
1 NSK_Tx-B NSK_Tx-A NSK_Rx-B NSK_Rx-A GND +24V
6
13 13
J101
13
CDJ-3182 I/O CONTROL
P101-1
TB11-1
TRANSPONDER
GND
TB2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
TB2-1 TB2-2 TB2-3 TB2-4 TB2-5 TB2-6 TB2-7 TB2-8 TB2-9 TB2-10 TB2-11 TB2-12 TB2-13 TB2-14 TB2-15 TB2-16 TB2-17 TB2-18 TB2-19
ALR-1A ALR-1C ALR-1B SENSOR1-1_Rx-A SENSOR1-1_Rx-B SENSOR2-1_Rx-A SENSOR2-1_Rx-B SENSOR3-1_Rx-A SENSOR3-1_Rx-B SENSOR4-1_Rx-A SENSOR4-1_Rx-B AUX1_Tx-A AUX1_Tx-B AUX1_Rx-A AUX1_Rx-B GND-ISO AUX2_Tx-A AUX2_Tx-B GND-ISO
P1-a32 P1-b32 P1-b31 P1-a29 P1-b29 P1-a28 P1-b28 P1-a27 P1-b27 P1-a26 P1-b26 P1-a17 P1-b17 P1-a16 P1-b16 P1-a15 P1-b15
TB3 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
TB2-20 TB2-21 TB2-22 TB2-23 TB2-24 TB2-25 TB2-26 TB2-27 TB2-28 TB2-29 TB2-30 TB2-31 TB2-32 TB2-33 TB2-34 TB2-35
AUX3_Tx-A AUX3_Tx-B AUX3_Rx-A AUX3_Rx-B GND-ISO AUX4_Tx-A AUX4_Tx-B GND-ISO MKD_Tx-A MKD_Tx-B MKD_Rx-A MKD_Rx-B GND-ISO +24V GND PS_CNT
P1-a13 P1-b13 P1-a12 P1-b12 P1-a11 P1-b11 P1-a9 P1-b9 P1-a8 P1-b8 P1-b7
36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49
TB3-1 TB3-2 TB3-3 TB3-4 TB3-5 TB3-6 TB3-7 TB3-8 TB3-9 TB3-10 TB3-11 TB3-12 TB3-13 TB3-14
SENSOR1-2_Rx-A SENSOR1-2_Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR2-2_Rx-A SENSOR2-2_Rx-B GND-ISO SENSOR3-2_Rx-A SENSOR3-2_Rx-B GND-ISO LONGRANGE_Tx-A LONGRANGE_Tx-B LONGRANGE_Rx-A LONGRANGE_Rx-B GND-ISO
P1-a24 P1-b24 P1-a23 P1-b23 P1-a22 P1-b22 P1-a20 P1-b20 P1-a19 P1-b19
P1-b6
NQE-3182 Circuit Diagram
H-7DDJD0027 (XCF02SV020C)
MKD
PT
PT
UART TX 38.4kbps Input sentenc filter
PC400
PT
PC400
UART TX 38.4kbps Input sentenc filter
RAM 128byte×2
UART RX 38.4kbps
（38.4kbps）
SP490EEN
PT
PC400
UART TX 38.4kbps
SW REG
AVR
Input sentenc filter
RAM 128byte×2
SI3433DV
（38.4kbps）
SP232EEN
PC400
Input sentenc check
SP490EEN
UART RX 38.4kbps
PT
MKD_+24V
（38.4kbps）
47ZR-10D PS_CNT
MKD_+24V
Rx-A
5
Rx-B
6
Rx-A
7
Rx-B
8
Rx-A
9
Rx-B
10
Rx-A
11
Rx-B
12
Tx-A
13
Tx-B
14
Rx-A
15
Rx-B
16
Gnd-ISO
17
Tx-A
18
Tx-B
19
Gnd-ISO
20
Tx-A
21
Tx-B
22
Rx-A
23
Rx-B
24
Gnd-ISO
25
Tx-A
26
Tx-B
27
Gnd-ISO
28
Tx-A
29
Tx-B
30
Rx-A
31
Rx-B
32
Gnd-ISO
33
+24V
34
GND
35
PS cont
1
24V+
2
24V-
3
GND
4.9152MHz
Rx-B
49
Gnd -ISO
1A FUSE
SENSOR DOPPLER SPEED LOG
1 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
SENSOR ROT INDICATOR
1 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
SENSOR/DGNSS (D)GPS
1 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
NSK UNIT in Radar CMJ-304
PI / LR RADAR1
4 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
PI ( / LR) RADAR2 4 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
Bridge NET UNIT
PI ECDIS1
4 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
PI ECDIS2
4 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
PI / LR LONGRANGE/ MAINTENANCE
8 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
PI MKD
4 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-4)
IMMARSAT/ MAINTENANCE SERVER
Main Power
FUSE
24V-
FUSE
MAIN PS
DEM
9.8304MHz
8A
24V+
TRP_24V+ LMV358
SENSOR GYRO COM
1 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
DC24V 2 X 2.5mm2 (DPYC-2.54)
Y08U-90B
SPR
TRANSPONDER
TRANSPONDER TRP PS
13
12
11
14 GND
GNDISO
Rx-B
9
10
8
7
6
MAX490EPA
PC900
422 Trcv.
PC900
PT
Tx-B
Tx-A
24V-
24V-
5
4
3
1B
4
7 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-7)
24V-
24V-
24V+
2
1 NSK_RX NSK_TX
+24V(NSK) GND NSK_TX SENSOR1-1
3
NSK UNIT NCT-27
BIIT ALARM 1 X 2 X 0.75mm2 (JIS TTYCS-1)
24V+
TRANSPONDER
24V+
5
4
3
2
6 5
R2
3/S3
2/S2
R1
51
1/S1
1
GYRO
JUNCTION UNIT: CQD-5182(OPTION)
24V+
STEP :4 X 1mm2 (JIS MPYCS-4) SYNC :7 X 1mm2 (JIS MPYCS-7)
24V+
SENSOR GYRO COM
NSK UNIT:CMJ-3182 (OPTION)
1C
(RG-10/UY)
TRP_24V+
Rx-A
2SC3151 NJM2903
TRANSPONDER-TX
2SA1162Y
+3.3v GND +5V-ISO GND-ISO
TRP PS
TRANSPOMDER-RX
D_MODE
CBS1002424
MKD
48
PS CNT 47ZR-10D
V_watch
Rx-A
+24V(NSK)
MOD
DC/DC
47
47ZR-10D （IEC61162-2）
422 Trcv.
FPGA_ON
24V+ 24V-
Tx-B
MKD PS
Gnd-ISO
5A FUSE
46
D-sub 9pin
232 Trcv.
PT
+1.8V
SW
Tx-A
VUP_TRP_TX
+3.3V AN80M18RSP
45 （IEC61162-2）
422 Trcv.
VUP_TRP_RX
RAM 128byte×2
1A
2
（IEC61162-2）
422 Trcv.
PT PC400
Input sentenc check
Gnd-ISO
2SJ377 NJM2374A
ALM
SP490EEN
VUP_MKD_RX
RAM 128byte×2
+5V-ISO
GYRO SENSOR1-1
（38.4kbps）
PT
PV3-24-5
DC/DC
SPEED LOG SENSOR2-1
（IEC61162-2）
D-SUB/LR PC400
UART RX 38.4kbps
FPGA_RST OPE
ROT SENSOR3-1
RADAR1 AUX1
（38.4kbps）
422 Trn.
mnt_mode
PC400
Input sentenc check
RN5VD28CA FPGA_ON
Gnd -ISO
（IEC61162-2）
422 Trcv.
VUP_MKD_TX
Reset IC
44
SP490EEN
VUP_MNT_RX
CLK (24.576MHz)
Rx-B
SP490EEN
PT
UART TX 38.4kbps Input sentenc filter
Rx-A
43
SP490EEN
RAM 128byte×2 RAM 128byte×2
Gnd -ISO
42
PT
UART RX 38.4kbps
VUP_MNT_TX
RXD0
41
（4.8kbps）
422 Trn.
PC400
Input sentenc check
Rx-B
RADAR2 AUX2
VUP_MNT_TX VUP_MNT_RX VUP_MKD_TX VUP_MKD_RX VUP_TRP_TX VUP_TRP_RX
Version Up CNT (Port SW)
vup_mode RAM 128byte×2
Rx-A
40
PT
UART RX 38.4kbps
TD_CNT
RXD1 TXD0
TC7WU04FU
PC400
PC400
Input sentenc check
Gnd -ISO
39
1
Gnd-ISO
U_SCI_ch1_TX U_SCI_ch1_RX
RAM 128byte×2
Protect circuits
38
sen4_beacon
UART TX 38.4kbps Input sentenc filter
（IEC61162-2） 2SK209 （38.4kbps） 1SS184 （IEC61162-1 ITU-R M823-2）
422 Rcv.
PT
UART RX 4800bps
RAM 128byte×2 RAM 128byte×2
SP490EEN
Rx-B
ECDIS1 AUX3
Input sentenc check
（4.8kbps）
circuits PC400
TLP181
RXD2 TXD1
SCI ch0
CLK
PT
UART RX 4800bps 38.4kbps
U_SCI_ch2_RX
TXD2
SCI ch1
24.576MHz
Input sentenc filter
RAM 128byte×2
F_0 (sen1_rnsk) F_1 (sen1_mode) F_2 (sen2_mode) F_3 (sen3_mode) F_4 (sen4_beacon) F_5 (sen1_rx_rst-) F_6 (sen2_rx_rst-) F_7 (sen3_rx_rst-) F_8 (sen4_rx_rst-) F_9 (aux1_rx_rst-) F_10 (aux3_rx_rst-) F_11 (lr_rx_rst-) F_12 (mkd_rx_rst-) F_13 (trp_rx_rst-) F_14 (tx_rst-) F_15 (reserv) F_16 (mnt) F_17 (ope)
SCI ch2
+3.3V
Input sentenc check
（IEC61162-2） 2SK209 （38.4kbps） 1SS184 （IEC61162-1） Protect
422 Rcv.
37
ECDIS2 AUX4
VUP_ST VUP_END ALR
PT
（4.8kbps）
SP490EEN
TLP181
sen3_mode
DAC 8bit 2ch
PIO
Input sentenc filter
RAM 128byte×2
DATA BUS
PIO
PC400
sen2_mode
FLASH ROM 4Mbit
（IEC61162-2） 2SK209 （38.4kbps） 1SS184 （IEC61162-1）
Protect circuits
PT
UART RX 4800bps 38.4kbps
MBM29 LV004
SRAM 1Mbit
FLASH ROM 256kbyte
Input sentenc check
SP490EEN
422 Rcv.
Longrange
UPD 441000
Input sentenc filter
RAM 128byte×2
ADDRESS BUS
PT TLP181
sen1_mode
FWE
ADC 10bit 6ch
PC400
sen1_rnsk
（4.8kbps /9.6kbps）
Rx-A
(D)GPS SENSOR4-1
UART RX 4800bps 38.4kbps
36
CONTROLLER MKD
Input sentenc check
（IEC61162-1）
Protect circuits
24V IN
Input sentenc filter
RAM 128byte×2
RST
SRAM 8kbyte
NSK_TX 2SK209 1SS184
+5V-ISO
PT
FRES
U H-7DDJD0021 NMI H8S/2328
FWE
TLP181
SP490EEN
422 Trn.
PT U_SCI_ch0_RX
Relay
SENSOR1-2
FRES
U_RST
TLP181
UART TX 4800bps
FWE VUP_ST VUP_END
FPGA_RST
Reset IC
ALR
SENSOR2-2
ADRESS DEC.
RAM 128byte×2 RN5VD28CA
TERMINAL UINT:CQD-3182
2SK3018
XC2S200E
SENSOR3-2
FPGA
FPGA ROM
+24V(NSK) GND NSK_TX
I/O CONTROL:CDJ-3182
PT
NQE-3182 Block Diagram
52
NSK UNIT:CMJ-3182
U H8S/2328
GYRO COM (SYNCHRO)
SN74LVC14ANSR TC74VHC123AFT
2SC2618 0.5A
FUSE
PT
Sampling Pulse
IRQ0
SYNCHRO
7 X 1mm2 (JIS MPYCS-7)
FLASH ROM 256kbyte
1
1
NJM3404
R1
4 5 6
GYRO COM
3
2
1/S1
3
2/S2
4
3/S3
5
R2
6
PT
FUSE
NJM3404
S/H
PO8
A0
PT
S/H
A1
PIO
TLP121
0.5A
PT
A2
S/H
TLP121 STEP
PT
TC74HC4066AF
PE1
ADC 10bit 6ch
PT
FUSE
PE2
NJM3404
A4
S/H
A5
PC400
PT
TYPE
RATIO
DIRECTION
OUTPUT TIMING
SIMULATOR ERR TIMING
STEP SYNC 36X 90X 180X 360X REV NORM RESERVE 1S 100mS 50mS TEST NORM 5S 0.2S
S202 VERSION UP RESERVE
3
ON
ON
4
5
6
7
8
24.576MHz
PC400
PT
RS-232C 232 Trcv.
D-sub 9pin
（38.4kbps）
TC7WU04FU
ON OFF
PC400
CLK OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Reset IC
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
POWER
5V_ISO
NJM2374A/2SJ377
5V
POWER
DC/DC
+24V
GND
5V_ISO
UPC29M33AT AVR
ON
PT
NSK_Tx IEC61162-1 (4.8kbps) NSK_Rx
VS0505S
ON OFF
ON
TLP181
AIS
RST
SW REG
24V
OFF
OFF
SIO ch0
SP490EEN
422 Trcv.
ON
OFF
ON
2
PT
RN5VD28AC
OFF
1 UP DATE NORM RESERVE RESERVE
2
PC
SP232EEN
PT SIO ch1
1
INT
SIO ch2
S/H
TLP121
S201
ERR SN74LVC14ANSR
TLP121
0.5A
OPE SN74LVC14ANSR
A3
S/H
NJM3404
GYRO COM (STEP)
SN74LVC14ANSR PE0
NJM3404
NJM3404
5
S201
PO0～7
TLP121
FUSE 4 X 1mm2 (JIS MPYCS-4)
TC74HC4066AF
S202 FWU
TLP121
0.5A
2
SRAM 1Mbit
SRAM 8kbyte
TLP115A
Peak Hold
UPD44100
3.3V
OFF
CMJ-3182 Block Diagram
TB1
TB2-1 W1:H-7ZCJD0219(INCLUDE NQE-4382)
2
TB2-2
1
1 24V+
GND
3
NQE-4382 CHASSIS
RF
TRANSPONDER
4 5 6 24V-
7 IEC61162-2(38.4kbps)
8 Rx-A
9
Rx-B
10
Tx-A
11
CMH-4182 DATA CONVERTER (OPTION)
12 13
GND
14
14
Tx-B GNDISO
NQD-4382 Circuit Diagram 53
54
DATA CONVERTER UNIT:CMH-4182
TRANSPONDER (5D-2VH)
9.8304MHz
SPR
NJM2406F
PC400
PT
DEM
PT
1
24V+
2
24V+
3
24V+
4
24V-
5
24V-
6
24V-
7
24V-
8
7 X 2 X 0.75mm 2 (JIS TTYCYS-7)
Rx 422 Trcv. Tx
TC7W32FU
5V_ISO MOD TC7WU04FU
NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX
Rx-A
9
Rx-B
10
Tx-A
11
Tx-B
12
GND -ISO
13
GND
14
TRANSPONDER
PC400
4.9152MHz
SP490EEN
24V+
4.9152MHz
+24V NJM2360 SW REG
+5V VS0505S
+24V
+5V_ISO
DC/DC
+5V
NQD-4382 Block Diagram
S1: It is necessary to set as follows. ON
ON
1,2:ON 3～8:OFF
S2: It is necessary to set as follows. ON
ON
1～4:OFF
CDJ-2779 Assembling Diagram 55
56
CQD-3182 Assembling Diagram
S201 TYPE
RATIO
DIRECTION
OUTPUT TIMING
SIMULATOR ERR TIMING
1 STEP SYNC 36X 90X 180X 360X REV NORM RESERVE 1S 100mS 50mS TEST NORM 5S 0.2S
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
ON OFF ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF ON OFF ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF ON OFF
S201（Initial setting 1:OFF，２：OFF，３:OFF，４：OFF， ４:OFF，５：OFF，６:ON，７：OFF)
57
ON
S202
ON
VERSION UP RESERVE
1 UP DATE NORM RESERVE RESERVE
2
ON OFF ON OFF
S202（Initial setting 1:OFF，２：OFF)
CMJ-3182 Assembling Diagram
6 Dismantlement drawings 6-1 NTE-182 AIS transponder dismantlement
No
Name
Code
Antenna
H-7ABJD0002A
1
2
O-ring
BRPK05252
1
3
Wrench
BRTC05113
1
4
Instruction
MTZ303008
1
1
Q’ty
H-7ABJD0002A
(
)
Attached O-ring
Attached Wrench BRTC05113
58
6-2 NCM-779 AIS controller dismantlement
Replacing CDJ-2779, remove these parts.
59
Remove the front with JOG dial.
LCD (CDE-1779)
UNIT CCK-2779
CONTROL UNIT CDJ-2779
60
AIS CONTROLLER (NCM-779) Connection point of internal cable Be careful not to insert the cable between front and rear .
Connect to J6. front
rear LCD 制御と電源の 2 本 ﾌﾛﾝﾄ inside cap (Aluminum)
LCD connection cable
J6
J5
Connect to J5. terminal (For the )
terminal (For the )
61
6-3 NQE-3182 Connection box dismantlement When replacing the CDJ-3182, hold the position of arrow mark as below.
I/O CONTROL CDJ-3182 When these cables are connected, refer to the Installation manual”NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX CONNECTION DIAGRAM”.
TERMINAL UNIT CQD-3182
If replace the CDJ-3182, remove the four screws in the shield case
Silicone sheet
62
7 Initial Setting
CAUTION • After installation or replacing of the equipment, be sure to execute initial setting before operation. • This equipment does not transmit automatically in TDMA when started in the field maintenance mode. After the end of operation in the field maintenance mode, be sure to restart the equipment in the normal mode (with the [PWR/DIM] key pressed).
7-1 Field Maintenance Mode and INITIAL SETTING Menu To make initial setting, start the equipment in the field maintenance mode, and then select the INITIAL SETTING menu.
To ensure that the initial setting is stored, select
[ENT] at the foot of the input menu items to confirm the information entered in each setting screen.
When turning off the power, press the [OFF] key, enter the ,
select [ENT], press the jog dial, and then press and hold the [PWR/DIM] and [OFF] keys down until the power turns off.
The s that can be used include a fixed
"0182" as well as a (initial value: 0000).
[Operation Procedure] (1) When turning on the power, press and hold the [PWR/DIM] and [MENU] keys down until the message "AIS CONTROLLER NOW LOADING... PLEASE WAIT..." appears.
When the equipment is started in the field maintenance mode, "6. FIELD
MAINTENANCE" and "7. INITIAL SETTING" are added to the main menu (see Figure 8.1). MAIN MENU UTC11:46 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.VOYAGE STATIC DATA 2.MESSAGE 3.ALARM SETTING 4.SET UP 5.MAINTENANCE --------------------------6.FIELD MAINTENANCE 7.INITIAL SETTING
Figure 8.1 Main Menu Screen in the Field Maintenance Mode
63
(2) Selecting 7.INITIAL SETTING from MAIN MENU causes the INITIAL SETTING menu to appear. INITIAL SETTING UTC11:46 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA>
displays (Radar/ECDIS)
1.SENSOR SETTING
2. SHIP STATIC DATA
2.SHIP STATIC DATA
Setting the static information such as MMSI and ship
3.AIS INITIALIZE
name
4.REMOTE DIAGNOSIS SETTING
3. AIS INITIALIZE
1. SENSOR SETTING Setting the input/output ports for sensors and auxiliary
Returning information saved in this AIS equipment to the factory-shipped state 4. REMOTE DIAGNOSIS SETTING Setting information required for remote maintenance
Figure 8.2
64
INITIAL SETTING Menu Screen
7-2 Sensor Port Setting (SENSOR SETTING) Set up valid sentences and baud rate for the sensor ports (SENSOR1 to SENSOR4) connecting external sensors.
If external sensors are connected to SENSOR1-1,
SENSOR2-1, and SENSOR3-1, specify the baud rate of 4800 bps.
If external sensors
are connected to SENSOR1-2, SENSOR2-2, and SENSOR3-2, set up the baud rate of 38400 bps.
(For details about the setting, see Section 3.1 in Field Maintenance Menu
Operation Manual.) [Operation Procedure] (1) Selecting 1.SENSOR SETTING from the INITIAL SETTING menu causes the SENSOR SETTING menu to appear. SENSOR BRG : 270°: 35°: * 22°:
SETTING RNG 0.18NM 0.29NM 0.92NM
UTC11:46 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE QUEEN ABCDEFG-MA>
1.SENSOR1 2.SENSOR2 3.SENSOR3 4.SENSOR4
1.SENSOR1
Setting valid sentences and baud rate for sensor ports
2.SENSOR2 3.SENSOR3
5.AUX1 (=AUX2)
4.SENSOR4
6.AUX3 (=AUX4)
5.AUX1(=AUX2)
Setting valid sentences for ports.
These items are
prepared for future advanced feature.
6.AUX3(=AUX4)
Figure 8.3
SENSOR SETTING Screen
(2) Select sensor ports (1.SENSOR1 to 4.SENSOR4) from the SENSOR SETTING menu. The setting screen for the selected sensor appears.
65
SENSOR1 BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM 1.SENTENCE *DTM *GBS *HDG *HDT *VBW *VHW PJRCD [ENT] [CANCEL]
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE JRCMARU ABCDEFG-MA>
SELECT *GGA *GLL *GNS *OSD *RMC *ROT *VTG *WPL PJRC
The asterisk (*) mark indicates a valid header as input sentence.
As the initial setting value, all headers are
valid, and can be used unchanged ordinarily. To change the setting, rotate the Jog dial to more the cursor to the header.
Pressing the Jog dial changes
between valid ("*") and invalid (" ") header. 2. BAUDRATE
2.BAUDRATE : 4800BPS [EXIT]
1. SENTENCE SELECT
[ENT]
Setting the baud rate If 4800BPS is set, SENSOR x-1 port of the terminal block in NQE-3182 is valid.
If 38.4KBPS is set, SENSOR x-2
port is valid. Figure 8.4
SENSOR SETTING Screen (if Sensor 1 is Selected)
(3) Select the item to be set ("1.SENTENCE SELECT" or "2.BAUDRATE"). (4) Set up the sentences to be validated with "1.SENTENCE SELECT." An asterisk (*) mark indicates a valid sentence.
Rotate the Jog dial to select a sentence and press
the Jog dial to select Valid/Invalid.
After sentences are set, select [ENT] in
1.SENTENCE SELECT and press the Jog dial to complete the entire SENTENCE SELECT setting. (5) Set up the baud rate with "2.BAUDRATE." Rotate the Jog dial to select the baud rate (4800BPS or 38.4KBPS) and press the Jog dial to set it.
Pressing [ENT]
validates the input contents. (6) Finally, select [ENT] in the small window on the lower part of the screen and press the Jog dial to complete the setting for this port. Change the setting of ‘WPL’ sentence to disabled. When ‘WPL’ sentence setting is enabled, the Waypoint information screen is displayed every time ‘WPL’ sentence is inputted. [Sensor Input] SENSOR1:
4800BPS, 38.4KBPS, NCT-27NSK and CMJ3182NSK can be selected. NCT-27 NSK is selected to connect NCT-27. CMJ3182NSK is selected to connect CMJ-3182.
SENSOR2:
4800BPS and 38.4KBPS can be selected.
SENSOR3:
4800BPS and 38.4KBPS can be selected.
SENSOR4:
4800BPS and BEACON RX can be selected. BEACON RX is selected to connect the beacon receiver that outputs RTCM SC-104 Ver2.0 sentences with TTL level.
66
7-3 Static Information Setting (SHIP STATIC DATA) Set MMSI and static information of own ship. [Operation Procedure] (1) Selecting 2.SHIP STATIC DATA from the INITIAL SETTING menu causes the SHIP STATIC DATA menu to appear.
With the SHIP STATIC DATA menu, enter static
information of own ship. SHIP STATIC DATA UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM JRCMARU * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.MMSI :123456789 2.SHIP NAME : 12345678901234567890 3.IMO NO.
:123456798
4.CALL SIGN :1234567 5.TYPE OF SHIP : DREDGE OR UNDERWATER OPE
1.
MMSI: MMSI number: 9-digit number
2.
SHIP NAME: Ship name: Up to 20 characters
3.
IMO NO.: IMO number: up to 9-digit number
4.
CALL SIGN: Call sign: 7 characters
5.
TYPE OF SHIP: Ship type:
Select from the list 6.
Position of external GNSS (GPS) antenna on the ship 7.
▲ 6.GNSS ANTENNA POSITION : BOW : 511M OR GREATER STR : 511M OR GREATER POR : 63M OR GREATER STA : 63M OR GREATER 7.POSITION SENSOR TYPE : INTEGRATED NAV. SYSTEM 8.INTERNAL GPS SETTING 9.SERIAL NO. : BB54321 10.CONTROLLER TYPE : MAIN [EXIT]
Figure 8.5
POSITION SENSOR TYPE:
External GNSS type: Select GPS ordinarily 8.
▼
GNSS ANTENNA POSITION:
INTERNAL GPS SETTING:
Position
of
internal
GPS
antenna
(NTE-182
AIS
transponder) on the ship 9.
SERIAL NO.: Serial number of this equipment
(JHS-182): 7 digits 10. CONTROLLER TYPE: Main MKD or sub MKD: Select MAIN ordinarily.
Select SUB only if the controller
is connected as the second controller.
[ENT]
SHIP STATIC DATA Screen
(2) “1.MMSI” Enter the MMSI number of own ship with nine digits. (3) “2.SHIP NAME” Enter the own ship name with up to 20 characters. (4) ”IMO NO.” Enter the IMO number of own ship with up to nine digits. Example: Enter 001234567 if the IMO number is 1234567.
67
(5) “4.CALL SIGN” Enter the call sign of own ship with up to seven characters. (6) “5.TYPE OF SHIP” Select the own ship type from the following list: 2x:WIG: Wing-in-Ground Effect Craft 30: FISHING VESSEL 31: TOWING VESSEL 32: TOWING VESSEL-L>200M B>25M: Towing and length of the tow exceeds 200m or breadth exceeds 25m 33: DREDGE OR UNDERWATER OPE: Engaged in dredging or underwater operation 34: VESSEL-DIVING OPE: Engaged in diving operation 35: VESSEL-MILITARY OPE: Engaged in military operation 36: SAILING VESSEL 37: PLEASURE CRAFT 4x: HSC: High Speed Craft 50: PILOT VESSEL 51: SERCH AND RESCUE VESSELS 52: TUGS 53: PORT TENDERS 54: WITH ANTI-POLLUTION EQUIP: Vessels with anti-pollution facilities or equipment 55: LAW ENFORCEMENT VESSELS 58: MEDICAL TRANSPORTS 59: RESOLUTION NO18:MOB-83: Ships according to Resolution No 18 (Mob-83) 6x: ENGER SHIP 7x: CARGO SHIPS 8x: TANKER 9x: OTHER TYPE OF SHIP
68
(7) “6.GNSS ANTENNA POSITION” Enter the installation position of the external GNSS (GPS) antenna.
In the right figure,
alphabets A, B, C, and D correspond to BOW (bow), STR (stern), POR (port), and STA (starboard), respectively. Referencing the right figure, enter the installation position of the external GNSS (GPS) antenna on ship. (8) “7.POSITION SENSOR TYPE” Select an external GNSS type.
Select GPS ordinarily.
(UNDEFINED, GPS, GLONASS, COMBINED, LORAN-C, CHAYKA, INTEGRATED, SURVEYED) (9) “8.INTERNAL GPS SETTING” The internal GPS is used as a backup sensor for own ship's position when position information cannot be obtained from the external GPS.
In such a case, antenna
position of the internal GPS (AIS transponder) is transmitted as the ship static information.
With this static information, the installation position of the NTE-182
AIS transponder on the ship is set as the internal GPS antenna position.
69
[Operation Procedure] 1. Selecting 8.INTERNAL GPS SETTING from the SHIP STATIC DATA menu causes the INTERNAL GPS SET menu to appear. INTERNAL GPS SET UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM JRCMARU * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1. ANTENNA POSITION BOW : 11M STR : 11M POR : 6M STA : 6M
[EXIT] [ENT] [GPS INITIALIZE]
Figure 8.6
INTERNAL GPS SET Screen
2. Selecting 1.ANTENNA POSITION from the INTERNAL GPS SET menu causes the cursor to the input field. 3. "1.ANTENNA POSITION" In the right figure, alphabets A, B, C, and D correspond to BOW (bow), STR (stern), POR (port), and STA (starboard), respectively. Referencing the right figure, enter the installation position of the AIS transponder (internal GPS antenna) on the ship. 4. Finally, select [ENT] in the small window on the lower part of the screen, and then press the Jog dial to complete the "1.ANTENNA POSITION" setting. (10)
“9.SERIAL NO.”
Enter the serial number of this equipment (JHS-182).
The number (BB4xxxx) is
described on the nameplate on the back of the AIS controller (NCM-779).
70
(11)
“10.CONTROLLER TYPE”
Select AIS controller type "MAIN" or "SUB." Select "MAIN" ordinarily.
Only if the
controller is installed as second AIS controller, select "SUB".
5. Finally, select [ENT] in the small window on the lower part of the screen, and then press the Jog dial to complete the setting. Pressing this [ENT] validates the contents input in SHIP STATIC DATA.
71
7-4 System Restart (1) After initial setting is made on the setting screen, turn off the power once.
When
turning off the power, press the [OFF] key, input the , select [ENT], and then press the Jog dial. off the power.
If the match occurs, the screen appears to turn
Press and hold the [PWR/DIM] and [OFF] keys down until the power
turns off. The s that can be used include a fixed "0182" as well as a (initial value: 0000).
To start normal operation, restart the
equipment in the normal mode (with the [PWR/DIM] key pressed). After restart, display "OWN SHIP'S DETAIL INFORMATION" to check that the inputted initial setting is accurately saved. (2) To check the operation, continue to take action described in Section 9, Operation Check after Installation.
72
8 Operation Check after Installation This section describes the procedure for operation check after installation and initial setting of the equipment.
CAUTION This equipment does not transmit automatically in TDMA when started in the field maintenance mode. If the equipment is connected to the external antenna to check the transmission output, be sure to make the setting so that the connection is returned to the internal antenna. After the end of operation in the field maintenance mode, be sure to restart the equipment in the normal mode (with the [PWR/DIM] key pressed).
8-1 Self Diagnosis (SELF DIAGNOSIS) Use the self-diagnosis function to check the operation. To execute self-diagnosis, start the equipment in the field maintenance mode, and then select the SELF DIAGNOSIS menu from the MAINTENANCE menu. [Operation Procedure] (1) Press the [MENU] key to display the MAIN MENU screen. MAIN MENU UTC11:46 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.VOYAGE STATIC DATA 2.MESSAGE 3.ALARM SETTING 4.SET UP 5.MAINTENANCE --------------------------6.FIELD MAINTENANCE 7.INITIAL SETTING
Figure 9.1
MAIN MENU Screen in the Field Maintenance Mode
73
(2) Selecting 5. MAINTENANCE from MAIN MENU causes the MAINTENANCE menu to appear. MAINTENANCE UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.SELF DIAGNOSIS 2.TRX CONDITION 3.AIS HISTORY 4.SENSOR STATUS 5.POWER ON/OFF LOG 6.SOFTWARE VERSION
Figure 9.2
MAINTENANCE Screen
(3) Selecting 1.SELF DIAGNOSIS from the MAINTENANCE menu causes the SELF DIAGNOSIS menu to appear. SELF DIAGNOSIS UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.TRANSPONDER: TEST ALL : ENT [RESULT] : OK CONT : OK INT GPS : OK TRX : OK PS : OK ANTENNA : INTERNAL 2.CONTROLLER : ENT [RESULT] : OK 3.CONNECTION BOX : ENT [RESULT] : OK
Self-diagnosis item Diagnosis result item
Executing self-diagnosis displays the antenna selection. INTERNAL: Internal antenna, EXTERNAL: External antenna
▼
Figure 9.3
SELF DIAGNOSIS Screen
(4) To execute the self-diagnosis of the AIS Transponder, select 1.TRANSPONDER, rotate the Jog dial to select a diagnosis item, select [ENT], and then press the Jog dial to start the self-diagnosis.
74
Description of Self-Diagnosis for NTE-182 AIS Transponder Self-Diagnosis Item TEST ALL
CONTROL
INT GPS PLL LOCK
LOOP TEST LOOP TEST2 PS
Description of Self-Diagnosis All units of AIS transponder In the field maintenance mode: Diagnoses all of the following Self-Diagnosis item. In the nomal operation mode: Diagnoses the following Self-Diagnosis item except LOOP TEST2. Control unit (CDJ-2282 CONTROL UNIT) Diagnoses Flash ROM in U, SRAM, and Flash ROM, reception input, and transmission (modulation) output Internal GPS receiver (GPS module on CDJ-2282 CONTROL UNIT) Diagnoses the GPS unit and acquires and checks information from four satellites. Frequency synthesizer of transmitter-receiver unit (CMN-2182 TRX UNIT) Diagnoses the frequency synthesizers of GMSK CH A receiver, GMSK CH B receiver, DSC receiver, and transmitter. Modem and transmitter-receiver (CMN-2182 TRX UNIT) excluding PA Executes loopback diagnosis using the circuits excluding PA. Modem and transmitter-receiver (CMN-2182 TRX UNIT) including PA Executes loopback diagnosis using the circuits including PA. Power supply unit (CBD-2182 PS UNIT) in transponder Diagnoses the output voltage (9.8 V) for TRX UNIT.
List of Self-Diagnosis Results for NTE-182 AIS Transponder Diagnosis Result Item
CONT
INT GPS
TRX
PS
NG U FROM NG SRAM NG FROM NG TX DAC NG RX1 PORT NG RX2 PORT NG RX3 PORT NG NG PPS CONT.
Defective Unit CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282 CDJ-2282
NG SAT.RCV.
CDJ-2282
NG NG RX1 UNLK NG RX2 UNLK NG RX3 UNLK NG TX UNLK NG RX1 LOOP NG RX2 LOOP
CDJ-2282 CMN-2182 CMN-2182 CMN-2182 CMN-2182 CMN-2182 CMN-2182
NG RX1 RSSI
CMN-2182
NG RX2 RSSI
CMN-2182
NG RX3 RSSI
CMN-2182
NG PA NG NG PS LOW
CMN-2182 CMN-2182 CBD-2182
Diagnosis Result
Description
Corrective Action
U internal Flash ROM error SRAM error U external Flash ROM error Transmission DA converter error GMSK receiver CH A input port error GMSK receiver CH B input port error DSC reception input port error Multiple errors Internal GPS unit error Internal GPS unit receives signal from only less than four satellites.
REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. Check the NTE-182 installation state (Note). REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182.
Multiple errors GMSK receiver CH A synthesizer unlock GMSK receiver CH B synthesizer unlock DSC receiver synthesizer unlock Transmitter synthesizer unlock GMSK receiver CH A loopback test error GMSK receiver CH B loopback test error GMSK receiver CH A loopback test Reception level error GMSK receiver CH B loopback test Reception level error DSC receiver loopback test Reception level error PA error Multiple errors Output voltage (9.8 V) error
REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182. REPLACE NTE-182.
Note: Check the installation state of AIS transponder NTE-182. Check that the AIS transponder is not in the shadow of the mast or others. If the self-diagnosis result still becomes NG, replace NTE-182.
75
(5) To execute the self-diagnosis of the AIS Controller, select 2.CONTROLLER, select [ENT], and then press the Jog dial to start the self-diagnosis. Description of Self-Diagnosis for NCM-779 AIS Controller Self-Diagnosis Item CONTROLLER
Description of Self-Diagnosis Diagnoses SRAM, Flash ROM, and LCD.
List of Self-Diagnosis Results for NCM-779 AIS Controller Diagnosis Result Item CONTROLLER
Diagnosis Result NG SRAM NG FROM NG
Defective Unit CDJ-2779 CDJ-2779 CDJ-2779
Description SRAM error Flash ROM error Multiple errors
Corrective Action Replace CDJ-2779. Replace CDJ-2779. Replace CDJ-2779.
Note: In field maintenance mode, executing self-diagnosis causes the LCD repeats turning on and turning off. If the LCD dose not turn on and turn off, replace the LCD unit (CDE-1779). (6) To execute the self-diagnosis of the Connection Box, select 3.CONNECTION BOX, select [ENT], and then press the Jog dial to start the self-diagnosis. Description of Self-Diagnosis for NQE-3182 Connection Box Self-Diagnosis Item CONNECTION BOX
Description of Self-Diagnosis Diagnoses Flash ROM in U, SRAM, Flash ROM, and FPGA.
List of Self-Diagnosis Results for NQE-3182 Connection Box Diagnosis Result Item CONNECTION BOX
Diagnosis Result NG U FROM NG SRAM NG FROM NG FPGA NG
Defective Unit CDJ-3182 CDJ-3182 CDJ-3182 CDJ-3182 CDJ-3182
Description U internal Flash ROM error SRAM error U external Flash ROM error FPGA error Multiple errors
Corrective Action Replace CDJ-3182. Replace CDJ-3182. Replace CDJ-3182. Replace CDJ-3182. Replace CDJ-3182.
(7) To check the past self-diagnosis results, select 4.SELF DIAGNOSIS LOG, select the unit, and then press the Jog dial to display the past self-diagnosis results. (Up to last 20 results for each units.)
76
8-2 Sensor Port Data Check (PORT MONITOR) Check that data is correctly inputted from the external sensor port. [Operation Procedure] (1) MAIN MENU in the field maintenance mode contains "6.FIELD MAINTENANCE." Selecting 6.FIELD MAINTENANCE from MAIN MENU causes the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu to appear. FIELD MAINTENANCE UTC11:46 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1. COMM STATUS 2. PORT MONITOR 3. TRX CHECK 4. SATELLITE. 5. MAINTENANNCE CHECK 6. SOFTWARE UPDATE 7. SILENT MODE :DISABLE
Figure 9.4
FIELD MAINTENANCE Screen
(2) Selecting 2. PORT MONITOR from the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu causes the PORT MONITOR menu to appear. PORT MONITOR UTC11:46 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM QUEEN * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.PORT SELECTION : TRANSPONDER 2.PORT LOG 3.COMMAND OPTION
[EXIT]
Figure 9.5
: OFF
[ENT]
PORT MONITOR Screen
77
(3) Select 1.PORT SELECTION from the PORT MONITOR menu, select the port to be checked, and then press the Jog dial. sensor data of the selected port.
The screen appears to display the external
Data displayed here is not filtered yet by sentence
selection (MAIN MENU - INITIAL SETTING - SENSORx - SENTENCE SELECT). SENSOR 1 UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM HAGAMARU 35°: 0.29NM JRCMARU * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> $--GLL,A,A,x.x,N,ABCD $--RMC,x,x,T.x,x,M,ABCD $--HDT,x,x,T*hh –CS
[EXIT]
Figure 9.6
-CS indicates data with invalid checksum.
[LOG START] [LOG END]
Example of SENSOR4 LOG Screen
List of Input Sentences Indication Sentence format SENSOR1-1 IEC61162-1 SENSOR2-1 (NMEA 0183 Ver. 1.5 to 2.3) SENSOR3-1 SENSOR4-1
SENSOR1-2 SENSOR2-2 SENSOR3-2
SENSOR4-1 SENSOR1-1
78
This sentence is not received.
IEC61162-2
ITU-R M.823-2 NMEA0183
ed sentence header Input item Preferred Optional Longitude/Latitude GNS, GLL GGA, Position Accuracy RMC Time of Position Datum Reference RAIM Indicator Speed Over Ground (SOG)
DTM GBS VBW
Course Over Ground (COG) Heading
RMC HDT
VTG, OSD, RMC VTG, OSD OSD, HDG
Rate of Turn ROT Input: RTCM SC-104 Ver.2.0 Type 1, 2, 7, 9 Heading via NCT-27 VHW
8-3 Sensor Status Check (SENSOR STATUS) Check the sensor status to see if data is correctly loaded from the external sensor port. [Operation Procedure] (1) Selecting 5. MAINTENANCE from MAIN MENU in the field maintenance mode causes the MAINTENANCE menu to appear. Select 4. SENSOR
STATUS from
the MAINTENANCE menu. SENSOR BRG : 270°: 35°: * 22°:
STATUS RNG 0.18NM 0.29NM 0.92NM
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE QUEEN ABCDEFG-MA>
POSITION : EXTERNAL DGNSS UTC CLOCK : IN USE SOG/COG
: EXTERNAL
HEADING
: VALID
ROT
: OTHER SORCE
Check that POSITION is not NO SENSOR.
Check that UTC CLOCK is IN USE. to indicate IN USE after power on.)
(It takes about 13 minutes
Check that SOG/COG is not NO SENSOR. Check that HEADING is not INVALID.
Check that ROT is not NO SENSOR.
Figure 9.7
Example of SENSOR STATUS Screen
The sensor status is displayed as follows. Sensor type Display Explanation
POSITION
UTC CLOCK SOG/COG
HEADING ROT
EXTERNAL DGNSS EXTERNAL GNSS INTERNAL DGNSS(BEACON) INTERNAL DGNSS(MSG.17) INTERNAL GNSS NO SENSOR LOST IN USE EXTERNAL INTERNAL NO SENSOR VALID INVALID IN USE OTHER SORCE NO SENSOR
Data is obtained from the external GPS (high accuracy). Data is obtained from the external GPS (low accuracy). Correction data is obtained from the beacon receiver and the internal GPS is used (high accuracy). Correction data is obtained from the base station and the internal GPS is used (high accuracy). Data is obtained from the internal GPS (low accuracy). No data is available. The internal GPS is not synchronized with PPS. The internal GPS is synchronized with PPS. Data is obtained from the external equipment. Data is obtained from the internal GPS. No data is available. Data is obtained from the external equipment. No data is available. Data is obtained from the rate-of-turn indicator. Data is obtained from the equipment other than the rate-of-turn indicator. No data is available.
79
8-4 UTC Synchronization Check (COMM STATUS) Check the synchronous state of AIS communication. [Operation Procedure] (1) Selecting 6. FIELD MAINTENANCE from MAIN MENU in the field maintenance mode causes the MAINTENANCE menu to appear.
Select 1. COMM STATUS from
the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu. COMM STATUS BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM
UTC 11:44 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE JRCMARU ABCDEFG-MA>
1.RX STATION
: 123
2.SEMAPHORE STATION : 987654321 3.SYNC STATE
: UTC DIRECT
4.INTERNAL GPS : VALID
Check that SYNC STATE is UTC DIRECT.
When SYNC STATE is UTC DIRECT, INTERNAL GPS becomes VALID.
(It takes about 13 minutes to indicate
VALID after power on.) [EXIT]
Figure 9.8
COMM STATUS Screen List of SYNC STATE Displays Display UTC DIRECT UTC INDIRECT BASE DIRECT BASE INDIRECT MOBILE AS SEMAPHORE NOT AVAILABLE
Synchronous state of slot Direct synchronization with UTC Indirect synchronization with UTC Direct synchronization with base station Indirect synchronization with base station Synchronization with semaphore station The transponder is not connected.
List of INTERNAL GPS Displays Display State of internal GPS operation. VALID Valid position and valid PPS. PPS INVALID Valid position and invalid PPS. INVALID Invalid position and invalid PPS. NOT AVAILABLE The transponder is not connected.
80
8-5 Transponder Transmission Output Check (TX POWER SETTING) Check the transponder transmission output power and frequency.
Set up the
transponder for transmission output check as follows. AIS TRANSPONDER EXT ANT terminal (N-type connector)
Coaxial cable (50 Ω)
Transmission power meter (50 Ω) 12.5W/2W
Frequency counter
15 W or higher Dummy load 50 Ω Coupling
Coaxial cable (50 Ω)
Figure 9.9 Setup for Transmission Output Check [Operation Procedure]
(1) Selecting 6.FIELD MAINTENANCE from MAIN MENU in the field maintenance mode causes the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu to appear. Select 3. TRX CHECK from the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu. (2) Select 3.ANTENNA SELECTION. Select EXTERNAL to connect the transponder to the external antenna.
TRX CHECK BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM
UTC11:46 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE QUEEN ABCDEFG-MA>
1. CHANNEL SET 2. TX POWER SETTING 3.ANTENNA SELECTION : EXTERNAL
3. ANTENNA SELECTION : INTERNAL
Figure 9.10 TRX CHECK Screen
81
(3) Select 2. TX POWER SETTING from TRX CHECK menu. 1. CHANNEL TX POWER SETTING UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM JRCMARU * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFG-MA> 1.CHANNEL : 2087 WIDE 2.TX TYPE : DSC MARK 3.TX POWER : HIGH 4.INDEX : DEF : 128 SET : 123 -------------------------CH GROUP : 161.5000162.0250MHZ POWER | VSWR INDICATOR : 0 | 0 [EXIT] [DATA] [TX] [WRITE] [STOP]
Figure 9.11 TX POWER SETTING Screen
Set transmission channel (1060-2088) and bandwidth (WIDE/NARROW). 2. TX TYPE Select UNMODULATED as modulation type for power and frequency check. 3. TX POWER: HIGH/LOW Select HIGH (12.5 W) or LOW (2 W) as transmission output power. 4. INDEX: DEF: Displays the saved power control value. SET: Input the power control value (0-255) to adjust the transmission output power. CH GROUP: Displays groups in frequency band. 156.0250-156.4875 MHz (ex. 1060ch) 156.5000-156.9875 MHz (ex. 1070ch) 157.0000-157.4250 MHz (ex. 1228ch) 160.6250-160.9625 MHz (ex. 2260ch) 161.5000-162.0250 MHz (ex. 2088ch) INDICATOR: POWER: Displays an approximately transmitting power. VSWR: Displays VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) during transmission.
z Operation Items
[EXIT]:
Discards the data being set up and returns to the TRX check screen.
[DATA]:
Inquires about INDEX setting value of the transponder for display.
[TX]:
Starts continuous transmission.
[STOP]:
Stops continuous transmission.
[WRITE]: Saves the set power control value in the transponder. INDEX setting data is copied to the frequency band displayed in CH GROUP.
82
Example:
Transmission and adjustment in 1060ch WIDE/UNMODULATED/LOW.
1. Select 1. CHANNEL and enter 1060 WIDE. 2. Select 2. TX TYPE, and then select UNMODULATED. 3. Select 3. TX POWER, and then select LOW. 4. Select [TX] to start transmission. After confirmation, press [STOP]. When adjusting POWER, change the SET value in 4. INDEX. 5. After adjustment is completed, select [WRITE]. To retry setting, select [EXIT] to cancel the previously set values. 6. To continue to test and adjust other channel, repeat steps 1 to 5. (4) Select 3.ANTENNA SELECTION. Select INTERNAL to connect the equipment to the internal antenna. After checking the output power, be sure to select INTERNAL.
8-6 System Restart After the end of operation in the field maintenance mode, be sure to restart the equipment in the normal mode (with the [PWR/DIM] key pressed). If measurement equipment is connected to the external antenna terminal to check the transmission output, be sure to make the setting so that the connection is returned to the internal antenna. In the case as set to the external antenna, after start the equipment, it displays "EXT ANT" for 10 seconds in the bottom line of the screen. Start the equipment in the Field maintenance mode, and correct setting at the internal antenna. Confirm that it isn't displayed with "EXT ANT" after the restart.
225°:99.99NM 111111118 ▼228°:99.99NM 111111123 N 35°32.8484 SOG 15.2KT E 123°45.2264 COG 44.4° TOTAL :128 CURSOR:*** EXT ANT
In the case as set to the external antenna, it displays "EXT ANT" for 10 seconds.
83
AIS Initial Installation 8-7 Records for Inspections for Initial Installation of AIS 1. Inspection Place of Inspection Date of Inspection Ship’s Name IMO Number
Inspection
Attachments for records
□ □ □ □ □ □ □
Installation (Antenna 2. /Equipments 5.) /Manuals Ship’s Information (Up-date etc.) General Condition Verification of the AIS functions Verification of Input date and Data stored in AIS Information sheet Input Data as at / / /
2. AIS product/Installation Information item
Information
Manufacturer Name/Model Product / Installation Information
Serial Number Certificate Number Note1
Installation Date Note 2
Manufactured Date Note1: As for Certificate Number, Generally, HK certificate number should be applied to Domestic Voyage vessel and QinetiQ certificate number should be applied to International Voyage Vessel Note2: Installation Date may be AIS survey date onboard.
3. Manuals Item
Information
Installation Manual Operation Manual
Until installation manual is prepared, as for installation, operation manual may be referred to.
84
4. Summary of Verification of Installations and Functions (Antenna / Equipment) 4.1 Summary of Verification of Antenna /Equipment Installations Item
Results
Status of Equipment Installation Condition of Equipments (External Damage etc.) Clearance around Equipments Condition of Connector, Terminal, Earth etc. Condition of Indicator Lamp Condition of Knobs on the s Power
Main Power
(Category of Distribution Diagram e.g. 100V )
Reserved Power
(Category of Distribution Diagram e.g. 100V )
4.2 Summary of Verification of AIS functions No.
Check Item
Result
1
Static information Input
(Refer to Information sheet)
2
Dynamic information Input
(Refer to Information sheet)
3
Voyage information Input
(Refer to Information sheet)
4
System operation
(refer to 5.1)
5
Antenna installation condition
(refer to 5.2 1) )
6
AIS Controller installation condition
(refer to 5.2 2) )
7
Magnetic com safety distance
(refer to 5.2 3) )
8
Sensor Signal Integrity
9
UTC synchronization condition
(refer to 5.4)
10
Sensor data surveillance function
(refer to 5.5)
11
AIS mutual communication
(refer to 5.6)
12
Local Frequency operation
(refer to 5.7)
13
Transponder data
(refer to 5.8)
Note3
(Refer to 5.3-1, 5.3-2, 5.3-3, 5.3-4)
Note3: Each result shall be marked after completion of respective inspection.
85
5. Verification of Installation and Functions (Antenna / Equipment) 5.1 Implementation of system operation General operation No. Procedure & Specification
1
2 3
Result
On cutting off the power supply from ship’s main, AIS power management should shift to Emergency Power and vice versa. If alternate power supply is supplied from Ship’s Emergency Power Distribution, this test shall be omitted. As long as the system is in normal operating condition with acquiring all necessary data and signals and with correct wiring, no error should be happened. After check of AIS operation by self-diagnostic test, alarm shall not be displayed.
5.2 Inspection of Antenna (with Transponder) and Controller Installation 1) General No.
Requirement
Results
AIS antenna shall be installed adequately away from International VHF antenna and large obstructions. On the com deck clear of obstructions, AIS antenna shall be installed as forward as possible. 1
Separation from international VHF antenna
2
Separation from large constructive materials and obstructions
3
General condition of antenna installation
2) AIS Controller Installation No.
2
Requirement Results AIS controller shall be installed on the front wall of Bridge, at center conning position of Bridge and on and/or in the vicinity of the chart table. AIS controller shall be at least 1m away from the Magnetic com.
3
Adequacy of Condition of AIS controller Installation
1
3) Safety distance from Magnetic Com No.
86
Requirement Results According as the Magnetic com Safety Distance of AIS requirement, safety distance(1m) between magnetic com and AIS antenna shall be kept.
5.3
Validity and verification of Input data /Serviceability check of sensors and devices This section is to confirm validation and to input data acquired from sensors / devices in coinciding to the connected equipment and interface condition that are described in final drawing (last plan). In addition, serviceability and accuracy of sensors and/or devices connected to AIS system shall be checked. Note4: At the item of Outputted from, manufacturer name /Equipment type are filled out. Note5: At the item of AIS Connection port, type of signal is filled out.
No. 1
Procedure & Specification Ship’s position data should be acquired. The input data should be accurate in acquisition. Outputted from: AIS Connection port:
Result
Note4 Note5
Input sentence: 2
Ship’s speed data (over-the-ground) should be acquired. (If the speed over ground is not obtained from Speed log equipment, GPS may be used for this function) The input data should be accurate in acquisition. Note4 Outputted from: AIS Connection port:
3
Input sentence: Ship’s heading data should be acquired. The input data should be accurate in acquisition. Outputted from: AIS Connection port:
Note5
Note4 Note5
Input sentence: 4
Ship’s Rate of turn data should be acquired (where available). The input data should be accurate in acquisition. Note4 Outputted from: AIS Connection port:
Note5
Input sentence: 5.4 Verification of UTC Synchronization Condition No.
Procedure & Specification
1
On the display for synchronization confirmation mode, synchronization condition shall be in UTC Direct mode.
Result
5.5 Verification of Sensor data surveillance function(Alarm for Signal disconnected) No. 1
2
Procedure & Specification
Result
Incase that Ship’s position input signal may be disconnected, alarm such as “025 external EPFS lost” shall be activated. In case that Ship’s heading data (either over-the-ground or through-water) is disconnected, alarm such as “032 Heading lost/invalid” shall be activated. And in case that Signal “ROT” is disconnected, alarm such as “035 no valid ROT information” shall be activated.
87
5.6 Verification of AIS mutual Communication No. Procedure & Specification
1
Result
In case that ship installed with AIS or land facility installed with AIS system is not far away from own ship, direction, distance and ship’s name(or MMSI Number) of it shall be adequately displayed on controller. If AIS communication between own ship AIS and other AIS station is actually difficult, record obtained in factory may be available.
5.7 Verification of Local frequency operation No.
Procedure & Specification
Result
In case that ship position is within the area of Local Frequency operation, assigned frequency in it shall be used and it is operable. (Ex: in JPN, ch 2079/2081, 161.575/161.675MHz) 1 If AIS communication between own ship AIS and other AIS station is actually difficult, record obtained in factory may be available.
5.8 Verification of Transponder No.
Procedure & Specification Records examined by Radio Inspection Body Inspection shall be confirmed as follows.
1
Result during Radio
・ TDMA -transmission frequency (161.975, 162.025MHz, Local Frequency) -Frequency Deviation -Transmission Power ・ DSC -transmission frequency (ch 70) -Frequency Deviation -Transmission Power Note6:
Note6: As for DSC transmission function, shipborne 70 ch shall be used for response to base station interrogation.
88
AIS Information Sheet 1. Static Information to be set in AIS as default data Specification On the AIS display in Ship’s information mode, below shall be confirmed to be set in AIS. Ship’s name (Maximum 20 characters) MMSI number IMO number Call sign Location of Forward: Ship’s Position sensor Aft : STBD: Port Location of Forward: AIS Transponder Aft : STBD: Port Type of Ship’s Position sensor
Results information down
m m m m m m m m
2. Dynamic Information to be interfaced and to be inputted by manual Specification Results On the AIS display in the Ship’s information mode, information or data down below in AIS shall be confirmed. UTC Own ship’s position (Lat, Long) Accuracy of Own Ship’s position Speed (SOG) Course(COG) Heading Rate of turn (where available) Navigational status (e.g. NUC, at anchor ,etc. –manual input) 3. Voyage Information to be set in AIS as data Specification Results On the AIS display in Ship’s information mode, information down below shall be confirmed to be set in AIS.(If data is not set in, data shall be set in by manual) Ship’s draught m Destination Estimated time of Arrival (ETA) Ship’s type Cargo information
Rev-2 March 29 2003
89
9 AIS (JHS-182) Periodical Inspection and Maintenance 9-1 Periodical Inspection Procedure 9-1-1
Connection Check
(1) Power Supply Unit (1.1) Power supply from the AC power source and power voltage When using inboard AC power source, check that the power unit (model: NBD-577B) is used. Check also that regular voltage is applied on the AC IN terminal of the power unit terminal block by using a voltmeter. Further check the voltage within 19Vdc and 35Vdc is output on the 24-Vdc OUT terminal. Check that a protective cover is installed over the AC IN terminal on the terminal block for shock guard. (1.2) Switching to DC power supply When the AIS is powered with DC, check that the inboard AC and DC are supplied by using a voltmeter at the terminal block of the power supply unit. Next, connect a voltmeter to the 24Vdc OUT terminal of the power supply unit. Then check that the voltage within 20Vdc and 32Vdc is output when the inboard AC power source is turned off. (2) Connection Box (NQE-3182) (2.1) Remove the cover and check that terminals connecting cables are in good order. (2.2) Check that four fuses are not blown off. (2.3) Check the DC input voltage within 19Vdc and 35Vdc. (2.4) Turn off the power switch in the connection box and check that the DC output voltage of 24 Vdc is not generated. (2.5) Turn on the power switch and check that the DC output voltage of 24 Vdc is generated. (3) AIS Transponder (NTE-182) (3.1) Check fixing conditions of the AIS transponder (NTE-182); Bolts for brackets, fixing belts,the whip antenna do not come loose,and paint has not corroded remarkably. When checking of the whip antenna, while holding the antenna connector of the redome with wrench, check the antenna loosens or not. (3.2) Check that the whip antenna is in good order; there must be no dropout of the antenna and loose or crack of its base. (4) AIS Controller (NCM-779) Check that the control cable mounting is in good order.
90
(5) Connection between the AIS Controller and AIS Transponder Turn on the power, select [MENU] - [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION], and check that the transponder software version is not “‐.‐‐”. Turn on the power, wait for more than three minutes, select [MENU] [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY], and check that the following message does not appear. 064: mkd connection lost （AIS Controller cannot be taken data of AIS transponder.） 9-1-2
Operational Condition Check
(1) Functions of the AIS Controller Operation Check the functions are in good order by using the dial and the key switches on the operation . Check also that you can hear clicking sound when pressing a key switch. (2) Functions of the AIS Controller Display (2.1) Display device Turn on the power in FIELD MAINTENANCE mode. Select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [SELF DIAGNOSIS] - [CONTROLLER], execute the AIS controller self test, and check that the entire LCD displays all black and all white. (2.2) Alarm device Check that alarm sound is generated in the following conditions. Turned on AIS alarm, and supply of External GPS is turned off. (2.3) Illumination Press the PWR/DIM key switch on the control several times for testing LCD illumination. Next, check that the illumination becomes off, dark, half-light, and bright cyclically in this order. (3) Functions of the AIS Transponder's Receiver Check that the receiver can receives AIS messages from other ships and display them. Turn on the power supply, wait more than one minutes, and select [MENU] [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY] to check alarm occurrence. Confirm that the following messages are not displayed. 003: Rx channel 1 malfunction 004: Rx channel 2 malfunction 005: Rx channel 70 malfunction
91
(4) Functions of the AIS Transponder's Transmitter Turn on the power supply, wait around two minutes until transmission starts. During transmission, AIS Controller indicated [TX-A][TX-B] on the bottom right of the screen. Select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY] to check alarm occurrence. Confirm that the following messages are not displayed. 001: Tx malfunction 002: Antenna VSWR exceeds limit (5) Functions of the Sensor Input Unit (5.1) External GPS check Turn on the power supply, wait more than one minute, and select [MENU] [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY] to check alarm occurrence. Confirm that the following messages are not displayed. 025: external EPFS lost 026: no sensor position in use 029: no valid SOG information 030: no valid COG information Select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [SENSOR STATUS] and confirm that the position is EXTERNAL DGNSS or EXTERNAL GNSS. Check that SOG/COG is EXTERNAL. Set [OWN POS DISP] to ON or display [OWN DETAIL], and then check that the external GPS position is displayed same as own ship position. (5.2) Internal GPS check When the external GPS is connected, turn off its power supply. Turn on the power supply, wait more than one minutes, and select [MENU] [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY] to check alarm occurrence. Confirm that the following messages are not displayed. 026: no sensor position in use 029: no valid SOG information 030: no valid COG information Select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [SENSOR STATUS] and confirm that the position is INTERNAL DGNSS or INTERNAL GNSS. Check that SOG/COG is INTERNAL. Check that UTC CLOCK is IN USE Set [OWN POS DISP] to ON or display [OWN DETAIL], and then check that own ship position is displayed.
92
(5.3) Input of heading data Turn on the power supply, wait more than one minutes, and select [MENU] [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY] to check alarm occurrence. Confirm that the following messages are not displayed. 032: Heading lost/invalid 035: no valid ROT information Select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [SENSOR STATUS] and check that HEADING is valid. Check the HDG of own ship indication. (5.4) Input of rate-of-turn data (If connected rate-of-turn indicator) Turn on the power supply, wait more than one minutes, and select [MENU] [MAINTENANCE] - [ALARM HISTORY] to check alarm occurrence. Confirm that the following message is not displayed. 035: no valid ROT information Select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [SENSOR STATUS] and check that ROT is in use. Check the ROT of own ship indication. 9-1-3
Software Version Check
Turn on the power supply, select [MENU] - [MAINTENANCE] - [SOFTWARE VERSION], and check software versions of TRANSPONDER, AIS CONTROLLER and CONNECTION BOX. Once, press CLR key to back the MAINTENANCE menu. In MAINTENANCE menu, select “6.SOFTWARE VERSION”. While holding down PWR/DIM key, press Jog dial to display the software data version. Check the software data versions of TRANSPONDER, AIS CONTROLLER and CONNECTION BOX. 9-2 Inspection Record Fill in the maintenance report in accordance with the results of the inspection. Refer to the report at the time of the next maintenance.
93
AIS (JHS-182) MAINTENANCE/INSPECTION REPORT Ship Name:
(dd/mm/yyyy) Date of Inspection: Place of Inspection: Inspector:
Inspection Item Power supply unit
Description Power supply from the main power source and voltage Switching to the DC power supply (Power is also supplied from DC power source.) Connection box Cable connection terminal Fuses DC input voltage DC output voltage Power switch on/off AIS Transponder Fixed conditions Whip antenna conditions AIS Controller Fixed conditions Functions of the operation Display condition and alarm status Functions of reception Function of transmission Functions of the Position data input sensor input unit Heading data input Rate-of-turn data input Software version AIS Transponder check Connection Box AIS Controller Software data AIS Transponder version check Connection Box AIS Controller Note
Transponder (NTE-182)
Serial No.
Connection Box (NQE-3182)
Serial No.
AIS Controller (NCM-779)
Serial No.
Principal
94
Result
Remarks Main power source V Alternative (DC) power source V
Vdc Vdc
Ver. Ver. Ver. Ver. Ver. Ver.
10 Service spare parts 10-1
Spare Units for Repair
If any trouble is found during maintenance/inspection, troubleshoot to isolate a troubled section, identify the location, and take an appropriate action. For a replacement unit, see the following table. No. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9.
10-2
Unit Name AIS Transponder
Model NTE-182-2
VHF Antenna GPS Antenna I/O CONTROL TERMINAL UNIT UNIT CONTROL UNIT Power Supply unit Spare parts
CAV-2180 CAG-2180-1 CDJ-3182 CQD-3182 CCK-2779 CDJ-2779 NBD-577C 7ZXJD0049
Note Transponder (CAV-2180 is unattached.) Whip antenna CAG-2180 LNA UNIT is attached in the radome. Circuit board for NQE-3182 Circuit board for NQE-3182 Circuit board for NCM-779 Circuit board for NCM-779 Fuses
Periodic exchange unit
Periodic exchange unit is shown in the table. About Periodic exchange unit, please ask our company or agency. No. Unit Name 1 LCD UNIT 2
VHF ANTENNA
Code CDE-1779 CAV-2180
Decline period 40,000 hours about 5 operation About 5 years
Note years in
continuous
95
11 Troubleshooting 11-1
Principal symptoms, possibly causes and countermeasures
Symptom of Error Possible Cause or Cause of Fault Power is not Power is not distributed from supplied when the the inboard distribution . power switch is pressed. Power is not supplied from the Power Supply Unit. (NBD-577B/C)
Countermeasures Check that the switch of the power board is on. Check that the wiring from the power board is correct. Check that the wiring of the Power Supply unit is correct. Check that the output voltage of the Power Supply unit is correct. Power supplied from Power Replace the Power Supply Unit. Supply Unit (NBD-577B/C) is out of range (19-35Vdc). Power is not supplied to the DC Check that the wiring is correct. input in the Connection Box. The fuses (F1, F2: main power Check that the wiring is correct fuses) in the Connection Box are and replace the fuses. blown out. The Relay (K501: main power Replace the CDJ-3182 circuit relay) in the Connection Box is board. broken. The power supplied from the Check that the wiring is correct. DC-DC converter in the Check that the input voltage is connection box is outside the correct. Replace the DC-DC converter range (23-25Vdc). (the CDJ-3182 circuit board). Power is not supplied from the Check that the power switch in DC-DC converter in the the Connection Box is ON. Replace the DC-DC converter Connection Box. (the CDJ-3182 circuit board). The fuses (F3: controller power Check that the wiring is correct fuse) in the Connection Box are and replace the fuse. blown out. The IC in the AIS controller Replace the CDJ-2779 circuit power circuit is broken. board. The key switch of the AIS Replace the CCK-2779 circuit controller is broken. board. The displayed The AIS transponder power is Replace the CDJ-3182 circuit transponder not turned on. board. software version is The Relay (K531:AIS Transponder power relay) in the “‐.‐‐”. Connection Box is broken. The AIS Transponder power is Check that the wiring is correct not turned on. and replace the fuse. The fuses (F531: AIS Transponder power fuse) in the Connection Box are blown out.
96
The AIS Transponder power is not turned on. The power supply (coaxial) cable for the AIS Transponder is broken. Using the Junction Box (NQD-4382 Option), the polarity of the cable for the AIS Transponder is incorrect. Using the Junction Box (NQD-4382 Option), the cable for the transponder is broken. The AIS Transponder power is not turned on. The IC in the AIS Transponder power circuit is broken. No response after The unit malfunctions. depressing a key on the operation . The control unit malfunctions. Some dots are The LCD malfunctions. missing on the LCD. The control unit malfunctions. No alarming sound The setup of the buzzer is off. is generated. The buzzer malfunctions. The control unit malfunctions. The illumination The control unit malfunctions. does not light. The LCD malfunctions.
No AIS message is The transponder is not received. operating. The whip antenna is damaged. The following alarm number appears: 003, 004, or 005. The synthesizer in the receiving circuit is unlocked. The settlement of the channel is not right. No AIS message is The following alarm number transmitted. appears. 001, 052, 53: Power circuit fault 001, 054: PA collector current abnormal 001, 055: PA temperature abnormal 001, 058: PA protection circuit operated 001, 060: TX synthesizer unlock operated
Check the voltage at the end of the coaxial cable. Replace the coaxial cable for the transponder. Check that the wiring is correct and reconnect properly. Check the cable for the AIS Transponder, and replace the control cable. Replace the AIS Transponder.
Replace the CCK-2779 circuit board. Replace the CDJ-2779 circuit board. Replace the LCD UNIT. Replace the CDJ-2779 circuit board. The setup of the buzzer is turned on. Replace the CDJ-2779 circuit board. Replace the CDJ-2779 circuit board. Replace the LCD.
Check the transponder power is turned on. Replace the whip antenna. Replace the transponder.
It is fitted to the operation and maintenance channel. Replace the transponder.
97
External sensor (external GPS, gyro, and rate-of-turn indicator) data cannot be used on JHS-182.
Internal GPS data cannot be used.
98
003, 004, 005: RX synthesizer unlock operated 001, 057: Antenna not connected Check that the antenna is connected. Check the external / internal antenna setting. 001, 002: VSWR abnormal Check that the antenna is connected. Check that there are no objects around the antenna. Replace the antenna and check for normal transmission. MMSI is set up in 000000000. Converted into the proper number. The cable is not connected to the Check the connection and terminal block. (loose ) reconnect properly. The polarity of the serial cable is Check if the polarity is correct incorrect. and connect it. The hardware interface between Check the hardware interface of the sensor and connection box is the sensor, and connect it. incorrect. The sentence that the sensor Check the sentence header and generates is not ed by the version of the sensor the AIS. sentence. The serial data format (baud Check the serial data format of rate, etc.) of the sensor does not the sensor. match the setting of the AIS. The sentence that the sensor Check the serial sentence of the generates does not match the sensor and SENSOR SETTING SENSOR SETTING of the AIS of the JHS-182. port. The valid/invalid flag of the Check that the sensor operates sensor is invalid. correctly. The sensor malfunctions. Replace the sensor. The control unit malfunctions. Replace the CDJ-3182 circuit board. Receiving level of the internal Check receiving level of the GPS is low. external GPS and the internal GPS. ([FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [SATELLITE STATUS]) Internal GPS malfunctions. Check the internal GPS by executing self-diagnosis, and replace the AIS transponder.
11-2
JHS-182 alarm list
11-2-1 Fatal Error (ALR Sentence Output) Alarm No. 001 052 006 053
Indication
Alarm Occurrence Conditions
Tx malfunction Tx power supply error general failure Power supply error
The voltage became abnormal transmission because of PA failure. The voltage became abnormal reception because of PA failure.
001 054 001 055 002 051
Tx malfunction Pa current error Tx malfunction Pa temp error Antenna VSWR exceeds limit Tx power down
001 002 001 057 001 058 001 060 003 004 005 008
Tx malfunction Antenna VSWR exceeds limit Tx malfunction Vr error Tx malfunction Ic error Tx malfunction Tx pll unlock Rx channel 1 malfunction Rx channel 2 malfunction Rx channel 70 malfunction MKD connection lost
The PA collector current became abnormal during transmission. The PA temperature became abnormal during transmission. Computed result of VSWR is 3 or greater but no greater than 4 during rated transmission output or transmission level is lowered. The computed result of VSWR is 4 or greater. The antenna is open or broken.
064
MKD CONNECTION LOST
025
external EPFS lost
026
no sensor position in use
029
no valid SOG information
030
no valid COG information
032
Heading lost/invalid
during during
The PA protection circuit operates. The TX synthesizer is unlocked. The RX CH A synthesizer is unlocked. The RX CH B synthesizer is unlocked. The RX CH70 synthesizer is unlocked. Communication between the transponder and controller is failed. (AIS Transponder generates the alarm.) Communication between the transponder and controller is failed. (AIS Controller generates the alarm.) The any of following commands has not been entered from the external sensor or data is invalid. GNS, GLL, GGA, RMC The internal GPS is invalid and any of the following commands has not been entered from the external sensor or data is invalid. GNS, GLL, GGA, RMC The internal GPS is invalid and any of the following commands has not been entered from the external sensor or data is invalid. VBW, VTG, OSD, RMC The internal GPS is invalid and any of the following commands has not been entered from the external sensor or data is invalid. RMC, VTG, OSD Any of the following commands has not been entered from the external sensor or data is invalid. HDT, OSD, HDG
99
035
no valid ROT information
062 063
Program flash memory error Data flash memory error
Any of the following commands has not been entered from the external sensor or data is invalid. HDT, OSD, HDG, ROT The flash memory for programs is abnormal. The flash memory data is abnormal.
11-2-2 Status change (TXT sentence output) TXT No. 007 021 022 023 024 025 027 028 031 033 034 036 061 064
100
Indication UTC clock lost external DGNSS in use external GNSS in use internal DGNSS in use (beacon) internal DGNSS in use (message 17) internal GNSS in use external SOG/COG in use internal SOG/COG in use Heading valid Rate of Turn Indicator in use Other ROT source in use
Occurrence Conditions The internal GPS has not compensated PPS. External DGNSS is in use. External GNSS is in use. Internal DGNSS (beacon) is in use. Internal DGNSS (message 17) is in use.
Internal GNSS is in use. External SOG/COG is in use. Internal SOG/COG is in use. During heading input. During input from a rate-of-turn indicator. During input from other than the rate-of-turn indicator. Channel management Channel management parameters are parameters changed changed. Not TX Transmission is unavailable. UTC clock sync The internal GPS compensates PPS.
1.13
1.15
1.17
NTE-182
NTE-182
Ver No
NTE-182
Unit
(Based on the soft version of NCM-779)
1.00
(Based on the soft version of NCM-779)
1.00
version of NCM-779)
Fixed Items
2004/8/3
The problem which the first COG/SOG sensor status sentence is not outputted after system start is solved.
2004/4/9 Initial value of low power is updated .
Ver Indication Release Date at Normal Mode (yyyy/mm/dd 1.00 2004/3/23 Original version (Based on the soft
JHS-182 Software Update History
BB36388-
BB34975-
BB34626-
Applied S/N from factory
1.01
1.02
1.03
NQE-3182
NQE-3182
Ver No
NQE-3182
Unit
(Based on the soft version of NCM-779)
1.00
(Based on the soft version of NCM-779)
1.00
version of NCM-779)
Fixed Items
2004/8/17
The problem of only 'Ver 1.02' which self diagnosis of CONNECTION BOX can not execute correctly in Maintenance mode is solved.
1) Initial setting value of sensor port for WPL sentence is changed to invalidity. 2) AUX1 and AUX 3 ports control sentences for CMJ-3182 2004/8/3 NSK UNIT. (SUB CONTROLLER CMJ-3182.) 3) Correction not to input ROT or HDT sentence having only null parameters.
Ver Indication Release Date at Normal Mode (yyyy/mm/dd 1.00 2004/3/10 Original version (Based on the soft
JHS-182 Software Update History
BB21769-
BB20952, BB21753, BB21763-68
BB20001-
Applied S/N from factory
NCM-779
NCM-779
Unit
Ver No
Ver Indication Release Date Fixed Items at Normal Mode (yyyy/mm/dd) 1.10 1.02 (NTE-182 1.00) 2004/3/25 Original version (NQE-3182 1.00) 1) Misspellings are corrected. 2) Operation is bettered by adding a making sure display before binary message transmission. 1.10 3) Sub controller function is ed. 1.03 (NTE-182 1.00) 2004/8/3 4) CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT is ed by adding a initial heading value (NQE-3182 1.00) setting display. 5) The third level of LCD brightness is bettered for use in complete darkness.
JHS-182 Software Update History
BB16388-
BB14626-
Applied S/N from factory
CMJ-3182
Unit
Ver No
version of NCM-779)
Ver Indication Release Date at Normal Mode (yyyy/mm/dd) 1.04 2004/8/3 Original version 1.04 (Based on the soft
JHS-182 Software Update History
Fixed Items -
Applied S/N from factory
1/2
TECHNICAL INFORMATION FROM NETWORK AND COMMUNICATION GROUP
Subject
:
Information on AIS Equipment Operation at Leap Second Inserted
Equipment
:
JHS-180 / JHS-182 AIS
Date
:
December 16, 2005
Issue Number
:
JD-1317-05
M. Takayama Manager, Network and Communications Group Engineering Department Marine Electronics Division
2/2 Priority: A: Carry out immediately B: Carry out at periodical inspection C: Carry out upon client’s request √ D: Information and news
1. Subject: Information on AIS Equipment Operation at Leap Second Inserted 2. Objective Equipment NTE-180 AIS Transponder NTE-182 AIS Transponder AIS Base Stations 3. Information A leap second will be inserted at 00h00m UTC on January 1, 2006. Some people are worrying about abnormal operation of the AIS equipment at that time. However, JRC has confirmed normal operation. Here, JRC declares that all JRC AIS equipmet such as JHS-180, JHS-182 and base stations operate normally even when a leap second is inserted.
4. Attached document None.
2/2 Priority: A: Carry out immediately B: Carry out at periodical inspection √ C: Carry out upon client’s request D: Information and news
1. Subject: Information about 1W transmission function (OPTION)
2. Objective Equipment JHS-182 requiring 1W transmission function to meet ISGOTT regulation for tankers. The regulation is not required the other ships. - Please carry out software upgrade, initial setting, and power adjustment to the following serial number equipment shipped before February 1, 2005: NTE-182 AIS Transponder : BB37990 or before NCM-779 AIS Controller : BB17977 or before (AIS parent number : BB47977 or before) - After February 1st, 2005, NTE-182 and NCM-779 have initially programmed the software (Ver2.00) including the function.
3. Information and Notice In the case of JHS-182(AIS) requiring 1W transmission function, please carry out the following procedure. 3.1 In the case of the equipment shipped before February 1, 2005 having the old version a. Upgrade the software of AIS transponder and AIS controller to the following version. Please the AIS software files from the web site of our Marine Service Department. NTE-182 AIS Transponder : Ver 2.00 (Writing software from PC : NTE182 Flash1.exe) NCM-779 AIS Controller : Ver 2.00 ( : NCM779 Flash1.exe) b. Set 'POWER DISP.SETTING’ to ‘ON’ in Field Maintenance mode, and then adjust the power of the 1W transmission output. (Refer to the attached document f) ‘Setting for function of ‘POWER REDUCTION’’.) c. Please hand out the attached document g) ‘1W power reduction setting of transmission output power’ to the operator, and then explain the instruction. 3.2 In the case of the equipment shipped after February 1, 2005 having the new version software, no need to software upgrade. a. Set 'POWER DISP.SETTING’ to ‘ON’ in Field Maintenance mode, and then check the power of the 1W transmission output. (Refer to the attached document f) ‘Setting for function of ‘POWER REDUCTION’’.) b. Please hand out the attached document g) ‘1W power reduction setting of transmission output power’ to the operator, and then explain the instruction. Notice: Please keep ‘POWER DISP. SETTING’ to ‘OFF’ in the case of the ship does not applying ISGOTT regulation.
4. Attached document a) JHS-182 Software update procedure when visit to ship b) Software upgrade procedures for NTE-182 c) Software upgrade procedures for NCM-779 d) JHS-182 Software update history e) AIS maintenance record form f) Setting for function of ‘POWER REDUCTION’ (Installation method) g) 1W power reduction setting of transmission output power (Operation method)
2005/04/26 JHS-182 Software upgrade procedures when visiting to ship
Software upgrade procedures for JHS-182 on board 04.08.20 1. Filling out the attached JHS-182 setting table. (Ship static information, Voyage related information, etc.) 1.1 Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. z To turn the power on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key for about 6 seconds until characters appear on the AIS controller display. z In the maintenance mode, press MENU key to display menu item 1 to 7 as [MAIN MENU]. 1.2 Write down the present setting of each item to the attached JHS-182 setting table. 2. Upgrading the NTE-182 Transponder software Upgrade the software of NTE-182 Transponder in accordance with the software upgrade procedures for NTE-182 AIS TRANSPONDER. 3. Upgrading the NCM-779 AIS Controller software Upgrade the software of NCM-779 Controller in accordance with the software upgrade procedures for NCM-779 AIS CONTROLLER. 4. Re-setting with referring the above written-down JHS-182 setting table. 4.1 Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 4.2 Check the present setting of each item with the written-down JHS-182 setting table, and re-set it to fit the table as necessary. 4.3 After the checking and the re-setting, press OFF key, enter the and turn the AIS controller off 5. Checking the operation 5.1 Turn the AIS controller on with normal mode. 5.2 Check the operation is normal without the displaying of any error messages such as “MMSI MISMATCH”. 5.3 Write down the check result to the attached ‘AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record’. 6. Filling in and return of the ‘AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record’ 6.1 Fill in the attached ‘AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record’ and return it to the following address promptly together with ‘ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATE’. Marine Service Department E-mail : [email protected] Fax : +81 3 3779 1420 * Input a "TRP: " into the head of the subject name of an e-mail.
1-1
2005/04/26 JHS-182 Software upgrade procedures when visiting to ship
JHS-182 setting table MENU - 1. Voyage static data
Note *T / *C
Navigational status Destination Estimated time of Arrival (ETA) Draught Cargo / Status Waypoint text Person on board Height over keel
*C *T / *C *C
MENU - 3. Alarm setting
Note *C
Guard zone range
NM
Lost target
NM
MENU - 4. Set up – 6.Group ship list Name MMSI
1-2
Note *C
2005/04/26 JHS-182 Software upgrade procedures when visiting to ship
Menu – 7.Initial setting – 1. Sensor setting
Note *B
Sensor1 Sensor2 Sensor3 Sensor4 AUX1 (= AUX2) AUX3 (= AUX4) Menu – 7.Initial setting – 2. Ship static data
Note *T / *C
MMSI number Ship’s name IMO number Call sign Type of ship Location of Ship’s Position sensor (GNSS Antenna position)
Bow: Str : Por: Sta:
m m m m
Sensor type Serial number Controller type
*C
Menu – 7.Initial setting – 2. Ship static data – 8.Internal GPS setting
Note *C
Antenna pos
Bow: Str : Por: Sta:
m m m m
MENU - 7.Initial setting – 4.Remote diagnosis
Note *C
Status information Alarm history Software version *T・・・・AIS Transponder backup data *C・・・・AIS Controller backup data *B・・・・Connection box backup data
1-3
Sep. 21, 2004
Software upgrade procedures for NTE-182 AIS TRANSPONDER （For NTE182 FLASH 1） 1. Preparing 1.1. Prepare the followings: - Personal computer (OS: Windows95/98/NT/2000/XP, Hard disk free space: 10MBytes or more, COM (RS-232C) port: built-in port or USB-COM adapter etc.) - D-SUB 9-pin straight cable (9-pin male connector and 9-pin female connector) - File (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation - Upgrade file (nte182v200.MOT) Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (nte182v200.MOT) for NTE-182. 1.2. Copy the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and the upgrade file to the desktop holder of the personal computer. 1.3. Turn the AIS controller on. 1.4. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. - Press and hold the PWR key, and select [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. Confirm that the software data version is ‘Ver 1.17’ or lower 1.5. Turn the AIS controller off. 1.6. Open the cover of Maintenance connector of the AIS controller. 1.7. Connect the D-SUB 9-pin straight cable between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and COM port (RS-232C) of the personal computer.
AIS Transponder NTE-182
Connection Box NQE-3182
Power Supply MAINTENANCE connector
AIS Controller NCM-779
D-SUB 9-pin straight cable
Connection Diagram for Upgrading
1
Built-in COM port or USB-COM adapter etc. for RS-232C Handheld PC
2. Executing of Upgrade 2.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. - To turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key until characters appear on the AIS controller display.
2.2. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [TRANSPONDER UPDATE]. Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen, then confirm that the following message is displayed immediately. READY FOR TRANSPONDER SOFTWARE UPDATE [PLEASE RESTART AFTER SOFTWARE UPDATE]
PRESS AND HOLD [PWR]+[OFF]
2.3. If any other applications are operating, close them. Start the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation on the personal computer.
2
2.4. Select “COM Port” menu, and select the connected COM port.
2.5. Click “1.File select” button, and select the upgrade file (nte182v200.MOT). Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (nte182v200.MOT) for NTE-182. 2.6. Click “2.Load file” button, and confirm “The MOT file loading ok” is displayed in “msg box”. 2.7. Confirm the screen of the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation in the personal computer. When “!AIVDO,...” is displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1”, proceed to the section 2.8. When “!AIVDO,...” is not displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1”, carry out the procedure of section 4. 2.8. Click “4.Write Mode” button, and confirm the following messages are displayed on the screen of the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation after about 1 second. $PJRC,18,01,0001 $PJRC,18,11,0001*2F If the above messages are not displayed on the screen, turn the AIS Controller off and repeat the procedure from section 2.1. Note: After clicking “4.Write Mode” button, click “5.Write start” button about 3 seconds later.
3
2.9. Click “5.Write start” button to start the software upgrading. Confirm that “Now writing” is displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.10. About four minutes later, “Updating succeeded” shall be displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.11. If “Updating succeeded” is not displayed or another message is displayed on the screen of “msg box”, carry out the procedure of section 4 to retry upgrading. 2.12. Close the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation. 2.13. Turn the AIS controller off.
4
3. Confirming of the software upgraded 3.1. Turn the AIS controller on. 3.2. Carry out procedure of section 1.3 and 1.4 (software data version check), and confirm that the AIS transponder software is upgraded. Confirm that the software data version is ' Ver 2.00'. 3.3. Turn the AIS controller off. 3.4. Disconnect the D-SUB 9-pin cable from the Maintenance connector on the rear of the AIS controller. 3.5. Tighten the screws to fix the Maintenance connector cover on the rear of the AIS controller.
4. Software re-writing procedure if upgrading is unsuccessful If the Transponder software upgrading has been unsuccessful, carry out the following procedure to clear it up. - Leave the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation running on the personal computer. - Leave the D-SUB 9-pin cable connecting between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and the COM port of the personal computer. Note: If the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation is closed by mistake, restart the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and carry out procedure from section 2.3 to 2.6 again. Then carry out the following procedure. 4.1. Turn the AIS controller off. 4.2. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 4.3. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [3.ALARM HISTORY]. Then confirm that “062, A,V, Program Flash memory err” is displayed on the screen of AIS ALARM. 4.4. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [TRANSPONDER UPDATE]. And Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen. 4.5. Carry out the procedure from section 2.8 to 3.5. When “!AIVDO,...” is displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1” in the personal computer, carry out the procedure from section 2.8 to 3.5. Carry out procedure section 2.8 in this case, the following one - message is displayed on the screen. $PJRC,18,01,0001 Continuously carry out procedure section 2.9.
5
Sep. 21, 2004
Software upgrade procedures for NCM-779 AIS CONTROLLER （For NCM779 FLASH 1） 1. Preparing 1.1. Prepare the followings: - Personal computer (OS: Windows95/98/NT/2000/XP, Hard disk free space: 10MBytes or more, COM (RS-232C) port: built-in port or USB-COM adapter etc.) - D-SUB 9-pin straight cable (9-pin male connector and 9-pin female connector) - File (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation - Upgrade file (ncm779v200.bin) 1.2. Copy the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and the upgrade file to the desktop holder of the personal computer. 1.3. Turn the AIS controller on. 1.4. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. - Press and hold the PWR key, and select [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software version. Confirm that the software data version is ‘1.03’ or lower. 1.5. Turn the AIS controller off. 1.6. Open the cover of Maintenance connector of the AIS controller. 1.7. Connect the D-SUB 9-pin straight cable between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and COM port (RS-232C) of the personal computer.
AIS Transponder NTE-182
Connection Box NQE-3182
Power Supply MAINTENANCE connector
AIS Controller NCM-779
D-SUB 9-pin straight cable
Connection Diagram for Upgrading
1
Built-in COM port or USB-COM adapter etc. for RS-232C Handheld PC
2. Executing of Upgrade 2.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. - To turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key until characters appear on the AIS controller display.
2.2. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [CONTROLLER UPDATE]. Select ‘BAUDRATE: 38400BPS’ Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen, then confirm that the following message is displayed immediately. READY FOR CONTROLLER SOFTWARE UPDATE [PLEASE RESTART AFTER SOFTWARE UPDATE]
PRESS AND HOLD [PWR]+[OFF]
2.3. If any other applications are operating, close them. Start the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation on the personal computer.
2
2.4. Select “COM Port” menu, and select the connected COM port, 38400bps.
COM port
Baudrate
2.5. Click “1.File select” button, and select the upgrade file (ncm779v200.bin). Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (ncm779v200.bin) for NCM-779. 2.6. Click “2.Load file” button, and confirm “The BIN file loading ok” is displayed in “msg box”. 2.7. Click “4.Write Mode” button, and confirm the following messages are displayed on the screen of the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation after about 1 second. -> $PJRC,280,01,0001*1D <- $PJRC,280,11,0001*1C If the above messages are not displayed on the screen, turn the AIS Controller off and repeat the procedure from section 2.1. Note: After clicking “4.Write Mode” button, click “5.Write start” button about 3 seconds later. 2.8. Click “5.Write start” button to start the software upgrading. “Now Updating” is displayed on the screen of “msg box”. About ten seconds later, Confirm that the 'Percent' increases from 0%.
3
2.9. About seven minutes later, “Updating succeeded” shall be displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.10. If “Updating succeeded” is not displayed or another message is displayed on the screen of “msg box”, carry out the procedure of section 4 to retry upgrading. 2.11. Close the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation. 2.12. Turn the AIS controller off.
3. Confirming of the software upgraded 3.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 3.2. Carry out procedure of section 1.3 and 1.4 (software data version check), and confirm that the AIS controller software is upgraded. Confirm that the software data version is ‘Ver 2.00’. 3.3. Turn the AIS controller off. 3.4. Disconnect the D-SUB 9-pin cable from the Maintenance connector on the rear of the AIS controller. 3.5. Tighten the screws to fix the Maintenance connector cover on the rear of the AIS controller.
4
4. Software re-writing procedure if upgrading is unsuccessful If the Transponder software upgrading has been unsuccessful, carry out the following procedure to clear it up. - Leave the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation running on the personal computer. - Leave the D-SUB 9-pin cable connecting between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and the COM port of the personal computer. Note: If the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation is closed by mistake, restart the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and carry out procedure from section 2.3 to 2.6 again. Then carry out the following procedure. 4.1. Turn the AIS controller off. 4.2. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 4.3. The alarm sounds, and ‘SUM CHECK ERROR’ is displayed. Refer to procedure section 4.5 and 4.6, when the AIS controller starts up without being displayed ‘SUM CHECK ERROR’. 4.4. Confirm that ‘SUM CHECK ERROR’ is displayed. Carry out the procedure from section 2.7 to 3.5. 4.5. Confirm software data version. (See Procedure section 1.4) 4.6. Carry out the procedure from section 2.1 to 3.5.
5
AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record In order to maintain our records well on the AIS products for future better service, you are kindly advised to fill in the form below and return it to the following address as soon as possible after software version, units and /or pc boards replaced with new one(s), please. MARINE SERVICE DEPARTMENT (PRODUCT ) Japan Radio Co., Ltd. 18-7 Oosaki-1-chome Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 141-0023 Japan FAX +81 3 3779 1420 Name of Vessel MMSI No. JHS-182 Serial No.
Apparatus Serial No.
Software data Version
BB4
Apparatus name
Old
New
Controller NCM-779
BB1
BB1
Transponder NTE-182
BB3
BB3
Connection box NQE-3182
BB2
BB2
Controller NCM-779
Ver.
Ver.
Transponder NTE-182
Ver.
Ver.
Connection box NQE-3182
Ver.
Ver.
NSK unit CMJ-3182
Ver.
Ver.
Service Date Service Port Service Order Service Agent Service Engineer Check of normal operations after working Was the equipment changed to the normal mode from maintenance mode? Remarks
YES
NO
YES
NO
Setting for function of “POWER REDUCTION” To use the reduction function of output power, the latest software version 2.00 is required for AIS Controller and AIS Transponder.
1. AIS Controller Initial Setting (1) Turn the power on with “Field Maintenance” Mode and then select “6. FIELD MAINTENANCE” FIELD MAINTENANCE UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM VENUS * 22°: 0.92NM STAR SHIP 1.COMM STATUS 2.PORT MONITOR
(2) Select "7. POWER DISP.SETTING”, and press the Jog dial. (3) Rotate the Jog dial to select “ON” and press the Jog dial.
3.TRX CHECK 4.SATELLITE STATUS 5.MAINTENANCE CHECK 6.SOFTWARE UPDATE 7.POWER DISP.SETTING:OFF
(4) Restart the AIS controller with normal operation mode. (5) "POWER REDUCTION" is added in MAIN MENU, and the output power can be reduced to 1W with this menu item. Caution: "POWER REDUCTION" is not displayed in the MAIN MENU of field maintenance mode.
OFF
ON
MAIN MENU UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM VENUS * 22°: 0.92NM STAR SHIP 1.VOYAGE STATIC DATA
MAIN MENU UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM VENUS * 22°: 0.92NM STAR SHIP 1.VOYAGE STATIC DATA 2.MESSAGE
2.MESSAGE
3.ALARM SETTING
3.ALARM SETTING
4.SET UP
4.SET UP 5.MAINTENANCE -------------------------POWER REDUCTION:1W
5.MAINTENANCE
1W OUTPUT POWER IS FOR HAZARDOUS AREA USE ONLY. MAIN MENU screen (POWER DISP.SETTING: OFF)
MAIN MENU screen (POWER DISP.SETTING: ON) -1-
2. Transponder Transmission Output Check (TX POWER SETTING)
Transponder transmission output power check is necessary after ‘POWER DISP. SETTING’ setting to ‘ON’. Please check the 1W transmission output by each measurement channel of "CH GROUP" according to the following setup and procedures. AIS TRANSPONDER EXT ANT terminal (N-type connector)
Coaxial cable (50 Ω)
Transmission power meter (50 Ω) 12.5W/2W 1W
Frequency counter 15 W or higher Dummy load 50 Ω Coaxial cable (50 Ω)
Coupling
Figure 1 Setup for Transmission Output Check [Operation Procedure]
(1) Selecting 6.FIELD MAINTENANCE from MAIN MENU in the field maintenance mode causes the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu to appear. Select 3. TRX CHECK from the FIELD MAINTENANCE menu. TRX CHECK BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM
(2) Select 3.ANTENNA SELECTION. Select EXTERNAL to connect the transponder to the external antenna. 3.ANTENNA SELECTION : EXTERNAL
UTC11:46 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE VENUS STAR SHIP
1. CHANNEL SET 2. TX POWER SETTING 3. ANTENNA SELECTION : INTERNAL
Figure 2 TRX CHECK Screen -2-
(3) Select 2. TX POWER SETTING from TRX CHECK menu. TX POWER SETTING UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM VENUS * 22°: 0.92NM STAR SHIP 1.CHANNEL : 2087 WIDE 2.TX TYPE : DSC MARK 3.TX POWER : HIGH 4.INDEX : DEF : 128 SET : 123 -------------------------CH GROUP : 161.5000162.0250MHZ POWER | VSWR INDICATOR : 0 | 0 [EXIT] [DATA] [TX] [WRITE] [STOP]
Figure 3 TX POWER SETTING Screen
1. CHANNEL Set transmission channel (1060-2088) and bandwidth (WIDE/NARROW). 2. TX TYPE Select UNMODULATED as modulation type for power check. 3. TX POWER: 1W Select “1W (1W or lower)” as transmission output power. 4. INDEX: DEF: Displays the saved power control value. SET: Input the power control value (0-255) to adjust the transmission output power. CH GROUP: Displays groups in frequency band. 156.0250-156.4875 MHz (Selector channel: 1060ch) 156.5000-156.9875 MHz (Selector channel: 1070ch) 157.0000-157.4250 MHz (Selector channel: 1228ch) 160.6250-160.9625 MHz (Selector channel: 2260ch) 161.5000-162.0250 MHz (Selector channel: 2088ch) INDICATOR: POWER: Displays an approximately transmitting power. VSWR: Displays VSWR (voltage standing wave ratio) during transmission.
z Operation Items
[EXIT]:
Discards the data being set up and returns to the TRX check screen.
[DATA]:
Inquires about INDEX setting value of the transponder for display.
[TX]:
Starts continuous transmission.
[STOP]:
Stops continuous transmission.
[WRITE]: Saves the set power control value in the transponder. INDEX setting data is copied to the frequency band displayed in CH GROUP.
-3-
Example:
Transmission and adjustment in 1060ch WIDE/UNMODULATED/1W.
1. Select 1. CHANNEL and enter 1060 WIDE. 2. Select 2. TX TYPE, and then select UNMODULATED. 3. Select 3. TX POWER, and then select 1W. 4. Select [TX] to start transmission.
After confirmation, press [STOP].
When adjusting 1W POWER, change the SET value in 4. INDEX until 0.5±0.2 watts. 5. After adjustment is completed, select [WRITE].
To retry setting, select [EXIT] to
cancel the previously set values. 6. To continue to test and adjust other channel, repeat steps 1 to 5. (4) Select 3.ANTENNA SELECTION. Select INTERNAL to connect the equipment to the internal antenna. After checking the output power, be sure to select INTERNAL.
z Checking of operations (5) Restart the AIS controller with normal operation mode. Check that "POWER REDUCTION" is displayed on the main menu. (6) Select “POWER REDUCTION”, and then press the Jog dial. Rotate the Jog dial the select “1W”, and then press the Jog dial. 5.MAINTENANCE ------------------------POWER REDUCTION:1W 1W OUTPUT POWER IS FOR HAZARDOUS AREA USE ONLY.
(7) During 1 W operation, “__1W” is displayed in the status line. When the transponder transmits in 1 W operation, “TX1W” is displayed in the status line. (“TX” is indicated for one second). 225°: 9.28NM 123456780 218°: 9.32NM 287694331 35°32.2345 N SOG 15.2KT 123°45.2264 E COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR: 1 TX1W
225°: 9.28NM 123456780 218°: 9.32NM 287694331 35°32.2345 N SOG 15.2KT 123°45.2264 E COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR: 1 TX1W
Receiving
Transmitting
(8) Select “POWER REDUCTION”, and then press the Jog dial. Rotate the Jog dial to select “NORMAL”, and then press the Jog dial. -4-
1W power reduction setting of transmission output power Transmission output power can be set to 1 W at display of “POWER REDUCTION” in the MAIN MENU. Transponder operation switches back automatically from 1 W operation to normal power operation when the ship has moved more than 0.25 NM from the position where the 1W operation started. (During the transponder can’t be get valid position data, it does not switch back automatically from 1W operation to normal power operation.) a) Transmission output power setting Press the MENU key to display the Main Menu. Select “POWER REDUCTION”, and then press the Jog dial. Rotate the Jog dial to select “1W”, and then press the Jog dial. NORMAL: Normal power operation 1W: 1W power operation MAIN MENU UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM VENUS * 22°: 0.92NM STAR SHIP 1.VOYAGE STATIC DATA 2.MESSAGE
Rotate the Jog Dial
3.ALARM SETTING
5.MAINTENANCE ------------------------POWER REDUCTION:1W 1W OUTPUT POWER IS FOR HAZARDOUS AREA USE ONLY.
4.SET UP 5.MAINTENANCE ------------------------POWER REDUCTION:NORMAL
b) 1W indication on the status line When the transponder transmits in normal power operation, the transmission status “TX-A” or “TX-B” is displayed in the status line. On the other hand, during 1 W operation, “__1W” is displayed in the status line. When the transponder transmits in 1 W operation, “TX1W” is displayed in the status line. (“TX” is indicated for one second) [1W power operation] 225°: 9.28NM 123456780 218°: 9.32NM 287694331 35°32.2345 N SOG 15.2KT 123°45.2264 E COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR: 1 TX1W Receiving
[Normal power operation] 225°: 9.28NM 123456780 218°: 9.32NM 287694331 35°32.2345 N SOG 15.2KT 123°45.2264 E COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR: 1 Receiving
225°: 9.28NM 123456780 218°: 9.32NM 287694331 35°32.2345 N SOG 15.2KT 123°45.2264 E COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR: 1 TX1W Transmitting
225°: 9.28NM 123456780 218°: 9.32NM 287694331 35°32.2345 N SOG 15.2KT 123°45.2264 E COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR: 1 TX-A Transmitting
Caution: Be sure to confirm that "POWER REDUCTION" is set to "NORMAL" during normal operation. 1W operation can not communicate with distant stations.
1
2/2 Priority: A: Carry out immediately B: Carry out at periodical inspection C: Carry out upon client’s request √ D: Information and news
1. Subject: Information about CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT (Option) for AIS equipment (JHS-182).
2. Objective Equipment JHS-182 which needs the installation of the NSK UNIT.
3. Information and Notice We have prepared new NSK UNIT CMJ-3182 for AIS JHS-182. From now, use the CMJ-3182 instead of NCT-27B. In the case of using CMJ-3182, software data ‘Ver 1.03’ or later of an AIS controller NCM-779 is needed. After August 4th, 2004, NCM-779 have been shipping with its software data ‘Ver 1.03’. Refer to the attached document about the specification and the installation method of CMJ-3182.
4. Attached document INSTALLATION OF CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT
INSTALLATION OF CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT 1. Outline Drawing S201: Gyro Select Switch
Connector for Maintenance S101: Power Switch S202: Software Upgrade Setting Switch
91.5
TB11: Terminal Block
123.0
S201 Setting Table: Check the type and ratio of gyro com and set S201 according this table. Initial Setting
S201 [1:OFF, 2:OFF, 3:OFF, 4:OFF, 5:OFF, 6:ON, 7: OFF, 8: OFF] S202 [1:OFF, 2:OFF]
2. Installation Procedure R1 S1 S2 S3 R2
CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT Two screws TB11-1
Cable connection of Synchro signal
1 2 3 5 TB11-1
CQD-3182 J1
EF02-CMJ-3182
Cable connection of Step signal
NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX
-1-
To use the CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT, updating AIS Controller software data to Ver 1.03 or later is required.
AIS Controller Initial Setting (1) Power up AIS in “Field Maintenance” Mode and then select “7. INITIAL SETTING” – “1. SENSOR SETTING” – "1.SENSOR1".
SENSOR1 BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM 1.SENTENCE *DTM *GBS *HDG HDT *VBW *VHW PJRCD [ENT] [CANCEL]
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI HAGAMARU JRCMARU ABCDEFG-MA>
SELECT GGA *GLL *GNS *OSD *RMC *ROT *VTG *WPL PJRC
2.BAUDRATE : [EXIT]
(2) Select "2.BAUDRATE”, and press the Jog dial.
(3) Rotate the Jog dial to select “CMJ3182NSK” and press the Jog dial.
(4) Finally, select [ENT] in the small window on the lower part of the screen and press the Jog dial. CMJ3182NSK [ENT]
3. Heading Setting NSK UNIT BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI HAGAMARU JRCMARU ABCDEFG-MA>
1.HEADING : 000.0° ------------------------2.ALARM : OK 3.TYPE : SYNC 4.RATIO : 360X 5.DIRECTION : NORM 6.OUTPUT TIMIMG : 1S 7.SIMULATOR : NORM 8.ERR TIMING : 0.2S
EF02-CMJ-3182
[EXIT]
(1) Power up AIS in “Normal” Mode and then the setting screen of NSK UNIT appears automatically.
(2) Press the jog dial and then enter the heading of the com.
(3) Finally, select [ENT] in the small window on the lower part of the screen and press the Jog dial.
[ENT]
ALRM LIST SYNCIRQ ERR: Synchro signal (TB11-R1, R2) is abnormal. SYNCWIRE ERR: Synchro signal (TB11-S1, S2, S3) is abnormal. STEPWIRE ERR: Step signal (TB11-1, 2, 3, 5) is abnormal. STEPIRQ ERR: Abnormal signals are inputted from TB11-R1, R2. PROG.MEM. ERR: The program memory is abnormal.
-2-
Own ship’s heading initial setting (CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT – Optional unit) NSK UNIT menu for own ship’s heading initial setting is displayed when CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT is installed. Select "4.SETUP" in the Main Menu to display by pressing MENU key and display the Set up Menu. NSK UNIT menu is displayed when 10.NSK UNIT is selected in the Setup Menu. In the NSK UNIT menu, the own ship’s heading value and CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT setting status is displayed. NSK UNIT BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI HAGAMARU JRCMARU ABCDEFG-MA>
1.HEADING : 218.0° ------------------------2.ALARM : OK 3.TYPE : STEP 4.RATIO : 360X 5.DIRECTION : NORM 6.OUTPUT TIMIMG : 100MS 7.SIMULATOR : NORM 8.ERR TIMING : 0.2S [EXIT]
Pressing CLR returns the display to Setup Menu.
Select 1.HEADING with the Jog Dial, and then enter the own ship’s heading in the range from 000.0 to 359.9 degrees. Input the each digit of the heading value with the Jog Dial. When input of every digit has been completed, the cursor moves to the [ENT] in the small window. Selecting [ENT] sets the inputted heading value, and then returns the display to the Setup Menu. Selecting [EXIT] returns the display to the Setup Menu without setting the inputted heading.
[ENT]
NSK UNIT menu
Caution: After the alarm of NSK UNIT is recovered, the NSK UNIT menu is displayed automatically. Be sure to enter the heading value, if the NSK UNIT menu is automatically displayed. Even if the NSK UNIT menu is closed without heading entry, NSK UNIT menu will be appear again.
The item from 2 to 8 is the contents to have set to CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT. It isn’t possible to do the choice of the number.
The setting information of each menu is described below. 2. ALARM The alarm which has occurred to NSK UNIT now is displayed. Indication Explanation OK Normal operating SYNCIRQ ERR SYNCHRO type is selected, The communication with a gyroscope stopped. (Disconnect, etc.) SYNCWIRE ERR STEP type is selected, The communication with a gyroscope STEPIRQ ERR stopped. (Disconnect, etc.) STEPWIRE ERR PROG.MEM.ERR NSK UNIT is malfunctioned. 3. TYPE The type of input signal is displayed. Indication Explanation STEP Step signal SYNC Synchro signal
1
4. RATIO The type of gyration ratio is displayed. Indication Explanation 36X The type of gyration ratio 90X 180X 360X 5. DIRECTION The rotation direction is displayed. Indication Explanation REV Reverse (counterclockwise) NORM Normal (clockwise) 6. OUTPUT TIMING The update interval of an own ship’s bearing value is displayed. Indication Explanation RESERVE Not in use 1S The bearing value is updated at intervals of 1 second. 100MS At intervals of 100 msec. 50MS At intervals of 50 msec. 7. SIMULATOR The operation mode is displayed. Indication Explanation TEST Test mode (Com direction data is outputted by '0.0'.) NORM Normal mode 8. ERR TIMING The detection time of an error is displayed. Indication Explanation 5S An error is detected at intervals of 5 seconds. 0.2S At intervals of 0.2 sec.
NSK UNIT (CMJ-3182 - Option) 1 Environmental condition (1) Operating temperature: -15°C to +55°C (IEC 60945)
2 External interfaces (1) The type of gyro com Synchro Type : Gyration ratio - 360X, 180X, 90X, 36X Primary power source - 50 - 115Vac, 50/60Hz Secondary power source - 20 - 90Vac, 50/60Hz Step Type : Gyration ratio - 360X, 180X, 90X, 36X Power source - 24 / 35 / 50 / 70Vdc (2) Connection Box communication ports One communication port meets the requirements of IEC 61162-1.
2
2/3 Priority: A: Carry out immediately B: Carry out at periodical inspection √ C: Carry out upon client’s request D: Information and news
1. Subject Countermeasures against improper ‘SOG/COG’ information of SENSOR STATUS screen 2. Objective Equipment NTE-182 AIS Transponder
: BB36388 and before
3. Outline In spite of receiving GPS data from sensor input normally, the status of ‘SOG/COG’ in the ‘SENSOR STATUS’ screen may be displayed as 'NO SENSOR'. In this case the ‘SOG’ and ‘COG’ alarms are not occurred. 4. Countermeasures Confirm and carry out the following procedure until software is upgraded. When the power supply is shut off during operation, the following re-setup is required. Please hand the attached document “Confirmation procedure of SENSOR STATUS screen” to the . 1. Turn on the power of AIS controller with mode, the other ships list will be displayed after about 45 seconds) 2. Press MENU key, Main menu is displayed. In the Main menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [4.SENSOR STATUS]. 3. When ‘NO SENSOR’ is displayed on the ‘SOG/COG’ line, turn off the power of the external GPS connected to NQE-3182 (Connection Box). 4. 5 to 10 seconds later, the alarm of SOG and/or COG occurs and the AIS ALARM screen is displayed. 5. Turn on the power of the external GPS. After the AIS ALARM screen disappears, confirm the SENSOR STATUS screen again. “EXTERNAL” shall be displayed on the ‘SOG/COG’ line.
5. Attached document Confirmation procedure of SENSOR STATUS screen
3/3
1. Subject Information about SENSOR SETTING of Waypoint input data.
2. Objective Equipment NQE-3182 Connection Box
: BB21769 and before
3. Outline Some GPS equipment output ‘WPL’ Waypoint location sentence periodically. Whenever ‘WPL’ is inputted, NCM-779 (AIS Controller) displays Waypoints information screen*. Because SENSOR 1-4 port of NQE-3182 (Connection Box) can input ‘WPL’ sentence (‘WPL’ is enable in initial setting). Waypoints information screen*: When Waypoint data (‘WPL’ sentence) is inputted from external equipment, the screen for selecting ‘OVERWRITE’ or ‘CANCEL’ is displayed on LCD. 4. Countermeasures Change the setting of ‘WPL’ sentence to disabled for SENSOR1-4, AUX1 and AUX3 according to the following procedure. For the details of the operation, refer to the JHS-182 Installation manual “8.2 Sensor port setting (SENSOR SETTING)”. 1. Turn on the power of AIS controller with Field Maintenance mode. 2. Press MENU key, Main menu is displayed. 3. Select [7. INITIAL SETTING] -> [1. SENSOR SETTING].
5. Attached document 1. Installation manual ‘8.2 Sensor port setting (SENSOR SETTING)’ 2. List of GPS receiver
Confirmation procedures of SENSOR STATUS screen 1．Outline In spite of receiving GPS data from sensor input normally, the status of ‘SOG/COG’ in the ‘SENSOR STATUS’ screen may be displayed as 'NO SENSOR'. According to the following procedure, confirm the display of SOG/COG. 2．The confirmation procedures 1） Turn on the power of AIS controller (NCM-779). 2） The other ships list will be displayed after about 45 seconds. SORT:NORTH/RANGE UTC11:43 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM SHIP1 * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFGHIJK> 121°: 4.85NM 498755431 52°:12.47NM AABBCCDD243 222°:99.99NM 111111115 ▼228°:99.99NM 111111123 N 35°32.8484 SOG 15.2KT E 123°45.2264 COG 44.4° TOTAL:128 CURSOR:103
3） Press MENU key, Main menu is displayed. In the Main menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [4.SENSOR STATUS]. MAIN MENU UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM SHIP1 * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFGHIJK> 1.VOYAGE STATIC DATA
MAINTENANCE UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM SHIP1 * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFGHIJK> 1.SELF DIAGNOSIS
2.MESSAGE
2.TRX CONDITION
3.ALARM SETTING
3.AIS ALARM
4.SET UP
4.SENSOR STATUS
5.MAINTENANCE
5.POWER ON/OFF LOG
4） When ‘NO SENSOR’ is displayed on the ‘SOG/COG’ line, turn off the power of the external GPS connected to NQE-3182 (Connection Box). SENSOR BRG : 270°: 35°: * 22°:
STATUS RNG 0.18NM 0.29NM 0.92NM
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE SHIP1 ABCDEFGHIJK>
POSITION : INTERNAL DGNSS(BEACON) UTC CLOCK : IN USE SOG/COG
: NO SENSOR
HEADING
: INVALID
ROT
: OTHER SORCE
5)
5 to 10 seconds later, the alarm of SOG and/or COG occurs and the AIS ALARM screen is displayed. AIS ALARM UTC11:44 BRG : RNG NAME / MMSI 270°: 0.18NM OCEAN-LINE 35°: 0.29NM SHIP1 * 22°: 0.92NM ABCDEFGHIJK> 04/05/21 11:44 030,A,V no valid COG infor mation 029,A,V no valid SOG infor mation [EXIT] [HISTORY]
[SCROLL] ALARM
6) Turn on the power of the external GPS. After the AIS ALARM screen disappears, confirm the SENSOR STATUS screen again. “EXTERNAL” shall be displayed on the ‘SOG/COG’ line. SENSOR BRG : 270°: 35°: * 22°:
STATUS RNG 0.18NM 0.29NM 0.92NM
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE SHIP1 ABCDEFGHIJK>
POSITION : INTERNAL DGNSS(BEACON) UTC CLOCK : IN USE SOG/COG
: EXTERNAL
HEADING
: INVALID
ROT
: OTHER SORCE
8.2 Sensor Port Setting (SENSOR SETTING) Set up valid sentences and baud rate for the sensor ports (SENSOR1 to SENSOR4) connecting external sensors.
If external sensors are connected to SENSOR1-1,
SENSOR2-1, and SENSOR3-1, specify the baud rate of 4800 bps.
If external sensors
are connected to SENSOR1-2, SENSOR2-2, and SENSOR3-2, set up the baud rate of 38400 bps.
(For details about the setting, see Section 3.1 in Field Maintenance Menu
Operation Manual.) [Operation Procedure] (1) Selecting 1.SENSOR SETTING from the INITIAL SETTING menu causes the SENSOR SETTING menu to appear. SENSOR BRG : 270°: 35°: * 22°:
SETTING RNG 0.18NM 0.29NM 0.92NM
UTC11:46 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE QUEEN ABCDEFG-MA>
1.SENSOR1 2.SENSOR2 3.SENSOR3 4.SENSOR4
1.SENSOR1
Setting valid sentences and baud rate for sensor ports
2.SENSOR2 3.SENSOR3
5.AUX1 (=AUX2)
4.SENSOR4
6.AUX3 (=AUX4)
5.AUX1(=AUX2)
Setting valid sentences for ports.
These items are
prepared for future advanced feature.
6.AUX3(=AUX4)
Figure 8.3
SENSOR SETTING Screen
(2) Select sensor ports (1.SENSOR1 to 4.SENSOR4) from the SENSOR SETTING menu. The setting screen for the selected sensor appears.
2-53
SENSOR1 BRG : RNG 270°: 0.18NM 35°: 0.29NM * 22°: 0.92NM 1.SENTENCE *DTM *GBS *HDG *HDT *VBW *VHW PJRCD [ENT] [CANCEL]
UTC11:44 NAME / MMSI OCEAN-LINE JRCMARU ABCDEFG-MA>
SELECT *GGA *GLL *GNS *OSD *RMC *ROT *VTG WPL PJRC
The asterisk (*) mark indicates a valid header as input sentence.
As the initial setting value, all headers are
valid, and can be used unchanged ordinarily. To change the setting, rotate the Jog dial to more the cursor to the header.
Pressing the Jog dial changes
between valid ("*") and invalid (" ") header. 2. BAUDRATE
2.BAUDRATE : 4800BPS [EXIT]
1. SENTENCE SELECT
[ENT]
Setting the baud rate If 4800BPS is set, SENSOR x-1 port of the terminal block in NQE-3182 is valid.
If 38.4KBPS is set, SENSOR x-2
port is valid. Figure 8.4
SENSOR SETTING Screen (if Sensor 1 is Selected)
(3) Select the item to be set ("1.SENTENCE SELECT" or "2.BAUDRATE"). (4) Set up the sentences to be validated with "1.SENTENCE SELECT." An asterisk (*) mark indicates a valid sentence.
Rotate the Jog dial to select a sentence and press
the Jog dial to select Valid/Invalid.
After sentences are set, select [ENT] in
1.SENTENCE SELECT and press the Jog dial to complete the entire SENTENCE SELECT setting. (5) Set up the baud rate with "2.BAUDRATE." Rotate the Jog dial to select the baud rate (4800BPS or 38.4KBPS) and press the Jog dial to set it.
Pressing [ENT]
validates the input contents. (6) Finally, select [ENT] in the small window on the lower part of the screen and press the Jog dial to complete the setting for this port. Change the setting of ‘WPL’ sentence to disabled. When ‘WPL’ sentence setting is enabled, the Waypoint information screen is displayed every time ‘WPL’ sentence is inputted. [Sensor Input] SENSOR1:
4800BPS, 38.4KBPS, NCT-27NSK and CMJ3182NSK can be selected. NCT-27 NSK is selected to connect NCT-27. CMJ3182NSK is selected to connect CMJ-3182.
SENSOR2:
4800BPS and 38.4KBPS can be selected.
SENSOR3:
4800BPS and 38.4KBPS can be selected.
SENSOR4:
4800BPS and BEACON RX can be selected. BEACON RX is selected to connect the beacon receiver that outputs RTCM SC-104 Ver2.0 sentences with TTL level.
2-54
List of GPS receiver GPS receivers which output the ‘WPL’ sentence are as follows. Equipment Type NWZ-4551 JLR-6000 JLR-6000MK2 JLR-6800
Output timing of ‘WPL’ sentence ‘WPL’ sentence is outputted when the data output function is operated. ‘WPL’ sentence is outputted every 4 seconds.
same as above same as above
2/2 Priority: A: Carry out immediately B: Carry out at periodical inspection C: Carry out upon client’s request √ D: Information and news
1. Subject: Information about the new software of NTE-182, NQE-3182 and NCM-779. 2. Objective Equipment Following equipment were shipping with previous version software: NTE-182 AIS Transponder : BB36388 and before NQE-3182 Connection Box : BB21769 and before NCM-779 AIS Controller : BB16388 and before 3. Information and Notice 3.1 Software upgraded We have released new software of NTE-182, NQE-3182 and NCM-779. Software version NTE-182 AIS Transponder : Ver 1.17 (Writing software from PC : NTE182 Flash1.exe) NQE-3182 Connection Box : Ver 1.03 ( : NQE3182 Flash1.exe) NCM-779 AIS Controller : Ver 1.03 ( : NCM779 Flash1.exe)
3.2 The improvement / the additional item of new software version [NTE-182] 1. The problem which the first COG/SOG sensor status sentence is not outputted after system start is solved. [NQE-3182] 1. AUX1 and AUX 3 ports SUB CONTROLLER, i.e, another NCM-779 can be connected to AUX1 or AUX3 port as sub controller. 2. Initial setting value of sensor port for WPL sentence is changed to invalidity. [NCM-779] 1. SUB CONTROLLER function is ed. 2. CMJ-3182 NSK UNIT is ed by adding a initial heading value setting display. 3. The third level of LCD brightness is bettered for use in complete darkness. 3.3 the AIS software files Please the AIS software files from the homepage of our Marine Service Department. After the end of update work, please fill in the AIS maintenance record form, and return to the Marine Service Department. 4. Attached documents a) JHS-182 Software update procedure when visit to ship b) Software upgrade procedures for NTE-182 c) Software upgrade procedures for NQE-3182 d) Software upgrade procedures for NCM-779 e) JHS-182 Software update history f) AIS maintenance record form
JHS-182 Software upgrade procedures when visiting to ship
Software upgrade procedures for JHS-182 on board 04.08.20 1. Filling out the attached JHS-182 setting table. (Ship static information, Voyage related information, etc.) 1.1 Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. z To turn the power on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key for about 6 seconds until characters appear on the AIS controller display. z In the maintenance mode, press MENU key to display menu item 1 to 7 as [MAIN MENU]. 1.2 Write down the present setting of each item to the attached JHS-182 setting table. 2. Upgrading the NTE-182 Transponder software Upgrade the software of NTE-182 Transponder in accordance with the software upgrade procedures for NTE-182 AIS TRANSPONDER. 3. Upgrading the NCM-779 AIS Controller software Upgrade the software of NCM-779 Controller in accordance with the software upgrade procedures for NCM-779 AIS CONTROLLER. 4. Upgrading the NQE-3182 Connection box software Upgrade the software of NQE-3182 Connection box in accordance with the software upgrade procedures for NQE-3182 CONNECTION BOX. 5. Re-setting with referring the above written-down JHS-182 setting table. 5.1 Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 5.2 Check the present setting of each item with the written-down JHS-182 setting table, and re-set it to fit the table as necessary. 5.3 After the checking and the re-setting, press OFF key, enter the and turn the AIS controller off 6. Checking the operation 6.1 Turn the AIS controller on with normal mode. 6.2 Check the operation is normal without the displaying of any error messages such as “MMSI MISMATCH”. 7
Filling in the ‘AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record’ 7.1 Fill in the ‘AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record’ and return it to the following address. Marine Service Department Fax : +81 3 3779 1420 E-mail : [email protected] * Input a "TRP: " into the head of the subject name of an e-mail.
1-1
JHS-182 Software upgrade procedures when visiting to ship
JHS-182 setting table MENU - 1. Voyage static data
Note *T / *C
Navigational status Destination Estimated time of Arrival (ETA) Draught Cargo / Status Waypoint text Person on board Height over keel
*C *T / *C *C
MENU - 3. Alarm setting
Note *C
Guard zone range
NM
Lost target
NM
MENU - 4. Set up – 6.Group ship list Name MMSI
1-2
Note *C
JHS-182 Software upgrade procedures when visiting to ship
Menu – 7.Initial setting – 1. Sensor setting
Note *B
Sensor1 Sensor2 Sensor3 Sensor4 AUX1 (= AUX2) AUX3 (= AUX4) Menu – 7.Initial setting – 2. Ship static data
Note *T / *C
MMSI number Ship’s name IMO number Call sign Type of ship Location of Ship’s Position sensor (GNSS Antenna position)
Bow: Str : Por: Sta:
m m m m
Sensor type Serial number Controller type
*C
Menu – 7.Initial setting – 2. Ship static data – 8.Internal GPS setting
Note *C
Antenna pos
Bow: Str : Por: Sta:
m m m m
MENU - 7.Initial setting – 4.Remote diagnosis
Note *C
Status information Alarm history Software version *T・・・・AIS Transponder backup data *C・・・・AIS Controller backup data *B・・・・Connection box backup data
1-3
Sep. 21, 2004
Software upgrade procedures for NTE-182 AIS TRANSPONDER （For NTE182 FLASH 1） 1. Preparing 1.1. Prepare the followings: - Personal computer (OS: Windows95/98/NT/2000/XP, Hard disk free space: 10MBytes or more, COM (RS-232C) port: built-in port or USB-COM adapter etc.) - D-SUB 9-pin straight cable (9-pin male connector and 9-pin female connector) - File (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation - Upgrade file (nte182v117.MOT) Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (nte182v117.MOT) for NTE-182. 1.2. Copy the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and the upgrade file to the desktop holder of the personal computer. 1.3. Turn the AIS controller on. 1.4. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. - Press and hold the PWR key, and select [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. Confirm that the software data version is ‘Ver 1.13’ or ‘Ver 1.15’ 1.5. Turn the AIS controller off. 1.6. Open the cover of Maintenance connector of the AIS controller. 1.7. Connect the D-SUB 9-pin straight cable between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and COM port (RS-232C) of the personal computer.
AIS Transponder NTE-182
Connection Box NQE-3182
Power Supply MAINTENANCE connector
AIS Controller NCM-779
D-SUB 9-pin straight cable
Connection Diagram for Upgrading
1
Built-in COM port or USB-COM adapter etc. for RS-232C Handheld PC
2. Executing of Upgrade 2.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. - To turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key until characters appear on the AIS controller display.
2.2. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [TRANSPONDER UPDATE]. Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen, then confirm that the following message is displayed immediately. READY FOR TRANSPONDER SOFTWARE UPDATE [PLEASE RESTART AFTER SOFTWARE UPDATE]
PRESS AND HOLD [PWR]+[OFF]
2.3. If any other applications are operating, close them. Start the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation on the personal computer.
2
2.4. Select “COM Port” menu, and select the connected COM port.
2.5. Click “1.File select” button, and select the upgrade file (nte182v117.MOT). Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (nte182v117.MOT) for NTE-182. 2.6. Click “2.Load file” button, and confirm “The MOT file loading ok” is displayed in “msg box”. 2.7. Confirm the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1” in the personal computer. When “!AIVDO,...” is displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1”, proceed to the section 2.8. When “!AIVDO,...” is not displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1”, carry out the procedure of section 4. Note: After clicking “4.Write Mode” button, click “5.Write start” button about 3 seconds later. 2.8. Click “4.Write Mode” button, and confirm the following messages are displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1” after about 1 second. $PJRC,18,01,0001 $PJRC,18,11,0001*2F If the above messages are not displayed on the screen, turn the AIS Controller off and repeat the procedure from section 2.1.
3
2.9. Click “5.Write start” button to start the software upgrading. Confirm that “Now writing” is displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.10. About four minutes later, “Updating succeeded” shall be displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.11. If “Updating succeeded” is not displayed or another message is displayed on the screen of “msg box”, carry out the procedure of section 4 to retry upgrading. 2.12. Close the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation. 2.13. Turn the AIS controller off.
4
3. Confirming of the software upgraded 3.1. Turn the AIS controller on. 3.2. Carry out procedure of section 1.3 and 1.4 (software data version check), and confirm that the AIS transponder software is upgraded. Confirm that the software data version is ' Ver 1.17'. 3.3. Turn the AIS controller off. 3.4. Disconnect the D-SUB 9-pin cable from the Maintenance connector on the rear of the AIS controller. 3.5. Tighten the screws to fix the Maintenance connector cover on the rear of the AIS controller.
4. Software re-writing procedure if upgrading is unsuccessful If the Transponder software upgrading has been unsuccessful, carry out the following procedure to clear it up. - Leave the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation running on the personal computer. - Leave the D-SUB 9-pin cable connecting between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and the COM port of the personal computer. Note: If the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation is closed by mistake, restart the file (NTE182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and carry out procedure from section 2.3 to 2.6 again. Then carry out the following procedure. 4.1. Turn the AIS controller off. 4.2. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 4.3. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [3.ALARM HISTORY]. Then confirm that “062, A,V, Program Flash memory err” is displayed on the screen of AIS ALARM. 4.4. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [TRANSPONDER UPDATE]. And Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen. 4.5. Carry out the procedure from section 2.8 to 3.5. When “!AIVDO,...” is displayed on the screen of “NTE182 FLASH 1” in the personal computer, carry out the procedure from section 2.8 to 3.5. Carry out procedure section 2.8 in this case, the following one - message is displayed on the screen. $PJRC,18,01,0001 Continuously carry out procedure section 2.9.
5
Sep. 21, 2004
Software upgrade procedures for NQE-3182 AIS CONNECTION BOX （For NQE3182 FLASH 1） 1. Preparing 1.1. Prepare the followings: - Personal computer (OS: Windows95/98/NT/2000/XP, Hard disk free space: 10MBytes or more, COM (RS-232C) port: built-in port or USB-COM adapter etc.) - D-SUB 9-pin straight cable (9-pin male connector and 9-pin female connector) - File (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation - Upgrade file (nqe3182v103.MOT) 1.2. Copy the file (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and the upgrade file to the desktop holder of the personal computer. 1.3. Turn the AIS controller on. 1.4. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. - Press and hold the PWR key, and select [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software version. Confirm that the software data version is ‘Ver 1.01’ or ’Ver 1.02’. 1.5. Turn the AIS controller off. 1.6. Open the cover of Maintenance connector of the AIS controller. 1.7. Connect the D-SUB 9-pin straight cable between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and COM port (RS-232C) of the personal computer.
AIS Transponder NTE-182
Connection Box NQE-3182
Power Supply MAINTENANCE connector
AIS Controller NCM-779
D-SUB 9-pin straight cable
Connection Diagram for Upgrading
1
Built-in COM port or USB-COM adapter etc. for RS-232C Handheld PC
2. Executing of Upgrade 2.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. - To turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key until characters appear on the AIS controller display.
2.2. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [CONNECTION BOX UPDATE]. Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen, then confirm that the following message is displayed immediately.
READY FOR CONNECTION BOX SOFTWARE UPDATE [PLEASE RESTART AFTER SOFTWARE UPDATE]
PRESS AND HOLD [PWR]+[OFF]
2.3. If any other applications are operating, close them. Start the file (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation on the personal computer.
2
2.4. Select “COM Port” menu, and select the connected COM port.
2.5. Click “1.File select” button, and select the upgrade file (nqe3182v103.MOT). Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (nqe3182v103.MOT) for NQE-3182. 2.6. Click “2.Load file” button, and confirm “The MOT file loading ok” is displayed in “msg box”. 2.7. Confirm the screen of “NQE3182 FLASH 1” in the personal computer. When “!AIVDO,...” is displayed on the screen of “NQE3182 FLASH 1”, proceed to the section 2.8. When “!AIVDO,...” is not displayed on the screen of “NQE3182 FLASH 1”, carry out the procedure of section 4. Note: After clicking “4.Write Mode” button, click “5.Write start” button about 3 seconds later. 2.8. Click “4.Write Mode” button, and confirm the following messages are displayed on the screen of “NQE3182 FLASH 1” after about 1 second. $PJRC,121,01,0001 $PJRC,121,11,0001*14 If the above messages are not displayed on the screen, turn the AIS Controller off and repeat the procedure from section 2.1.
3
2.9. Click “5.Write start” button to start the software upgrading. Confirm that “Now writing” is displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.10. About two minutes later, “Updating succeeded” shall be displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.11. If “Updating succeeded” is not displayed or another message is displayed on the screen of “msg box”, carry out the procedure of section 4 to retry upgrading. 2.12. Close the file (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation. 2.13. Turn the AIS controller off.
4
3. Confirming of the software upgraded 3.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 3.2. Carry out procedure of section 1.3 and 1.4 (software data version check), and confirm that the AIS connection box software is upgraded. Confirm that the software data version is ‘Ver 1.03’. 3.3. Turn the AIS controller off. 3.4. Disconnect the D-SUB 9-pin cable from the Maintenance connector on the rear of the AIS controller. 3.5. Tighten the screws to fix the Maintenance connector cover on the rear of the AIS controller.
4. Software re-writing procedure if upgrading is unsuccessful If the Transponder software upgrading has been unsuccessful, carry out the following procedure to clear it up. - Leave the file (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation running on the personal computer. - Leave the D-SUB 9-pin cable connecting between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and the COM port of the personal computer. Note: If the file (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation is closed by mistake, restart the file (NQE3182 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and carry out procedure from section 2.3 to 2.6 again. Then carry out the following procedure. 4.1. Turn the AIS controller off. 4.2. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 4.3. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION]. - Press and hold the PWR key, and select [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data versions. Confirm that the same (or old) version as procedure of section 1.4 is displayed. (NQE-3182 is operating by the backup program.) 4.4. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [CONNECTION BOX UPDATE]. And Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen. 4.5. Carry out the procedure from section 2.8 to 3.5.
5
Sep. 21, 2004
Software upgrade procedures for NCM-779 AIS CONTROLLER （For NCM779 FLASH 1） 1. Preparing 1.1. Prepare the followings: - Personal computer (OS: Windows95/98/NT/2000/XP, Hard disk free space: 10MBytes or more, COM (RS-232C) port: built-in port or USB-COM adapter etc.) - D-SUB 9-pin straight cable (9-pin male connector and 9-pin female connector) - File (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation - Upgrade file (ncm779v103.bin) 1.2. Copy the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and the upgrade file to the desktop holder of the personal computer. 1.3. Turn the AIS controller on. 1.4. In the Main Menu, select [5.MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software data version. - Press and hold the PWR key, and select [6.SOFTWARE VERSION] to check the software version. Confirm that the software data version is ‘1.02’. 1.5. Turn the AIS controller off. 1.6. Open the cover of Maintenance connector of the AIS controller. 1.7. Connect the D-SUB 9-pin straight cable between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and COM port (RS-232C) of the personal computer.
AIS Transponder NTE-182
Connection Box NQE-3182
Power Supply MAINTENANCE connector
AIS Controller NCM-779
D-SUB 9-pin straight cable
Connection Diagram for Upgrading
1
Built-in COM port or USB-COM adapter etc. for RS-232C Handheld PC
2. Executing of Upgrade 2.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. - To turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode, press and hold the MENU key and the PWR key until characters appear on the AIS controller display.
2.2. In the Main Menu, select [6.FIELD MAINTENANCE] - [6.SOFTWARE UPDATE] - [CONTROLLER UPDATE]. Select ‘BAUDRATE: 38400BPS’ Select [ENT] on the bottom of the screen, then confirm that the following message is displayed immediately. READY FOR CONTROLLER SOFTWARE UPDATE [PLEASE RESTART AFTER SOFTWARE UPDATE]
PRESS AND HOLD [PWR]+[OFF]
2.3. If any other applications are operating, close them. Start the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation on the personal computer.
2
2.4. Select “COM Port” menu, and select the connected COM port, 38400bps.
COM port
Baudrate
2.5. Click “1.File select” button, and select the upgrade file (ncm779v103.bin). Caution: The upgrade file should be selected (ncm779v103.bin) for NCM-779. 2.6. Click “2.Load file” button, and confirm “The BIN file loading ok” is displayed in “msg box”. 2.7. Click “4.Write Mode” button, and confirm the following messages are displayed on the screen of “NCM779 FLASH 1” after about 1 second. -> $PJRC,280,01,0001*1D <- $PJRC,280,11,0001*1C If the above messages are not displayed on the screen, turn the AIS Controller off and repeat the procedure from section 2.1. Note: After clicking “4.Write Mode” button, click “5.Write start” button about 3 seconds later. 2.8. Click “5.Write start” button to start the software upgrading. “Now Updating” is displayed on the screen of “msg box”. About ten seconds later, Confirm that the 'Percent' increases from 0%.
3
2.9. About seven minutes later, “Updating succeeded” shall be displayed on the screen of “msg box”.
2.10. If “Updating succeeded” is not displayed or another message is displayed on the screen of “msg box”, carry out the procedure of section 4 to retry upgrading. 2.11. Close the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation. 2.12. Turn the AIS controller off.
3. Confirming of the software upgraded 3.1. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 3.2. Carry out procedure of section 1.3 and 1.4 (software data version check), and confirm that the AIS controller software is upgraded. Confirm that the software data version is ‘Ver 1.03’. 3.3. Turn the AIS controller off. 3.4. Disconnect the D-SUB 9-pin cable from the Maintenance connector on the rear of the AIS controller. 3.5. Tighten the screws to fix the Maintenance connector cover on the rear of the AIS controller.
4
4. Software re-writing procedure if upgrading is unsuccessful If the Transponder software upgrading has been unsuccessful, carry out the following procedure to clear it up. - Leave the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation running on the personal computer. - Leave the D-SUB 9-pin cable connecting between the Maintenance connector of the AIS controller and the COM port of the personal computer. Note: If the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation is closed by mistake, restart the file (NCM779 FLASH 1.exe) for re-installation and carry out procedure from section 2.3 to 2.6 again. Then carry out the following procedure. 4.1. Turn the AIS controller off. 4.2. Turn the AIS controller on with maintenance mode. 4.3. The alarm sounds, and ‘SUM CHECK ERROR’ is displayed. Refer to procedure section 4.5 and 4.6, when the AIS controller starts up without being displayed ‘SUM CHECK ERROR’. 4.4. Confirm that ‘SUM CHECK ERROR’ is displayed. Carry out the procedure from section 2.7 to 3.5. 4.5. Confirm software data version. (See Procedure section 1.4) 4.6. Carry out the procedure from section 2.1 to 3.5.
5
AIS JHS-182 Maintenance record In order to maintain our records well on the AIS products for future better service, you are kindly advised to fill in the form below and return it to the following address as soon as possible after software version, units and /or pc boards replaced with new one(s), please. MARINE SERVICE DEPARTMENT (PRODUCT ) Japan Radio Co., Ltd. 18-7 Oosaki-1-chome Shinagawa-ku, Tokyo 141-0023 Japan FAX +81 3 3779 1420 Name of Vessel MMSI No. JHS-182 Serial No.
Apparatus Serial No.
Software data Version
Apparatus name
Old
New
Controller NCM-779
BB1
BB1
Transponder NTE-182
BB3
BB3
Connection box NQE-3182
BB2
BB2
Controller NCM-779
Ver.
Ver.
Transponder NTE-182
Ver.
Ver.
Connection box NQE-3182
Ver.
Ver.
NSK unit CMJ-3182
Ver.
Ver.
Service Date Service Port Service Order Service Agent Service Engineer Remarks
BB4
.
JHS-180 AIS SERVICE MANUAL
Related Documents 3h463d
Jhs 182 Service Manual 2i516g
November 2019 50
Blink 182 - Blink 182 4t3y5j
December 2019 53
Cessna 182 Manual 1r286t
December 2019 74
Jhs-7 151z6t
February 2023 0
Form 182 1x5y5b
April 2022 0
Form 182 1x5y5b
December 2019 30More Documents from "bg2tt" 2a1a6c